!  i  !    ; 


ill  I 


MINERAL    LAND 
SURVEYING 


BY 

JAMES   UNDERBILL,    PH.  D. 

MINING  ENGINEER 

U»  S.  Mineral  Surveyor  for  Colorado 


THIRD  EDITION  REVISED 


NEW  YORK 

JOHN  WILEY  &  SONS,  INC. 

LONDON     CHAPMAN  &  HALL.  LIMITED 

IQ22 


COPYRIGHT,  1922 

BY 
t    *"\  JAMES  UNDERHILL 


TECHNICAL    COMPOSITION    CO. 
gAMBRIDGE,    MASS.,    U.  S.  A. 


PREFACE   TO   THE   THIRD   EDITION 

In  this  edition  several  additions  have  been  made,  espe- 
cially in  the  treatment  of  the  direct  solar  observation.  The 
specimen  field  notes,  to  illustrate  the  requirements  of  the 
office  of  the  United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado, 
have  been  entirely  rewritten,  a  different  group  of  claims 
being  used,  and  represent  the  practice  at  the  present  time. 
Thanks  are  due  Mr.  F.  E.  France  of  the  office  of  the 
United  States  Surveyor  General  for  valuable  help  and  sug- 
gestions in  making  up  the  notes. 


46 C 625 


PREFACE  TO  FIRST  EDITION 

In  the  work  which  follows  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  describe  the  methods  used  at  the  present  time  in  the 
survey  of  mineral  lands  in  the  western  portion  of  the 
United  States.  Only  as  much  of  general  surveying  has 
been  given  as  is  necessary  to  a  clear  understanding  of  the 
subject,  and  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  various  text  books 
on  surveying  for  all  information  of  a  general  nature.  The 
reader  is  also  referred  to  Morrison's  "  Mining  Rights  "  for 
the  treatment  of  the  purely  legal  points. 

It  will  be  impossible  to  give  credit  to  all  those  who  have 
assisted  the  writer,  either  during  the  period  when  the  work 
was  appearing  as  a  serial  in  Mining  Reporter,  or  in  its 
final  incorporation  in  book  form.  To  all  those  who  have 
assisted,  the  writer  wishes  to  express  his  heartfelt  thanks, 
and  especially  to  Professors  L.  E.  Young,  E.  M.,  and  A.  J. 
Hoskin,  Mech.  E.  of  the  Colorado  School  of  Mines;  Pro- 
fessor Mark  Ehle,  E.  M.,  of  the  South  Dakota  School  of 
Mines;  N.  H.  Brown,  E.  M.,  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor,  for- 
merly Chief  of  the  Mineral  Division,  and  M.  E.  Blake,  the 
present  Chief  of  the  Mineral  Division,  Office  U.  S.  Surveyor 
General  for  Colorado.  The  writer  is  also  indebted  to  H. 
G.  Moulton,  E.  M.,  and  P.  P.  Barbour,  E.  M.,  U.  S.  Mineral 
Surveyors,  for  many  valuable  suggestions,  and  to  William 
Hyland  for  assistance  in  the  calculations. 

Thanks  are  due  Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons,  and  W.  &  L. 
E.  Gurley  for  permission  to  use  cuts  and  descriptive  matter 
concerning  the  Shattuck  and  Burt  Solars. 

The  writer,  in  conclusion,  cannot  acknowledge  too 
strongly  the  assistance  of  his  wife,  which  has  been  invalu- 
able to  him. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  I 

DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATIONS 

Placing  the  Sun  —  Derivation  of  Formula  —  Examples  of  Ob- 
servations and  Figuring  —  Latitude  Observations  —  Errors 
in  Observations  of  Latitude 1-24 

CHAPTER  II 

SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 
The  Shattuck  Solar  —  The  Burt  Solar  —  The  Berger  and  Saeg- 

muller  Solars 25-51 

CHAPTER  III 

MEASUREMENTS 
Traversing  —  Measuring  —  Stations  —  Slope    Measurements  — 

Obstacles  —  Closing  Lines  in  Traversing  —  Rule  for  Azimuth        52-64 

CHAPTER  IV 

LOCATION  SURVEYS 

Lode  Locations  —  Note  Book  —  Location  Certificates  —  Angular 
Claims  —  Relocation  and  Amended  Location  —  Mill  Sites 
and  Placers  —  Double  Meridian  Distances  —  Tunnel  Sites 

—  Legal  Subdivisions  —  Tracing  Vein  Extensions 65-103 

CHAPTER  V 
PATENT  SURVEYS 
Surveying  for  Patent  —  Angles  from  Courses  —  Patent  Figuring 

—  Area  Statement  —  Miscellaneous  on-  Patents  —  Adverses 

and  Protests 104-144 

CHAPTER  VI 
,  PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 

Patent  Field  Notes 145-163 

vii 


viii  TABLE  OF   CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VII 
LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 
Office  United  States  Surveyor  General  —  Land  Office  Regulations 

—  Public  and  Private  Records 164-186 

CHAPTER  VIII 

EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  UNITED  STATES  MINERAL  SURVEYOR 
Placer  Calculations  —  Lode  Line  Calculation  —  Subdivision  of 
Section  —  Examination  Questions,  South  Dakota,  California, 
Oregon  —  The  Patenting  of  Mineral  Lands 187-213 

APPENDIX 
Instructions  to  United  States  Mineral  Surveyors 214-233 


Mineral  Land  Surveying 

CHAPTER  I 
DIRECT   SOLAR   OBSERVATION 

Of  the  applications  of  plane  surveying  to  the  survey 
of  mineral  lands,  no  one  is  more  representative  or  has  been 
more  greatly  perfected  in  the  West  than  the  use  of  the  sun 
to  determine  the  bearing  of  a  given  line.  For  many  years 
bearings  were  determined  by  the  use  of  various  solar  at- 
tachments, but  of  late  years  the  method  known  as  the 
direct  observation  seems  to  have  almost  entirely  taken  their 
place.  While  with  great  care  any  one  of  the  several  solar 
attachments  on  the  market  will  give  fair  or  even  good 
results,  they  are  all  relatively  expensive,  fragile  and,  with 
one  exception,  easily  thrown  out  of  adjustment.  With  the 
method  known  as  the  direct  observation,  no  attachment  is 
needed  to  the  ordinary  transit  provided  with  a  vertical  arc 
or  circle,  preferably  the  latter,  and  no  adjustment  has  to 
be  considered  other  than  those  necessary  to  use  in  every 
transit  in  mineral  land  surveying. 

As  the  exact  determination  of  the  bearings  of  lines  is 
probably  more  important  in  mineral  land  surveying  than 
in  any  other  branch  of  engineering,  disregarding  of  course 
geodetic  work,  it  will  be  taken  up  in  detail. 

To  determine  the  bearing  of  a  line  by  direct  observation, 
the  transit  is  set  up  as  solidly  as  possible  and  carefully 
leveled.  The  line  whose  bearing  is  to  be  determined  may 
be  considered  o°  and  the  upper  plate  set  at  o°,  or  if  the 


SOLAR  OBSERVATION 


known,  the  upper  plate  may  be 
set  at  the  assumed  bearing  to  be  afterwards  corrected. 
If  more  convenient,  the  assumed*  bearing  of  a  line  to  some 
prominent  object  may  be  taken,  and  the  first  course  re- 
quired on  the  survey  deflected  from 
this  line.  The  upper  plate  is  then 
loosened  and  the  telescope  pointed  at 
the  sun.  The  sun  may  be  observed 
in  various  ways;  for  example,  through 
a  colored  glass  placed  over  the  eye- 
piece, to  which  may  be  added  a  prism 
when  the  sun  is  very  high.  This 
colored  glass  may  be  very  convenient- 
ly placed  in  the  sliding  cover  of  the 
eye-piece  and  is  thus  always  ready 
for  use.  As  this  method  involves  the 
attachment  of  the  colored  glass,  and 
also,  when  the  sun  is  high,  some  per- 
sonal discomfort  as  regards  the  posi- 
tion of  the  head,  it  is  advisable  to  use  a  card,  a  sheet  of 
paper,  or,  best  of  all,  the  brown  back  of  a  note-book,  which 
does  away  with  the  glare  on  a  white  surface.  On  this  sur- 
face, preferably  held  by  the  assistant,  the  cross  wires  are 
first  focused,  and  finally  the  sun  is  brought  into  the 
proper  position,  by  the  aid  of  the  tangent  screws. 

A  Davis  screen  is  a  piece  of  apparatus  attached  to  the 
telescope  to  answer  the  same  purpose  as  the  card  men- 
tioned above,  and  its  use  leaves  both  hands  free  to  manip- 
ulate the  instrument.  Otherwise  it  is  of  no  great  advan- 
tage. 

In  regard  to  placing  the  sun  with  reference  to  cross 
wires,  there  are  many  opinions.  In  most  treatises  we  are 
instructed  not  to  bisect  the  sun,  as  in  Fig.  lA,  but  to  place 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION  3 

it  in  one  quadrant,  as  in  Fig.  iB,  as  it  can  thus  be  observed 
more  accurately.  While  this  is  perfectly  sound  advice, 
especially  with  inverting  instruments,  a  correction  for  semi- 
diameter  of  the  sun  must  be  made,  and  the  operation  is 
liable  to  be  somewhat  confusing  to  the  beginner.  The 
student  is  therefore  advised  at  first  to  divide  the  sun  into 
quadrants  by  the  two  cross  hairs  (Fig.  iA)  leaving  the 
method  of  placing  the  cross  hairs  tangent  until  proficiency 
is  secured.  As  an  error  of  one  minute  in  placing  the  ver- 
tical cross  wire  causes  an  error  of  one  minute  in  the  re- 
sulting azimuth,  while  an  error  of  one  minute  in  placing 
the  horizontal  wire  causes  an  error  of  several  minutes  in 
the  result,  it  might  be  well  to  place  the  sun  as  in  Fig.  iC. 
The  reason  for  this  will  readily  be  seen  on  examining  the 
examples  which  follow.  The  sun,  in  very  accurate  work, 
is  sometimes  placed  in  a  rectangle  or  other  arrangement 
of  cross  wires,  but  in  ordinary  work  these  are  unnecessary 
refinements. 

Another  very  exact  method  of  observing  the  sun  in  the 
direct  observation  is  to  place  the  sun  tangent  to  the  cross 
wires,  first  in  the  N.  W.  corner  with  the  telescope  normal, 
then  in  the  S.  E.  corner  with  the  telescope  inverted.  The 
sun  is  held  tangent  to  one  wire  with  the  tangent  screw  and 
the  observation  is  made  when  the  sun,  by  its  own  motion, 
reaches  the  other  wire.  In  Fig.  i,  E  and  F,  are  shown  the 
positions  of  the  sun  for  normal  and  inverted  telescope 
just  before  and  at  the  instant  of  observation.  These  are 
the  best  positions  for  an  observation  taken  in  the  morning. 
In  the  afternoon  the  positions  are  reversed.  (Fig.  i,  G 
and  H.) 

The  average  of  the  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal 
angles  are  used  in  each  case  in  the  subsequent  calculations, 
and  in  this  way  all  consideration  of  the  semi-diameter  of 


4  DIRECT  SOLAR   OBSERVATION 

the  sun  is  avoided.  At  least  two  sets  of  such  observations 
must  be  made,  otherwise  there  is  no  check. 

In  an  instrument  provided  witli  stadia  wires,  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  confuse  these  with  the  horizontal  cross 
wire.  Moreover  it  is  not  well  to  assume,  without  a  trial, 
that  the  stadia  wires  are  equally  distant  from  the  hori- 
zontal cross  wire. 

If  the  stadia  wires  are  correctly  placed  they  should  be 
o°  34'  22"  apart,  and  each  o°  17'  n"  from  the  center  hori- 
zontal wire.  As  the  sun's  semi-diameter  varies  around 
o°  1 6'  the  stadia  wires  may  be  used  with  advantage  to 
place  the  sun  with  a  very  slight  probable  error.  (Fig.  iD.) 

We  will  assume  that  the  sun  has  been  bisected.  The 
vertical  and  horizontal  circles  are  then  read  and  noted  and 
an  observation  made  with  the  telescope  inverted,  assuming 
that  the  first  observation  was  made  with  the  telescope 
normal.  The  bearing  of  the  sun  should  be  taken  with  the 
magnetic  needle  at  least  once  during  the  observation,  as  a 
check  on  the  results.  The  time  to  the  nearest  fifteen 
minutes  should  be  taken  when  the  telescope  is  inverted. 
By  averaging  the  two  results  all  errors  of  adjustment  or  in 
leveling  the  instrument  are  obviated.  As  a  check,  a  num- 
ber of  observations  may  be  made  on  the  sun,  and  the 
writer  finds  that  three  or  four  with  normal  telescope  and 
the  same  number  with  inverted  telescope  are  sufficient. 
The  observations  should  not  be  made  within  two  hours 
before  or  after  noon,  nor  when  the  sun  is  too  near  the 
horizon,  as  the  correction  for  refraction  is  then  too  great. 

The  direct  solar  observation  depends  on  the  solution  of 
a  spherical  triangle  (see  Fig.  2)  whose  sides  are  all  known, 
and  whose  angle  between  two  planes  is  desired.  These 
planes,  as  can  be  seen  from  the  figure,  are  one,  observer, 
zenith,  pole;  and  the  other,  observer,  zenith,  sun.  In 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION  5 

our  work  we  have  first  the  latitude,  distance  pole  to  hori- 
zon or  zenith  to  equator,  and  therefore  the  co-latitude 
(90°  —  latitude)  for  one  side;  or,  in  other  words,  we  have 
from  pole  to  zenith;  we  have  the  declination,  distance  of 


FIG. 


the  sun  above  or  below  the  equator  and  therefore  the  co- 
declination  (90°  —  declination),  that  is  from  pole  to  sun, 
and  we  finally  get  the  altitude  and  thence  the  co-altitude 
(90°  —  altitude)  by  the  solar  observation  with  the  transit 
as  described  above.  In  Fig.  2  the  sun  is  shown  by  solid 
lines  north  of  the  equator  and  by  dotted  lines  south  of  the 


6  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

equator.  This  also  shows  its  position  before  noon.  This 
triangle  may  be  solved  by  any  one  of  the  various  formulas 
found  in  every  treatise  on  spherical  trigonometry. 

The  best  formula,  however,  for  the  direct  observation 
is  that  derived  by  John  G.  McElroy,  and  given  in  the 
Michigan  Engineer's  Annual  for  1899,  page  62,  as  follows: 

"Cos  Z  =  ±       SmJ      =F  tan  /  tan  a, 
cos  /  cos  a 

which  is  simply  a  modification  of  one  of  the  fundamental 
equations  of  spherical  trigonometry. 

Before  illustrating  the  utility  of  the  formula  and  the 
facility  with  which  it  may  be  logarithmically  reduced,  it 
will  be  proper,  for  the  sake  of  completeness,  to  give  the 
argument  on  which  it  rests.  To  this  end  let  PZS,  Fig.  3, 


FIG.  3 

be  a  spherical  triangle,  and  K  an  arc  of  a  great  circle 
drawn  from  Z  perpendicular  to  PS,  (or  to  PS  produced). 
Then  from  the  triangle  PZD, 

COS  5  =  COS  k  COS  (z  —  X),  (l) 

and  from  the  triangle  SZD, 

cos  p  =  cos  k  cos  x.  (2) 

Eliminating  cos  k,  we  find 

cos  s       cos  (z  —  x)  .  f  x 

= ^ '-  =  cos  z  +  sin  2  tan  x.         (3) 

cos  p  cos  x 


DIRECT   SOLAR  OBSERVATION  ? 

But,  from  SZD,  cos  S  —  tan  x  cot  p\ 

sin  p         0  ,  N 

whence,  tan  x  = —  cos  S.  (4) 

cos  ^ 

Placing  this  in  (3)  there  results 

cos  5  .   sin  p  sin  z         0 

—  =  cos  z  +  -  —  cos  o ; 

cos  ^  cos  p 

or,  cos  5  =  cos  p  cos  2  +  sin  p  sin  2  cos  S.          (5) 

This  is  the  above-mentioned  'fundamental  equation.' 
It  asserts  that  the  cosine  of  either  side  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle equals  the  product  of  the  cosines  of  the  other  sides, 
plus  the  product  of  the  sines  of  those  sides  into  the  cosine 
of  their  included  angle.  To  apply  it  to  the  derivation  of 
our  solar  formula,  let  us  consider  Fig.  4,  which  represents 
the  four  astronomical  triangles,  PZS,  PZS'i  P'Z'S,  and 
P'Z'S' ',  projected  on  the  plane  of  the  meridian  PNHZ. 
In  A.M.  observations,  the  azimuth  angles  at  Z  or  Z'  will 
be  estimated  from  the  north  to  the  right;  in  P.M.  observa- 
tions, from  the  north  to  the  left. 

We  adopt  the  following  notation: 

PPf  =  axis  of  the  celestial  sphere. 
P    =  the  celestial  north  pole. 
P'  =  the  celestial  south  pole. 

EQ  =  the  celestial  equator. 

HO  =  the  celestial  horizon  of  which  the  poles  are  Z 
and  N.  (Note.  —  The  horizon  of  which  Z'  and  N'  are  the 
poles  is  not  shown  in  the  figure;  it  would  be  projected  as  a 
diameter  perpendicular  to  Z'N'!) 

Z  and  N  =  zenith  and  nadir  of  an  observer  in  north 
latitude.  Z'  and  N'  =  zenith  and  nadir  of  an  observer  in 
south  latitude. 


&  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

EZ  =  /  =  observer's  latitude  when  at  Z. 
EZr  =  I  =  observer's  latitude  when  at  Z' '. 
S  =  the  sun  when  north  of  the  equator. 
Sf  =  the  sun  when  south  of  the  equator. 
VS  =  d  =  the  sun's  declination  when  north. 
VS'  =  d  =  the  sun's  declination  when  south. 
PS  =  the  sun's  north  polar  distance  when  north. 
PS'  =  the  sun's  north  polar  distance  when  south. 
MS  =  a  =  the  sun's  altitude  when  north. 
M'S'  =  a  =  the  sun's  altitude  when  south. 
pp'  =  the  sun's  daily  path  when  north. 
pfa  =  the  sun's  daily  path  when  south. 

It  will  be  sufficient  to  consider  the  particular  case  of  an 
observer  in  north  latitude,  and  the  sun  in  north  declina- 
tion (whence  d  and  /  are  positive;  a  is  always  positive), 
and  then  make  our  results  general  by  properly  observing 
the  signs  of  d  and  /. 

The  case  assumed  is  illustrated  by  the  triangle  PZS 
(Fig.  4),  in  which  - 

PS  =  90°  -   VS  =  90°  -  J, 

PZ  =  90°  -  EZ  =  90°  -  /, 

SZ  =  90°  -  MS  =  90°  -  a, 

and  the  sun's  azimuth  angle  PZS  is  required.  It  is  found 
thus:  By  applying  the  principle  of  which  equation  (5)  is 
the  enunciation  to  the  angle  PZS,  we  have  — 

cos  PS  =  cos  PZ.     cos  SZ  +  sin  PZ.     sin  SZ.     cos  Z; 

or,  cos  (90°  —  d)  =  cos  (90°  —  /)  cos  (90°  —  a) 

+  sin  (90°  —  /)  sin  (90°  —  a)  cos  Z, 

whence,       sin  d  =  sin  /  sin  a  -f-  cos  /  cos  a  cos  Z. 

From  this,  cos  Z  = tan  /  tan  a.         (6) 

cos  /  cos  a 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION  9 

In  (6)  cos  /,  cos  a,  and  tan  a  are  always  positive,  but 
sin  d  and  tan  /  will  respectively  have  the  signs  of  d  and  l\ 


hence  to  prevent  mistakes  it  is  advisable  to  write  the  ex- 
pression in  the  form 

sin  d 


cos  Z  = 


tan  /  tan 


(7) 


cos  /  cos  a 

which  is  the  desired  solar  formula. 

With  respect  to  the  signs  of  the  formula,  the  surveyor 
has  simply  to  remember  that  the  first  term  of  the  second 
member  is 

+  for  north  declinations, 

—  for  south  declinations, 

and  that  the  second  term  is 

—  for  north  latitudes, 
+  for  south  latitudes. 

For  north  latitudes  the  formula  always  gives  negative 
values  for  cos  Z  when  the  declination  is  south,  and  also 
for  such  north  declinations  and  values  of  a  as  render  sin 


10  DIRECT   SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

d  less  than  sin  /  sin  #;  *  but  when  cos  Z  is  negative,  Z  is 
greater  than  90°,  and  hence  the  positive  value  of  the  cosine, 
as  taken  from  the  table  of  'Naturals'  is  the  cosine  of 
(180°  —  Z),  (i.e.,  of  EZS,  the  azimuth  from  the  south)  for 
-  cos  Z  =  cos  (180°  -  Z)." 

This  means  that  in  the  case  of  observations  taken  near 
the  summer  solstice  one  may  get  the  sun  north  of  east  or 
north  of  west  when  one  is  observing  near  sunrise  or  sundown. 
Care  must  be  taken,  therefore,  not  to  set  this  down  as  a 
south  course  merely  because  the  sun  is  south  of  east  or 
west  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year.  This  will  be 
taken  up  later  under  the  calculations  for  the  direct  obser- 
vation. 

As  an  example  we  will  take  the  following  series  of  direct 
observations  on  the  sun,  the  first  two  with  telescope  nor- 
mal, and  the  last  two  with  telescope  inverted : 


Angle  to  right  from  line  to  be  determined. 

Altitude  of  sun. 

233°  16' 
233     33 
234    or 
234     17 

(See  Fig.  5.) 

52°   51' 
53     03 
53     18 
53     29 

Difference  for  i  hour  =    29.45 
5-o 


60)147.25 
Difference  for  5  hours  =  2'  27" 

July  22,  1905,  10  A.M.,  latitude  39°  47'  north. 
Dec.  Greenwich  apparent  noon.  ...   20°  22'  18.1" 
Less  5  hours  west 2    27.0 

Call  20°  19'  51"  =  20°  20'  20°  19'  51.1" 

*  Qr  when  the  sun  is  s,outh  of  the  prime  vertical. 


Cos  azimuth  = 


DIRECT   SOLAR   OBSERVATION 

sin  20°  20' 


II 


cos  39   47'.     cos  52    50*  etc. 

log  sin  20°  20'  =  9.540931 
log  cos  39°  47'  =  9.885627 

9-65S304 


—  tan  39°  47'  tan  52    50*  etc. 


9-655304 
log  cos  5 2°  50' =  9. 78 1 134 


log  0.7485        =9.874170 


FIG.  5 


log  tan  39°  47'  =    9.920476 
log  tan  52°  50'  =  10.120259 


log  —1.0984 
+0.7485 


0.040735 


—0.3499  =  nat.  cos    69°  31'  (course  of  sun) 
233°  16' 

302°  47' 


9.655304 
log  cos  53°  2'  =    9.779128 


log  0.7519          =    9.876178 

*  Corrected  for  refraction  —  always  diminished. 


12  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

log  tan  39°  47'  =    9.920476 
log  tan  53°     2'  =  10. 123411 

log— i. 1066      =    0.043887 
+0.7SI9 

—0.3547  =  nat.  cos    69°  14'  (course  of  sun) 
233°  33' 


302°  47' 
360°  oo' 
302°  47' 


S.  57°  13'  W.  (See  Fig.  5.) 

9-655304 
log  cos  53°  if  =    9-776598 


log  0.7564         =    9.878706 

log  tan  39°  47'  =    9.920476 
log  tan  53°  17'  =  10.127360 

log— 1.1163      =    0.047836 
+0.7564 

—0-3599      =  nat  cos    68°  54' 
234°  01' 


302°  55' 


9.655304 
log  cos  53°  28'  =    9.774729 

log  0.7596         =    9-880575 

log  tan  39°  47'  =    9  •  920476 
log  tan  53°  28'  =  10.  130263 

log  —1.1239      =    0.050739 
+0.7596 


—0.3643  =  nat.  cos    68°  38' 
234°  i/ 

302°  55' 


DIRECT   SOLAR  OBSERVATION  13 


05'  360°  oo' 

05'  302°  55' 


S.  57°     S'W. 

V 

Average  course  of  line,  S.  57°  9'  W. 

When  the  observation  is  made  with  the  sun  north,  as  in 
the  example  given  for  July  22,  we  have  the  first  term  of  the 
formula  plus,  north  declination,  and  the  second  term 
minus,  north  latitude.  The  resulting  cosine  is  minus. 

+    .7485 
—  1.0984 

•3499  =  S.  69°3i'W. 

With  the  sun  south  on  December  27  an  observation  gives 
us 

-  -5452 

-  -2919 

-  .8371  =  S.  33°  10'  E. 

and  the  resulting  cosine  is  also  minus. 

But  when  the  sun  is  north  and  near  the  summer  solstice 
and  the  observation  is  taken  early  or  late  in  the  day  we 
get  on  June  30 

+    -5664 

-  -39Q5 

+    .1759  =  N.  79°  52' E. 

Therefore  if  the  sign  of  the  cosine  is  minus,  the  bearing 
of  the  sun  is  south  of  east  or  west,  but  if  the  sign  is  plus 
the  bearing  is  north  of  east  or  west. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  cos  and  tan  of  the  latitude  and 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 


altitude,  respectively,  are  found  on  the  same  line  in  the 
tables  and  are  set  down  at  the  same  time  for  calculation. 

The  sun's  semi-diameter  varies  from  about  16'-  15"  on 
January  i  to  15'  45"  on  July  2,  and  is  found  in  the 
Ephemeris.  The  average,  16'  nearly,  will  do  for  ordinary 
work. 

If  it  becomes  necessary  to  base  calculations  on  an  obser- 
vation where  the  sun  is  observed  in  only  one  quadrant,  a 
correction  for  semi-diameter  must  be  made.  The  vertical 
angle  is  corrected  by  simply  adding  or  subtracting  the 
semi-diameter,  as  the  sun  is  above  or  below  the  horizontal 
wire.  The  horizontal  angle  must  be  corrected  by  adding 
or  subtracting  the  semi-diameter  of  the  sun  divided  by 
the  cosine  of  the  altitude,  as  the  right  or  left  side  of  the 
sun  is  taken  clockwise  from  the  backsight. 
TABLE  OF  CORRECTION 


Corr.  alt.  sun's 
cen. 

Sun's  semi-diam. 
measured  at  horizon. 

Corr.  alt.  sun's 
cen. 

Sun's  semi-diam. 
measured  at  horizon. 

% 
o°  oo' 

16'  oo" 

35°  33' 

40" 

8  14 

IO 

36  13 

50 

ii  36 

20 

36  52 

20'  oo 

14  08 

30 

37  30 

10 

16  16 

40 

38  06 

20 

18  06 

50 

38  42 

30 

19  45 

17  oo 

39  16 

40 

21  15 

IO 

39  50 

50 

22  37 

20 

4O   22 

21   OO 

23  54 

30 

40  54 

10 

25  05 

40 

41  25 

20 

26   12 

50 

4i  55 

30 

27  16 

18  oo 

42  24 

40 

28  16 

10 

42  53 

50 

29  13 

20 

43  21 

22   OO 

30  08 

30 

43  48 

IO 

31  oo 

40 

44  14 

2O 

3i  50 

50 

44  40 

30 

32  38 

19  oo 

45  °6 

40 

33  24 

IO 

44  31 

50 

34  09 

20 

45  55 

23  oo 

34  52 

30 

46  19 

IO 

DIRECT   SOLAR  OBSERVATION 


The  refraction,  always  subtracted  from  the  apparent 
altitude,  is  57"  X  tan  zenith  distance  of  sun  or  by  table. 

MEAN  REFRACTION  (TO  BE  SUBTRACTED  FROM  OBSERVED  ALTITUDE) 
BAROMETER  30  INCHES;   THERMOMETER  50°  FAHRENHEIT 


Altitude. 

Refraction. 

Altitude. 

Refraction. 

10°          / 

5'  19" 

20° 

2'  39" 

II 

4    5i 

25 

2      04 

12 

4    27 

30 

I      41 

13 

4    07 

35 

I      23 

14 

3    49 

40 

I      OQ 

15 

3    34 

45 

58 

16 

3    20 

50 

49 

17 

3    08 

60 

34 

18 

2    57 

70 

21 

19 

2     48 

80 

10 

The  declination  may  be  taken  from  the  Ephemeris  pub- 
lished by  any  instrument  maker.  At  Denver  we  are  seven 
hours  later  in  apparent  time  than  at  Greenwich,  one  hour 
for  each  15°  of  longitude,  and  this  difference  in  time  mul- 
tiplied by  the  hourly  difference  given  in  the  Ephemeris 
is  added  or  subtracted,  as  the  declination  is  increasing  or 
decreasing,  to  or  from  the  declination  given  for  Greenwich 
noon. 

As  the  greatest  hourly  difference  in  declination  is  about 
i '  it  is  sufficiently  exact  to  calculate  the  declination  to  the 
nearest  fifteen  minutes  of  time,  or  even  to  the  nearest 
half  hour,  for  the  average  hourly  difference,  which  is  30'  of 
declination. 

By  inspection  of  the  following  table  errors  resulting  from 
the  use  of  erroneous  data  for  declination  or  latitude  may 
be  found. 


i6 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 


ERRORS  IN  AZIMUTH  FOR  i  MINUTE  ERROR  IN  DECLINATION 
OR  LATITUDE 


No.  of 

For  i  minute  error  in  declination. 

For  i  minute  error  in  latitude. 

noon. 

Lat.  30° 

Lat.  40° 

Lat.  50° 

Lat.  30° 

Lat.  40° 

Lat.  50° 

h.  m. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

o  30 

8.85 

IO.OO 

12  .90 

8.77 

9-92 

11.80 

I    00 

4.46 

5-05 

6.01 

4-33 

4.87 

5-80 

2    OO 

2.31 

2.61 

3-n 

2.OO 

2.26 

2.70 

3  oo 

1-63 

1.85 

2.  2O 

I-IS 

1.30 

I.S6 

4  oo 

i-34 

1.51 

1.  80 

0.67 

0-75 

0.90 

5  oo 

i  .20 

i-35 

1.61 

0.31 

0-35 

0.37 

6  oo 

i.  IS 

1.30 

1.56 

o.oo 

O.OO 

0.00 

By  use  of  the  above  table  the  amount  of  the  azimuth 
error,  resulting  from  the  use  of  erroneous  Declination  or 
Latitude  at  the  different  hours  of  the  day,  may  be  deter- 
mined. 

If  the  South  Polar  Distance  used  be  too  great,  the  ob- 
served meridian  falls  to  the  right  of  the  true  South  Point 
in  the  forenoon,  and  to  the  left  in  the  afternoon,  and  vice 
versa  if  too  small. 

If  the  Latitude  used  be  too  great,  the  observed  meridian 
falls  to  the  left  of  the  true  South  Point  in  the  forenoon,  and 
to  the  right  in  the  afternoon,  and  vice  versa  if  too  small. 

These  results  are  obtained  from  the  following  formulas: 


dZ  =  - 


d  Decl. 


dZ  =  + 


cos  Lat.  sin  Hour  Angle 

</Lat. 

cos  Lat.  tan  Hour  Angle 


If  i'  is  substituted  in  the  above  formulas  either  for  d 
Decl.  or  d  Lat.  the  solution  will  give  the  azimuth  error  in 
minutes  for  dZ. 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 


The  errors  resulting  from  the  use  of  erroneous  data  for 
altitude  are  not  so  easily  determined,  but  may  be  found 
from  the  formula 


dZ  = 


dMt. 


cos  Alt.  tan  S 


when  S  is  the  parallactic  angle  or  angle  at  the  sun.  In 
using  this  formula  the  angle  5  must  first  be  found,  usually 
by  the  formula 


sin  S  = 


cos  Lat.  sin  Z 
cos  Decl. 


For  latitude  40°  and  o°  declinations,  the  results  are  as 
given  in  the  following  table  and  they  are  very  nearly  the 
same  for  other  declinations  and  latitudes  around  40°. 


ERRORS  IN  AZIMUTH 


No.  of  hours  from 
noon. 

For  i  minute  error 
in  altitude. 

No.  of  hours  from 
noon. 

For  I  minute  error 
in  altitude. 

I 
2 

3 

4.80 
2.25 
1.41 

4 
6 

LOS 

0.89 
0.84 

From  the  above  tables  it  is  clear  that  erroneous  data  in 
altitude,  declination  and  latitude  affect  the  resulting  azi- 
muth most  when  the  observation  is  taken  near  noon,  and 
least  when  the  sun  is  near  the  prime  vertical,  that  is  east 
and  west.  The  observation  should  not  be  taken  within 
two  hours  of  noon,  if  this  can  be  avoided.  The  observation 
should  not  be  taken  when  the  sun  has  an  altitude  of  less 
than  about  10°,  as  the  tables  of  refraction  cannot  be  relied 
on  below  this  point. 


l8  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

As  the  average  transit  will  not  give  good  results  when 
the  sun  has  an  altitude  of  over  45°  or  50°,  the  surveyor 
should  be  careful  in  the  summer  time  not  to  get  into  the 
field  too  late  in  the  morning  or  too  early  in  the  afternoon. 

The  following  table  gives,  for  latitude  40°,  the  altitudes 
and  resulting  azimuths  for  various  hour  angles  and  dec- 
linations. 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

"M   TJ-VO    N    O    O 
O    ^"0  ^O  ^3"  ^  O 

3 

oo   to  M   t^  co  O 
O    O    O    O^  O^  O^ 


«NOOOO    W    MtD 


OOOOV 

O  •* 


<N     CM     M     H     M     M 


O   *>•  w   t^ 

C%OO  OO    t>» 


t^M  o  Tt-iopoa» 


COCOCOMMNMIHH 


t>.  t^vo  <o  to  to  to  ^ 


O   fOQO  to  r^  Tfoo 


O    lOtOtOCOtO-<ttOM    IOCO 

o 
ioO    rt-CT>iOM 


^  CO  ^O  C^     W    d 


gOO    t^-^D    to 
IH     M     M     M 


00 

•^• 
0 


O    O>  -<t<£5  VD    to  cooo 

MOXT^-toOMNOl 
W    t>»  N    f^MOO    COOO    to 


+        +    1         1 

coO  toO  toQ  voO  too   fO 

CSCSMH  MMW« 


20  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

When  tables  of  logarithmic  versines  and  secants  are 
available  Hosmer's  formula  *  gives  quicker  results  than 
any  other  formula.  The  formula  is  as  follows: 

log  versine  Azimuth  =  log  [sin  { 90°  —  (Lat.  +  Alt.)  }  dh 
sinDecl.]    +  log  sec  Lat.  +  log  sec  Alt. 

Taking  as  an  example  the  observation  previously  calcu- 
lated by  McElroy's  formula  we  have 


Nat.  sin 
Nat.  sin 

! 

-^0.0456 
+0-3475 

Lat.  39°  47' 
Alt.  52°  50' 

log  sec  o 
log  sec  o 

•  "43 
.2189 

92°  37' 
90° 

co        -  2°  37' 
Decl.    +20°  20' 

Alg.  sum      0.3019  log  9-4799 

log  versine  9.8131 
Azimuth  of  sun  69°  31' 

which  is  the  result  obtained  before. 

Another  formula  for  direct  sight,  not  so  convenient  when 
many  observations  are  to  be  worked  out,  but  still  useful  as 
a  check,  is  as  follows: 


=  I/ 
* 


Fsin  (S  —  L)  sin  (S  —  h\ 
cos  L  cos  h 

L  +  h  +  P 


*  Hosmer's  "Azimuth,"  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  $1.00.  This  little 
book  is  simply  invaluable  where  many  solar  or  star  observations  have  to- 
be  made.  The  arrangement  of  tables  makes  it  possible  to  calculate  a 
direct  solar  observation  in  about  five  minutes  by  turning  over  only  seven 
pages  of  tables  arranged  in  the  exact  order  in  which  they  are  to  be  used  in 
the  formula. 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION  21 

A  =  Azimuth  of  the  sun. 
L  =  Latitude  of  the  place. 
h  =  Altitude  of  sun  less  refraction. 
Sun's  polar   distance  =  90°  +  the   sun's   declination 
when  it  is  south  and  90°  —  the  sun's  declination 
when  it  is  north. 


Example: 


I70°    38'  -^  2  =  85°    I9'  =  S. 

5  -  L  =  44°  49'  S  -  h  =  62°  14' 
log  sin  44°  49'  =    9.848091 

log  sin  62°  14'=    9.946871 

log  10  —  cos  40°  30'  =    o.  118954 
log  10  —  cos  23°  05'  =    0.036243 


2)19.950159 
log  sin  \A  =    9.975079 
M-    70°  46' 
A  =  141°  32' 
180°  —  141°  32'  =  S.  38°  28'  E.  Course  of  observed  sun. 

As  A  is  here  doubled  all  errors  to  this  point  are  therefore 
doubled. 

Any  of  the  formulas  given  may  be  used  to  obtain  time 
by  solving  for  the  hour  angle  in  place  of  the  azimuth. 
That  is,  using  the  angle  at  the  pole  and  transposing  the 
remainder  of  the  formula.  The  solution  gives  the  hour 
angle  in  circular  measure  and  this  is  turned  into  hours, 
minutes  and  seconds  as  15°  =  i  hour,  15'  =  i  minute  and 
15"  =  i  second  apparent  or  Sun  time.  Apparent  time  is 
changed  to  mean  solar  time  by  adding  or  subtracting  the 
equation  of  time  given  in  the  Ephemeris.  Mean  solar 
time  is  changed  to  standard  time,  by  adding  or  subtracting 


22  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

as  the  case  may  be,  one  hour  for  each  15°  of  longitude  that 
the  observer  is  distant  from  the  standard  meridian. 

Where  the  Azimuth  is  known  the  hour  angle  may  be 
found  by  the  following  formula: 

•    XT   A    /         !  v       cos  Altitude  sin  Azimuth 

sm  H.  A.  (angular  measure)  =  - 


cos  Declination 


Latitude 


The  latitude  is  taken  from  any  good  map,  such  as  those 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  and  carried  from 
the  initial  point  when  necessary.  At  latitude  40°,  one 
minute  of  latitude  equals  6,070  feet,  or  one  mile  equals  52 
seconds  of  latitude.  A  surveyor  doing  considerable  work 
in  one  district  will  prepare  a  table  showing  cosines  and  tan- 
gents for  latitudes  likely  to  be  of  use,  and  thus  avoid  look- 
ing them  up  in  a  large  table  every  time  an  observation  is 
figured. 

When  the  latitude  is  known  approximately,  observations 
may  be  taken  at  equal  intervals  before  and  after  apparent 
noon,  and  various  figures  for  latitude  tried  till  one  is  found 
which  gives  the  same  azimuth  in  the  morning  as  in  the 
afternoon.  When  the  latitude  is  absolutely  unknown,  it 
may  be  found  as  follows:  Set  up  the  instrument  in  plenty 
of  time  before  apparent  noon.  Bisect  the  sun  with  vertical 
cross  wire  and  either  bisect  it  with  horizontal  cross  wire, 
or  place  tangent.  Follow  the  sun  till  it  ceases  to  rise.  Care 
must  be  taken  in  the  observation  to  allow  plenty  of  space 
through  which  the  tangent  screws  may  be  moved,  other- 
wise they  are  liable  to  give  out  at  a  critical  moment.  As 
the  instrument  cannot  be  reversed  as  in  the  case  of  the 
direct  sight,  it  is  well  to  level  the  telescope  immediately 
after  the  observation  and  note  the  index  error,  adding  or 


DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION  23 

subtracting  it  for  the  angle  observed.  In  instruments  with 
a  movable  arc,  the  arc  had  best  be  set  at  zero  immediately 
after  getting  the  sun.  The  telescope  is  then  leveled  and 
the  angle  read,  thus  avoiding  errors  incidental  to  settling 
of  the  instrument  during  a  long  observation. 


P 


When  the  observer  is  north  of  the  equator  the  latitude 
then  equals  the  zenith  distance  plus  or  minus  the  declina- 
tion for  apparent  noon.  Lat.  =  (90°  —  altitude  *)  -f  decli- 
nation, when  the  sun  is  north  of  the  equator,  and  Lat. 
=  (90°  —  altitude*)  —  declination,  when  the  sun  is  south 
of  the  equator. 

When  the  'observer  is  south  of  the  equator  the  above  is 
reversed. 

In  Fig.  6,  which  represents  a  section  of  the  celestial 
sphere  on  the  meridian,  we  have  ZN  Zenith  to  Nadir  line, 

*  (Corrected  for  refraction.) 


24  DIRECT  SOLAR  OBSERVATION 

PP'  line  joining  the  poles,  QQ  the  equator,  and  HH'  the 
horizon,  while  S  and  Sr  show  the  position  of  the  sun, 
Z  and  Z'  the  zenith  distance,  a  and  a'  the  altitude,  and  d 
and  d'  the  declinations,  respectively,  when  the  sun  is  south 
or  north  of  the  equator  and  the  observer  in  north  latitude. 
Example:  October  20,  1905;  12  m.;  Longitude  105° 
30'  +  W. 

Altitude  sun's  upper  limb  =  40°  15' 

Less  refraction  =0°     i' 

Less  semi-diameter  =    o°  16' 

Altitude  sun's  center  =  39°  58' 

Declination  Greenwich  A.  T.        =  10°  n'  50" 

Diff.  i  hr.  =  54.01.     Diff.  7  hrs.  =  6'  30" 


Declin.  longitude  105°  30'  +  W.  =  10°  18'  20" 

90°  od' 
39°  58' 


10°  18'  20" 
Latitude  place  of  observation       =  39°  43'  40" 

In  the  case  of  observations  made  in  summer,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  use  an  auxiliary  telescope  such  as  is  used  in 
shaft  surveying,  as  the  sun  will  be  too  high  for  the  ordinary 
telescope.  In  latitude  40°  decimation  23°  30'  N.,  the  alti- 
tude of  the  sun  will  be  73°  30'.  If  no  auxiliary  telescope 
is  available  it  will  be  necessary  to  make  an  observation  on 
Polaris  *  for  latitude,  or  use  some  other  method. 

*  Hosmer's  Azimuth  previously  mentioned. 


CHAPTER  II 
SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

The  Shattuck  Solar  Attachment 

Figure  7  is  a  sectional  view  in  the  plane  of  the  Shattuck 
Patent  Double  Reflecting  Solar  Attachment,  perpendicular 
to  both  reflectors  and  the  pivot  of  the  arm  D. 


FIG.  7 

The  frame  AA,  which  carries  the  stationary  mirror  H, 
revolves  about  a  main  axis  called  the  polar  axis,  coincident 
with  the  line  of  collimation,  by  means  of  a  bearing  in  the 
cap  B,  and  is  held  in  place  by  two  screws  and  a  spring 
washer.  It  is  provided  with  a  clamp  ring  C,  which  may  be 
clamped  to  a  cap  B  by  means  of  a  clamp  screw.  A  slow 
motion  is  obtained  by  means  of  a  tangent  screw  and  spring 
plunger  (not  shown)  at  the  base  of  the  frame  A  A, 

25 


26  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

D  is  a  swinging  arm  pivoted  in  the  frame  A  A  as  shown 
and  provided  with  a  coiled  spring  which  keeps  the  adjust- 
ing screw  E  constantly  in  contact  with  the  surface  of  the 
lug  on  the  outer  end  of  the  frame.  This  swinging  arm 
carries  the  movable  mirror  7,  the  adjusting  screw  E  for 
setting  off  the  declination,  the  differential  nut  F  for  setting 
off  the  hourly  change  in  declination,  and  the  clamp  G  for 
clamping  the  screw  E  when  turning  the  nut  F. 

The  ray  of  light  from  the  sun  or  star  enters  from  above, 
as  indicated  by  the  arrow,  impinges  upon  the  mirror  7,  is 
thence  reflected  to  the  mirror  77,  thence  through  the  open- 
ing in  the  base  of  the  frame  AA,  and  through  the  object 
glass  to  the  cross  hairs  of  the  transit. 

The  sun's  declination,  corrected  for  refraction,  is  set  off 
by  means  of  the  screw  E  with  the  aid  of  the  limb  of  the 
transit,  as  will  be  explained  later.  The  hourly  change  in 
the  sun's  declination  between  the  first  and  subsequent 
readings  during  the  day  is  corrected  by  means  of  the 
graduated  differential  nut  F,  each  division  of  which  repre- 
sents one  minute  of  arc  and  is  turned  to  the  right  or  left 
according  as  the  declination  is  increasing  to  the  north  or  to 
the  south. 

The  cap  B  is  fitted  to  the  objective  end  of  the  transit. 

The  sun,  in  its  apparent  diurnal  motion  about  the  polar 
axis,  follows  a  path  parallel  to  the  celestial  equator  at  a 
certain  angular  distance  from  the  poles.  When  this  angle 
is  set  off  by  means  of  the  solar  attachment,  and  the  sight- 
line  of  the  telescope  is  set  at  an  angle  with  the  horizon 
equal  to  the  latitude  of  the  place,  it  is  evident  that  it  is 
impossible  to  view  the  sun  on  the  cross  wires  and  follow 
it  by  turning  the  attachment  on  its  axis  except  the  instru- 
ment be  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian  with  the  sight-line 
parallel  to  the  polar  axis. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  27 

Determination  of  Meridian 

To  Determine  the  Meridian  with  the  Shattuck  Patent 
Double  Reflecting  Solar  Attachment,  assuming  the  sun's 
corrected  declination  for  the  day  and  hour  of  observation 
to  be  North  11°  26': 

First.  Sight  at  some  point  on  the  horizon  (B,  Fig.  8) 
with  the  solar  attachment  off,  the  telescope  level  and  the 


FIG.  8 


FIG.  9 

vernier  set  at  101°  26'  (90°  +  11°  26'),  the  corrected  south 
polar  distance,  Fig.  8,  being  an  illustration. 

Second.  With  the  lower  plate  clamped,  turn  the  vernier 
of  the  horizontal  limb  to  zero  and  with  the  solar  attach- 
ment in  place,  as  shown  by  Fig.  9,  sight  the  same  object 


28  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

(Bf,  Fig.  9),  bringing  it  to  the  cross  hairs  by  means  of  the 
adjusting  screw  E,  which  may  then  be  clamped  with  the 
clamp  G,  Fig.  7. 

Should  the  object  sighted  be  less  than  about  a  mile 
distant  —  depending  somewhat  on  the  focal  length  of  the 
telescope  —  allowance  should  be  made  for  the  distance  from 
the  axis  of  the  instrument  to  the  optical  center  of  the  solar 
attachment,  as  shown  graphically  in  Fig.  9,  where  A  is  the 
axis  of  the  instrument,  B  is  the  first  point  sighted,  and  Bf 
the  second  point  with  solar  attachment  in  place;  the  angle 
CAB  equals  the  angle  CDBf  and  the  distance  AD  equals 
the  distance  BBf.  With  a  little  practice  this  distance  can 
be  readily  estimated  on  distant  fence  posts,  bricks  in  houses, 
tree-trunks  or  other  natural  objects. 

At  great  distances  the  distance  BBf  becomes  inappreci- 
able and  is  ignored.  The  angle  CDBf  will  remain  at  101° 
26'  so  long  as  the  angle  HEI  (the  angle  between  the  reflec- 
tors) remains  at  50°  43'  (101°  +  26'  -f-  2),  regardless  of 
minor  defects  in  the  polar  bearings  of  the  attachment. 

The  lower  clamp  may  now  be  released. 

Third.  Depress  the  objective  of  the  telescope  until  the 
vernier  of  the  vertical  circle  or  arc  is  set  at  an  angle  equal 
to  the  latitude  of  the  place  of  observation. 

Bring  the  sun's  image  to  the  proper  position  on  the 
cross  wires  of  the  instrument  by  turning  the  transit  on  its 
vertical  axis  (using  the  lower  clamp  and  tangent  screw  for 
its  fine  adjustment)  and  the  solar  attachment  upon  its 
polar  axis.  The  sun's  image  will  be  in  the  field  of  view 
when  the  light  from  the  fixed  mirror  is  seen  to  pass  exactly 
through  the  opening  in  the  base  of  the  frame. 

After  the  sun's  image  has  been  bisected,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  10,  the  bisection  may  be  successively  checked  by  turn- 
ing the  tangent  screw  engaging  the  ring  C,  Fig.  7. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  29 

The  axis  of  the  telescope  is  now  parallel  to  the  earth's 
axis  and  the  instrument  is  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian 
with  the  vernier  of  the  horizontal  limb  set  at  zero.  The 
solar  attachment  may  now  be  removed  and  the  azimuth  of 
any  desired  object  taken. 

If  the  transit  is  not  provided  with  solar  wires  as  shown 
in  Fig.  10,  set  off  on  the  vertical  circle  the  latitude  minus 


Fig.  10  Fig.  ii 

the  sun's  semi-diameter  as  given  in  the  Ephemeris,  and 
then  bring  the  upper  limb  or  edge  of  the  sun  to  the  inter- 
section of  the  cross  hairs  as  shown  in  Fig.  n,  which  can  be 
done  with  great  precision. 

Fig.  12  is  a  diagram  illustrating  the  transit  with  solar  at- 
tachment set  in  the  meridian.  A  is  the  axis  of  the  transit, 
PPf  the  polar  axis,  NS  the  meridian.  The  sun's  declination 
being  north,  the  south  polar  distance  is  90°  plus  the  cor- 
rected declination. 

If  the  transit  has  a  full  vertical  circle,  the  errors  of  ad- 
justment may  be  eliminated  by  taking  the  mean  between 
normal  and  reverse  observations,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
direct  solar  observation. 

Observations  on  fixed  stars  for  the  meridian  or  latitude 
are  made  with  the  solar  attachment  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  on  the  sun.  There  being  no  appreciable  hourly 
change  in  the  declination  of  the  fixed  stars,  the  refraction 


30  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

correction  for  the  proper  hour  angle  is  applied  directly  to 
the  apparent  declination. 

The  writer  has  obtained  perfect  checks  on  the  Shattuck 
solar  by  direct  observation  of  the  sun,  and  considers  it  the 
best  solar  made. 


Fig.  12 

• 

To  Determine  the  Latitude  with  the  Shattuck  Solar 

Carefully  set  off  in  the  solar  the  south  polar  distance 
of  the  sun  at  apparent  noon,  corrected  for  the  refraction 
at  that  hour,  in  the  same  manner  as  previously  explained. 

About  fifteen  minutes  before  noon,  direct  the  telescope 
with  the  solar  attached,  toward  the  lower  pole;  then  move 
the  transit  on  its  vertical  axis  and  the  solar  on  the  polar 
axis  until  the  reflected  light  of  the  sun  from  the  fixed 
mirror  is  seen  to  pass  exactly  through  the  opening  in  the 
base  of  the  frame,  with  the  sides  of  the  solar  as  nearly 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  31 

vertical  as  possible.  The  sun's  image  will  then  be  in  the 
field  of  view. 

Now  bring  the  upper  limb  or  edge  of  the  sun  to  the 
horizontal  cross  wire  by  turning  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
telescope  axis;  then  by  turning  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
polar  axis  of  the  solar,  cause  the  sun's  image  to  pass  rapidly 
across  the  field  of  view.  If  the  limb  of  the  sun  passes 
parallel  to  the  horizontal  wire,  the  plane  of  the  solar  is  in 
a  vertical  position;  but  if  not,  turn  the  solar  on  the  polar 
axis  and  the  transit  on  its  vertical  axis,  until  the  plane  is 
vertical  as  shown  by  this  test. 

Keeping  the  plane  of  solar  vertical,  follow  the  sun's 
upper  limb  with  the  horizontal  cross  wire,  by  turning  the 
tangent  screw  of  the  telescope  axis,  as  long  as  the  sun 
continues  to  rise. 

The  sun  is  at  its  greatest  altitude  when  it  reaches  the 
meridian;  therefore,  at  apparent  noon,  when  the  sun's 
image  ceases  to  rise,  take  the  reading  of  the  vertical  circle 
and  add  to  it  the  sun's  semi-diameter  as  given  in  the 
Ephemeris,  which  will  give  the  required  latitude.  This  is 
illustrated  in  Fig.  12. 

Use  of  Solar  Ephemeris 

The  sun's  declination  at  Greenwich  mean  noon  is  given 
in  the  Ephemeris  for  every  day  in  the  year. 

Local  time  at  different  points  on  the  earth's  surface 
varies  at  the  rate  of  one  hour  for  every  15  degrees  of  longi- 
tude; the  more  easterly  the  place  the  later  the  local  time. 

When  it  is  noon  according  to  " Eastern"  (75th  merid- 
ian), " Central  "  (goth  meridian),  "Mountain  "  (io5th  me- 
ridian), or  "  Pacific  "  (i2oth  meridian)  time,  it  is  five,  six, 
seven  or  eight  hours,  respectively,  after  noon  at  Green- 
wich. Hence,  for  example,  to  determine  the  declination  at 


32  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

9  o'clock,  A.M.,  "Mountain  Time/'  which  is  four  hours 
(seven  hours  minus  three  hours). after  mean  noon  at  Green- 
wich, the  given  difference  for  one  hour  is  multiplied  by  four, 
which  gives  the  correction  to  be  applied  to  the  given 
declination,  noting  carefully  the  algebraic  signs  of  both 
the  declination  and  hourly  difference  as  given  in  the 
Ephemeris. 

In  using  the  Shattuck  solar  attachment,  the  refraction 
correction  is  always  positive,  and  is  always  added  to  the 
South  Polar  distance,  and  subtracted  from  the  North  Polar 
distance  when  making  observations  in  the  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere. 

The  declination  of  the  sun  being  its  distance  from  the 
celestial  equator,  the  South  Polar  distance  is  90°  plus  or 
minus  the  declination,  according  as  the  sun  is  north  or 
south  of  the  equator. 

This  refraction  is  found  under  the  description  of  the 
Burt  Solar,  in  a  table  for  various  latitudes  and  periods 
before  and  after  noon. 

Example: 

Required  the  south  polar  distance  of  the  sun  at  3  P.M., 
" Mountain  Time,"  May  28,  1902,  latitude  40°. 
The  time  is  10  hours  (7+3)  after  noon  at  Greenwich. 

Hourly  difference  +  24 . 79" 

X  Number  of  hours  10 


Total  change  in  declination  +247.9"  or  +  4'  °7-9" 

Declination  at  Greenwich  noon  +21°  21'  12.0" 


Required  decimation  +21°  25'  19.9" 

Refraction  (hour  angle  3)  +00'  33 .  o" 

Corrected  apparent  declination  +21°  25'  52.9" 

Declination  being  north,  add  90° 

South  polar  distance  m°  25'  52.9" 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  33 

To  save  time,  it  is  advisable,  before  going  into  the  field, 
to  prepare  a  table  for  the  day,  giving  the  south  polar  dis- 
tances of  the  sun  for  every  hour  suitable  for  taking  obser- 
vations.* 

The  Burt  Solar  Attachment  f 

In  Fig.  13  we  have  a  graphic  illustration  of  the  Burt 
solar  apparatus,  the  circles  shown  being  intended  to  repre- 
sent those  supposed  to  be  drawn  upon  the  concave  surface 
of  the  heavens. 

When  the  telescope  is  set  horizontal  by  its  spirit-level, 
the  hour-circle  will  be  in  the  plane  of  the  horizon,  the  polar 
axis  will  point  to  the  zenith,  and  the  zeros  of  the  .vertical 
arc  and  its  vernier  will  coincide.  Now  if  we  incline  the 
telescope,  directed  north  as  shown  in  the  cut,  the  polar  axis 
will  descend  from  the  direction  of  the  zenith.  The  angle 
through  which  it  moves,  being  laid  off  on  the  vertical  arc, 
will  be  the  co-latitude  of  the  place  where  the  instrument  is 
supposed  to  be  used,  the  latitude  itself  being  found  by  sub- 
tracting this  number  from  90°. 

When,  however,  the  sun  passes  above  or  below  the 
equator,  his  declination,  or  angular  distance  from  it,  as 
given  in  the  Ephemeris,  can  be  set  off  upon  the  arc,  and 
his  image  brought  into  position  as  before. 

In  order  to  do  this,  however,  it  is  necessary  not  only 
that  the  latitude  and  declination  be  correctly  set  off  upon 
their  respective  arcs,  but  also  that  -the  instrument  be 
moved  in  azimuth  until  the  polar  axis  points  to  the  pole 
of  the  heavens,  or,  in  other  words,  is  placed  in  the  plane 
of  the  meridian;  and  thus  the  position  of  the  sun's  image 

*  The  methods  of  figuring  declination  and  refraction  are  given  more 
fully  under  the  description  of  the  Burt  Solar. 

t  Taken  by  permission  from  Gurley's  "  Manual." 


34 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


Fig.  13 

will  indicate  not  only  the  latitude  of  the  place,  the  declina- 
tion of  the  sun  for  the  given  hour  and  the  apparent  time, 
but  will  also  determine  the  meridian,  or  true  north  and 
south  line  passing  through  the  place  where  the  observation 
is  made. 
The  interval  between  two  equatorial  lines,  cc,  as  well 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  35 

as  between  the  hour  lines,  bb  (Fig.  14),  is  just  sufficient  to 
include  the  circular  image  of  the  sun,  as  formed  by  the 
solar  lens  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  revolving  arm. 

Allowance  for  declination:    Let  us  now  suppose   the 
observation    made   when   the   sun   has 
passed  the  equinoctial  point,  and  when 
his  position  is  affected  by  declination. 

By  referring  to   the  Ephemeris,  and 
setting  off  on  the  arc  his   declination  Fis-  *4 

for  the  given  day  and  hour,  we  are  still  able  to  determine 
his  position  with  the  same  certainty  as  if  he  remained  on 
the  equator. 

When  the  sun's  declination  is  south,  that  is,  from  the 
22nd  of  September  to  the  2oth  of  March,  in  each  year,  the 
arc  is  turned  downward,  or  towards  the  plates  of  the  transit, 
while  during  the  remainder  of  the  year  the  arc  is  turned 
from  the  plates. 

When  the  solar  attachment  is  accurately  adjusted  and 
its  plates  made  perfectly  horizontal,  the  latitude  of  the 
place  (co-latitude  from  horizontal)  and  the  declination  of 
the  sun  for  the  given  day  and  hour  being  also  set  off  on 
their  respective  arcs,  and  the  instrument  set  approxi- 
mately north  by  the  magnetic  needle,  the  image  of  the  sun 
cannot  be  brought  between  the  equatorial  lines  until  the 
polar  axis  is  placed  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian  of  the 
place,  or  in  a  position  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  earth. 

The  slightest  deviation  from  this  position  will  cause 
the  image  to  pass  above  or  below  the  lines,  and  thus  dis- 
cover the  error. 

To  Run  Lines  with  the  Burt  Solar  Attachment 

Having  set  off  the  latitude  of  the  place  (co-latitude  from 
horizontal)  on  the  vertical  arc,  and  the  declination  for  the 


36  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

given  day  and  hour  as  computed  from  the  tables  in  the 
solar  Ephemeris,  the  instrument-being  also  carefully  leveled 
by  the  telescope  bubble,  set  the  horizontal  limb  at  zero 
and  clamp  the  plates,  loosen  the  lower  screw  so  that  the 
transit  moves  easily  upon  its  lower  socket,  set  the  instru- 
ment approximately  north  and  south,  with  the  object- 
glass  end  of  the  telescope  towards  the  north,  turn  the 
proper  solar  lens  to  the  sun,  and  with  one  hand  on  the 
plates  and  the  other  on  the  revolving  arm  move  them  from 
side  to  side  until  the  sun's  image  is  brought  between  the 
equatorial  lines  on  the  silver  plate. 

The  lower  clamp  of  the  instrument  should  now  be 
fastened,  and  any  further  lateral  movement  be  made  by 
the  tangent  screw  of  the  leveling  head.  The  necessary 
allowance  being  made  for  refraction,  the  telescope  will  be 
in  the  true  meridian  from  which  any  lines  desired  may  be 
deflected. 

The  declination  of  the  sun  given  in  the  Ephemeris,  or 
Nautical  Almanac,  from  year  to  year,  is  calculated  for  ap- 
parent noon  at  Greenwich,  England. 

To  determine  it  for  any  other  hour  at  a  place  in  the 
United  States,  reference  must  be  had,  not  only  to  the  dif- 
ference of  time  arising  from  the  difference  of  longitude,  but 
also  to  the  change  of  declination  during  that  time. 

The  longitude  of  the  place,  and  therefore  its  difference  in 
time,  if  not  given  directly  in  the  ephemeris,  can  be  ascer- 
tained very  nearly  by  reference  to  that  of  other  places 
given  which  are  situated  on,  or  very  nearly  on,  the  same 
meridian. 

It  is  the  practice  of  surveyors  in  states  east  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi to  allow  a  difference  of  six  hours  for  the  difference 
in  longitude,  calling  the  declination  given  in  the  Ephemeris 
for  12  M.  that  of  6  A.M.  at  the  place  of  observation, 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  37 

Beyond  the  meridian  of  Santa  Fe,  the  allowance  would 
be  about  seven  hours;  and  in  California,  Oregon  and 
Washington  about  eight  hours. 

Having  thus  the  difference  of  time,  we  very  readily  obtain 
the  declination  for  a  certain  hour  in  the  morning,  which 
would  be  earlier  or  later  as  the  longitude  was  greater  or 
less,  and  the  same  as  that  of  apparent  noon  at  Greenwich 
on  the  given  day.  Thus,  suppose  the  observation  to  be 
made  at  a  place  five  hours  later  than  Greenwich,  then  the 
declination  given  in  the  Ephemeris  for  the  given  day  at 
noon,  affected  by  the  refraction,  would  be  the  declination 
at  the  place  of  observation  for  7  A.M.;  this  gives  us  the 
starting  point. 

To  obtain  the  declination  for  the  other  hours  of  the 
day,  take  from  the  Ephemeris  the  declination  for  apparent 
noon  for  the  given  day,  and,  as  the  declination  is  increas- 
ing or  decreasing,  add  to,  or  subtract  from,  the  declination 
of  the  first  hour  the  difference  for  one  hour  as  given  in  the 
Ephemeris,  which  will  give,  when  affected  by  the  refraction, 
the  declination  for  the  succeeding  hour;  and  proceed  thus 
in  making  a  table  of  declination  for  every  hour  of  the  day. 

The  table  of  refractions  is  calculated  for  latitudes  be- 
tween 15°  and  60°  at  intervals  of  2j°,  that  being  as  near  as 
is  required.  , 

The  declination  ranges  from  o°  to  20°  both  north  and 
south,  the  +  declinations  being  north  and  the  —  south,  and 
is  given  for  every  5°,  that  being  sufficiently  near  for  all 
practical  purposes.  The  hour  angle  in  the  first  column 
indicates  the  distance  of  the  sun  from  the  meridian  in 
hours,  the  refraction  given  for  o  hours  being  that  which 
affects  the  observed  declination  of  the  sun  when  on  the 
meridian,  commonly  known  as  the  meridional  refraction; 
the  refraction  for  the  hour  just  before  or  after  noon  is  so 


38  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

nearly  that  of  the  meridian  that  it  may  be  called  and 
allowed  as  the  same. 

When  the  table  is  used  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
when  the  declination  is  north,  or  +  in  the  table,  the  re- 
fraction is  to  be  added;  when  the  declination  is  south, 
or  — ,  the  refraction  must  be  subtracted.  It  will  be  noted 
that  the  refraction  in  south  declination  increases  very 
rapidly  as  the  sun  nears  the  horizon,  showing  that  obser- 
vations should  not  be  taken  with  sun  when  south  of  the 
equator,  less  than  one  hour  from  the  horizon. 

To  Compute  the  Declination 

Suppose  it  was  required  to  obtain  the  declination  for  the 
different  hours  of  April  16,  1895,  at  Troy,  New  York. 

The  longitude  in  time  is  four  hours,  fifty-four  minutes 
and  forty  seconds,  or  practically  five  hours;  so  that  the 
declination  given  in  the  Ephemeris  for  apparent  noon  of 
that  day  at  Greenwich  would  be  that  of  7  A.M.  at  Troy. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  39 

DECLINATION  AT  GREENWICH  AT  NOON  OF  APRIL  16,  1895 

N.  10°  7'  56.5" 

Troy 

N.  10°     7'  56.5"  +  Refr.  5  hrs.  i'  58"  =  10°    9'  54"  =  Dec.    7  A.M. 
add    hr.dif.  53.2" 


10°     8'  49. 7"  +  Refr.  4  hrs.  i'  n"  =  10°  10'  oo"  =  Dec.    8  A.M. 
53-2 


10°    9'  42.9"  +  Refr.  3  hrs.       52"  =  10°  10'  34"  =  Dec.    9  A.M. 
53-2" 

10°  10'  36.  i"  +  Refr.  2  hrs.       39"  =  10°  n'  15"  =  Dec.  10  A.M. 
53-2" 


10°  n'  29.3"  +  Refr.  i  hr.        36"  =  10°  12'  05"  =  Dec.  n  A.M. 
53-2" 


10°  12'  22.5"  +  Refr.  o  hrs.       36"  =  10°  12'  58"  =  Dec.  12     M. 
53-2" 


10°  13'  15.7"  +  Refr.  i  hr.        36"  =  10°  13'  51"  =  Dec.    i  P.M. 

53-2" 

10°  14'  08.9"  +  Refr.  2  hrs.       39"  =  10°  14'  47"  =  Dec.    2  P.M. 
53-2" 


10°  15'  02.  i"  +  Refr.  3  hrs.       52"  =  10°  15'  54"  =  Dec.    3  P.M. 

53-2" 


15'  55-3"  +  Refr.  4  hrs.  i'  n"  =  10°  17'  06"  =  Dec.    4  P.M. 

53-2" 


10°  16'  48.5"  +  Refr.  5  hrs.  i'  58"  =  10°  18'  46"  =  Dec.    5  P.M. 

Again,  suppose  it  was  desired  to  obtain  the  corrected 
declination  for  the  different  hours  of  October  16,  1895,  at 
Troy,  New  York. 

The  difference  in  time  being  nearly  five  hours,  and  the 
decimation  at  Greenwich,  noon,  8°  53'  53.6",  that  declina- 
tion affected  by  the  refraction  would  give  the  true  declina- 
tion for  7  A.M.  at  Troy;  the  latitude  being  nearly  42°  30'. 
The  declination  being  now  south,  the  refraction  is  to  be 


40  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

subtracted,  but  the  hourly  difference  is  to  be  added  because 
the  declination  is  increasing,  as  iR  the  first  example;  thus: 

Troy 

S.    8°  53'  53.6"  -  Refr.  5  hrs.  9'  24"  =  8°  44'  3<>"  =  Dec.    7  A.M. 
addhr.  dif.  55.3" 


8°  54'  48.9"  —  Refr.  4  hrs.  2'  49"  =  8°  52'  oo"  =  Dec.    8  A.M. 
55-3" 

8°  55'  44.  2"  -  Refr.  3  hrs.  i'  49"  =  8°  53'  55"  =  Dec.    9  A.M. 
55-3" 


8°  56'  39.5"  -  Refr.  2  hrs.  i'  26"  =  8°  55'  13"  =  Dec.  10  A.M. 

55-3" 
8°  57'  34.8"  -  Refr.  i  hr.    i'  14"  =  8°  56'  21"  =  Dec.  n  A.M. 

55-3" 


8°  58'  30.1"  -  Refr.  o  hrs.  i'  14"  =  8°  57'  16"  =  Dec.  12     M. 
55-3" 

8°  59'  25.4"  -  Refr.  i  hr.    i'  14"  =  8°  58'  n"  =  Dec.    i  P.M. 
55-3" 


9°  oo'  20.7"  -  Refr.  2  hrs.  i'  26"  =  8°  58'  55"  =  Dec.    2  P.M. 
55-3" 


9°  01'  ,16.0"  -  Refr.  3  hrs.  i'  49"  =  8°  58'  27"  =  Dec.    3  P.M. 

55-3" 


9°  02'  11.3"  —  Refr.  4  hrs.  2'  49"  =  8°  59'  22"  =  Dec.    4  P.M. 
55-3" 


9°  63'  06.6"  -  Refr.  5  hrs.  9'  24"  =  8°  53'  43"  =  Dec.    5  P.M. 

These  calculations  should  of  course  be  made  before  the 
surveyor  begins  work  in  the  field. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


A  TABLE  OF  MEAN  REFRACTIONS  IN  DECLINATION  TO  BE  USED  WITH 
THE  SHATTUCK  AND  BURT  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

Apply  to  the  declination  as  found  in  the  ephemeris 


DECLINATIONS. 


Hour 


For  latitude  15°. 


angle. 

+20° 

+15° 

+10° 

+5° 

0 

-5° 

-10° 

-15° 

-20° 

oh. 

-OS" 

o" 

+05" 

10" 

IS" 

2l" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

2 

03 

+02 

07 

12 

18 

23 

29 

36 

43 

3 

+01 

05 

ii 

16 

22 

28 

34 

41 

49 

4 

08 

12 

19 

24 

30 

37 

44 

53 

i'  04 

5 

29 

34 

4i 

49 

59 

i'  10 

I'  24 

i'  43 

2    08 

For  latitude  17°  30'. 


oh. 

-02" 

+02" 

08" 

13" 

18" 

24" 

30" 

36" 

44' 

2 

O 

OS 

10 

15 

21 

27 

33 

40 

48 

3 

+02 

10 

15 

21 

27 

33 

40 

48 

57 

4 

13 

18 

23 

29 

35 

43 

Si 

i'  OI 

i'  13 

5 

34 

4i 

49 

58 

i'  10 

i'  23 

i'  41 

2'  06 

2  42 

For  latitude  20°. 


oh. 

o" 

05" 

10" 

15" 

2l" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

2 

03 

07 

13 

18 

24 

30 

36 

44 

52 

3 

06 

13 

18 

24 

30 

36 

44 

52 

i'  02 

4 

i? 

22 

28 

35 

42 

50 

i'  00 

i'  II 

I  26 

5 

39 

47 

57 

I'o? 

i'  20 

I'  37 

2  00 

2  32 

3  25 

For  latitude  22°  30'. 


oh. 

02" 

08" 

13" 

18" 

24" 

30" 

36" 

44 

52" 

2 

06 

ii 

IS 

21 

27 

33 

40 

48 

57 

3 

4 

ii 

20 

i 

21 
32 

27 

39 

3 

40 
56 

,•$ 

57 
i'  19 

i'  08 
I  37 

5 

45 

53 

r  03 

i'  16 

I'  31 

I'  52 

2  21 

3  07 

4  28 

I 

For  latitude  25°. 


oh. 

05" 

10" 

IS" 

2l" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

2 

08 

14 

19 

25 

31 

38 

46 

54 

i'  05 

3 
4 

12 
23 

18 
29 

24 
35 

30 

45 

37 
S3 

44 
i'  03 

r* 

I'  04 
I  31 

i  18 

I  52 

5 

49 

59 

i'  10 

I'  24 

i'  52 

2  07 

2  44 

3  46 

5  43 

SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


DECLINATIONS. 


Hour 


For  latitude  27°  30'. 


angle. 

+20° 

+15° 

+10° 

+5° 

0° 

-5° 

-10° 

-15° 

-20° 

oh. 

08" 

13" 

18" 

24" 

30" 

36" 

44" 

52" 

l'  O2" 

2 

II 

16 

22 

28 

34 

41 

49 

l'  00 

I  IO 

3 

17 

22 

28 

35 

42 

50 

l'  00 

i  ii 

I  26 

4 

28 

35 

42 

50 

l'  00 

l'  II 

I  26 

I  43 

2  09 

5 

54 

i'  OS 

X'  18 

I'  34 

I  54 

2  24 

3  II 

4  38 

8  15 

For  latitude  30°. 


oh. 

10" 

IS" 

21" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

i'  08" 

2 

14 

19 

25 

31 

38 

46 

54 

i'  05 

I  18 

3 

20 

26 

32 

39 

55 

I'  06 

i  19 

i  36 

4 
S 

32 
l'  00 

I'  10 

46 

I'  24 

52 
l'  52 

2  0? 

l'  19 
2  44 

I  35 
3  46 

i  57 
5  43 

13  06 

For  latitude  32°  30'. 


oh. 

13" 

18" 

24" 

30" 

36" 

44" 

52" 

i'  02" 

i'  14" 

2 

17 

22 

28 

35 

42 

50 

l'  OO 

I  II 

i  26 

3 

23 

29 

35 

43 

51 

l'  01 

I  13 

i  28 

i  47 

4 

35 

43 

51 

l'  01 

l'  13 

I  27 

i  46 

2  13 

2  54 

S 

r  03 

l'  15 

r  31 

i  S3 

2  20 

3  05 

4  25 

7  36 

For  latitude  35°. 


oh. 

IS" 

21" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

l'  08" 

l'  21' 

2 

20 

25 

32 

38 

46 

55 

i'  05 

i  18 

i  35 

3 

26 

33 

39 

47 

56 

l'  07 

I  21 

i  38 

2  00 

4 

39 

47 

56 

r  07 

l'  20 

i  36 

I  59 

2  32 

3  25 

5 

i'  07 

l'  20 

I'  38 

2  00 

2  34 

3  29 

5  14 

10  16 

For  latitude  37°  3o' 


oh. 

2 

18" 

22 

24" 
28 

30" 
35 

36" 
42 

44 
50 

52" 
l'  00 

I'  02" 
I  12 

r  a" 

l'  29" 
I  45 

3 

29 

36 

43 

52 

l'  02 

I  14 

I  29 

i  49 

2  16 

4 

43 

51 

l'  01 

l'  13 

I  27 

I  49 

2  14 

2  54 

4  05 

5 

r  ii 

I'  26 

I  54 

2  10 

2  43 

3  55 

6  IS 

14  58 

SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


43 


DECLINATIONS. 


Hour 


For  latitude  40°. 


angle. 

+20° 

+15° 

+  10° 

+5° 

0° 

-5° 

-10° 

-15° 

-20° 

oh. 

21" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

i'  08" 

i'  2l" 

i'  39" 

2 

25 

32 

39 

46 

52 

I'  06 

i  19 

I  35 

I  57 

3 

33 

40 

48 

57 

I'  08 

I  21 

i  38 

2  O2 

2  36 

4 

47 

55 

i'  06 

I'  19 

I  36 

I  58 

2  30 

3  21 

4  59 

5 

i'  15 

i'  31 

I  51 

2  20 

3  05 

4  25 

7  34 

25  18 

For  latitude  42°  30' 


oh. 

2 

24" 
28 

30" 
35 

36" 
39 

44" 
50 

52" 
I  OO 

i'  02" 

I  12 

:'  a" 

i'  29" 

I  45 

I'  49" 
2  II 

3 

4 

36 
50 

43 
i'  oo 

52 

i'  II 

i'  02 
I  26 

i  13 
I  44 

I  29 
2  10 

I  49 
2  49 

2  17 
3  55 

6  16 

5 

i'  16 

i  36 

i  58 

2  '30 

3  22 

5  oo 

9  24 

For  latitude  45°. 


oh. 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

i'  08" 

i'  2l" 

i'  39" 

2'  02" 

2 

32 

39 

46 

52 

I'  06 

I  19 

I  35 

i  57 

2  29 

3 

40 

47 

56 

i'  07 

I  21 

i  38 

2  00 

2  34 

3  29 

4 

54 

I  04 

i'  16 

I  33 

I  54 

2  24 

3  II 

4  38 

8  IS 

5 

i'  23 

I  41 

2  05 

2  41 

3  40 

5  40 

12  02 

For  latitude  47°  3°'. 


oh. 

30" 

36" 

44" 

52" 

i'  02" 

i'  14" 

i'  29" 

i'  49" 

2'  18" 

2 

35 

42 

50 

i'  00 

I  12 

i  26 

I  45 

2  OI 

2  51 

3 

4 

§ 

51 
i'  09 

i'  OI 

i  23 

I  13 

i  40 

I  28 

2  05 

i  47 

2  40 

2  15 
3  39 

2  S6 
5  37 

4  08 
n  18 

5 

r  27 

i  46 

2  12 

2  52 

4  01 

6  3Q 

16  19 

For  latitude  50°. 


oh. 

2 

33" 
38 

40" 
46 

48" 
55 

,-s 

I  18 

I  35 

i'  39" 
i  57 

2'  02" 

2  28 

2'  36" 
3  19 

3 

47 

56 

i'  06 

I  19 

I  36 

2  29 

2  31 

3  23 

5  02 

4 

i'  02 

i'  14 

I  29 

I  48 

2  16 

2  58 

4  18 

6  59 

19  47 

5 

I  30 

i  Si 

2  19 

3  04 

4  22 

7  28 

24  10 

44 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


DECLINATIONS. 


Hour 


For  latitude  52°  30'. 


angle. 

+20° 

+15° 

+  10° 

+5° 

0° 

-5° 

-10° 

-15° 

-20° 

oh. 

36" 

44" 

52" 

i'  14" 

i'  29" 

i'  49" 

2'  18" 

3'  05" 

2 

43 

SO 

59 

I  II 

i  26 

i  42 

2  23 

2  49 

3  55 

3 

50 

i'  oo 

i'  II 

I  26 

I  45 

2  II 

2  SI 

2  58 

6  22 

4 

i'  05 

i  18 

I  35 

2  IO 

2  28 

3  19 

4  53 

8  42 

5 

i  34 

I  56 

2  2? 

3  16 

4  47 

8  52 

For  latitude  55°. 


oh. 

40" 

48" 

57" 

i'  08" 

I'  21" 

i'  39" 

2'  02" 

2'  36" 

3'  33" 

2 
3 

46 
55 

,3 

i'  05 
I  19 

I  18 

I  34 
I  58 

i  56 

2  30 

2  30 
3  21 

3  IS 

4  58 

4  47 
9  19 

4 

i'  10 

1  23 

I  42 

2  06 

2  43 

3  44 

5  49 

12  41 

5 

I  37 

2  01 

2  34 

3  28 

5  15 

10  18 

For  latitude  57°  30'. 


oh. 

44" 

52" 

'  02" 

i'  14" 

I'  29" 

i'  49" 

2'  18" 

3'  05" 

4'  37" 

2 

50 

59 

II 

I  25 

I  43 

2  09 

2  47 

3  Si 

6  04 

3 

58 

i'  IO 

24 

i  42 

2  07 

2  43 

3  45 

5  50 

12  47 

4 
5 

i'  n 

i  41 

i  25 

2  06 

43 

42 

2  IO 
3  42 

2  50 
5  46 

3  55 
12  26 

6  14 

14  49 

For  latitude  60°. 


oh. 

2 

48" 
54 

57 
i'  04 

I'  08" 
I  17 

i'  21" 
I  33 

I  39" 
i  54 

2'  02" 

2  24 

2'  36" 
3  12 

rr 

5'  23' 
8  IS 

3 

4 

fa 

i  15 
I  34 

i  30 
i  56 

I  51 
2  28 

2  20 

3  18 

3  04 
4  50 

4  24 
8  53 

7  31 

24  44 

5 

I  45 

2  II 

2  SO 

3  57 

6  21 

15  32 

SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  45 

To  Find  the  Latitude  with  the  Burt  Solar  Attachment 

First,  level  the  instrument  very  carefully,  using  the  level 
of  the  telescope,  as  before,  until  the  bubble  will  remain  in 
the  middle  during  a  complete  revolution  of  the  instrument, 
the  tangent  movement  of  the  telescope  being  used  in  con- 
nection with  the  leveling-screws  of  the  parallel  plates,  and 
the  axis  of  the  telescope  being  firmly  clamped. 

Next,  clamp  the  vertical  arc,  so  that  its  zero  and  the 
zero  of  its  vernier  coincide  as  near  as  may  be,  and  then 
bring  them  into  exact  line  by  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
vernier. 

Then,  having  the  declination  of  the  sun  for  12  o'clock 
of  the  given  day  as  affected  by  the  meridional  refraction 
carefully  set  off  upon  the  declination  arc,  note  also  the 
equation  of  time;  and  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  before 
noon,  the  telescope  being  directed  to  the  north  and  the 
object-glass  end  lowered  until,  by  moving  the  instrument 
upon  its  spindle  and  the  declination  arc  from  side  to  side, 
the  sun's  image  is  brought  nearly  into  position  between 
the  equatorial  lines.  Now  bring  the  declination  arc  di- 
rectly in  line  with  the  telescope,  clamp  the  axis,  and  with 
the  tangent  screw  of  the  telescope  axis  bring  the  image 
precisely  between  the  lines  and  keep  it  there  with  the 
tangent  screw,  raising  it  as  long  as  it  runs  below  the  lower 
equatorial  line,  or,  in  other  words,  as  long  as  the  sun  con- 
tinues to  rise  in  the  heavens. 

When  the  sun  reaches  the  meridian  the  image  will  remain 
stationary  in  altitude  for  an  instant,  and  will  then  begin  to 
rise  on  the  plate. 

The  moment  the  image  ceases  to  run  below  is,  of  course, 
apparent  noon,  when  the  index  of  the  hour  arc  should  indi- 
cate XII,  and  the  latitude  be  determined  by  the  reading 
of  the  vertical  arc. 


46  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

The  angle  through  which  the  polar  axis  has  moved  in 
the  operation  just  described  is  measured  from  the  zenith 
instead  of  from  the  horizon,  so  that  the  angle  read  on  the 
vertical  limb  is  the  complement  of  the  latitude  or  co- 
latitude. 

To  Adjust  the  Burt  Solar  Attachment 

The  declination  arm  is  first  detached  by  removing  the 
clamp  and  tangent  screws  and  the  center  with  its  small 
screws,  by  which  the  arm  is  attached  to  the  arc. 

The  adjuster,  which  is  a  short  bar  furnished  with  every 
instrument,  is  then  substituted  for  the  declination  arm,  the 
center  screwed  into  its  place  at  one  end,  and  the  clamp 
screw  into  the  other,  being  inserted  through  the  hole  left 
by  the  removal  of  the  tangent  screw,  thus  securing  the 
adjuster  firmly  to  the  arc. 

The  declination  arm  is  then  placed  on  the  adjuster,  one 
end  is  turned  to  the  sun,  and  brought  into  such  a  position 
that  the  image  of  the  sun  is  brought  precisely  between  the 
equatorial  lines  on  the  opposite  plate. 

Carefully  turn  the  arm  over,  until  it  rests  upon  the  ad- 
juster by  the  opposite  faces  of  the  rectangular  blocks,  and 
again  observe  the  sun's  image.  If  it  remains  between  the 
lines  as  before,  the  arm  is  in  adjustment.  If  not,  loosen 
the  three  small  screws  which  hold  it  to  the  arm,  and  move 
the  silver  plate  under  their  heads  until  one-half  the  error 
in  the  position  of  the  sun's  image  is  removed. 

Bring  the  image  again  between  the  lines,  and  repeat 
the  operation  as  above  on  both  ends  of  the  arm,  until  the 
image  will  remain  between  the  lines  of  the  plate  in  both 
positions  of  the  arm,  when  it  will  be  in  proper  adjustment, 
and  the  arm  may  be  replaced  in  its  former  position  on  the 
attachment.  This  adjustment  is  very  rarely  needed  in  these 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  47 

instruments,  the  lenses  being  cemented  in  their  cells  and 
the  plates  securely  fastened. 

To  Adjust  the  Vernier  of  the  Declination  Arc:  Set  the 
vernier  at  zero,  and  then  raise  or  lower  the  telescope  until 
the  sun's  image  appears  exactly  between  the  equatorial 
lines. 

Having  the  telescope  axis  clamped,  carefully  revolve 
the  arm  until  the  image  appears  on  the  other  plate.  If 
precisely  between  the  lines,  the  adjustment  is  complete; 
if  not,  move  the  declination  arm  by  its  tangent  screw  until 
the  image  will  come  precisely  between  the  lines  on  the  two 
opposite  plates;  clamp  the  arm  and  remove  the  index 
error  by  loosening  two  screws  that  fasten  the  vernier; 
place  the  zeros  of  the  vernier  and  limb  in  exact  coinci- 
dence, tighten  the  screws,  and  the  adjustment  is  complete. 

To  Adjust  the  Polar  Axis:  First,  level  the  instrument 
carefully  by  the  long  level  of  the  telescope,  using  in  the 
operation  the  tangent  movement  of  the  telescope  axis  in 
connection  with  the  leveling-screws  of  the  parallel  plates, 
until  the  bubble  will  appear  in  the  middle  during  a  com- 
plete revolution  of  the  instrument  upon  its  axis. 

Place  the  solar  apparatus  upon  the  axis  and  see  that 
it  moves  easily  around  it;  bring  the  declination  arm  in  the 
same  vertical  plane  with  the  telescope;  place  the  adjusting 
level  upon  the  top  of  the  rectangular  blocks,  and  bring  the 
bubble  into  the  middle  by  the  tangent  screw  of  the  decli- 
nation arc. 

Then  turn  the  arc  half  way  around,  bringing  it  again 
parallel  with  telescope,  and  note  the  position  of  the  level. 
If  in  the  middle,  the  polar  axis  is  vertical  in  that  direction; 
if  not  in  the  middle,  correct  one-half  of  the  error  by  the 
capstan-head  adjusting  screws  under  the  base  of  the  polar 
axis,  moving  each  screw  of  the  pair  the  same  amount,  but 


48  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

in  an  opposite  direction.  Bring  the  level  to  the  middle 
again  by  the  tangent  screw  of*  the  declination  arc,  and 
repeat  the  operation  as  before,  until  the  bubble  will  remain 
in  the  middle  when  the  adjusting-level  is  reversed. 

Pursue  the  same  course  in  adjusting  the  arc  in  the  second 
position,  or  over  the  telescope  axis,  and  when  completed 
the  level  will  remain  in  the  middle  during  an  entire  revolu- 
tion of  the  arc,  showing  that  the  polar  axis  is  at  right 
angles  with  the  level  under  the  telescope,  or  truly  vertical. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  the  level  under  the  telescope 
is  kept  in  the  middle,  and  the  capstan-screws  brought  to 
a  firm  bearing. 

The  adjusting-level  in  the  operation  just  described  is 
supposed  to  be  itself  in  adjustment;  but  if  not,  it  can  be 
easily  corrected  by  the  screw  shown  at  one  end,  when  re- 
versed upon  a  plane  surface,  exactly  as  a  mason's  level  is 
adjusted. 

As  this  is  by  far  the  most  delicate  and  important  ad- 
justment of  the  solar  attachment,  it  should  be  made  with 
the  greatest  care,  the  bubble  kept  perfectly  in  the  middle 
and  frequently  inspected  in  the  course  of  the  adjustment. 

To  Adjust  the  Hour- Arc:  Whenever  the  instrument  is 
set  in  the  meridian,  as  will  be  hereafter  described,  the 
index  of  the  hour-arc  should  read  apparent  time.  If  not, 
loosen  the  two  flat  head  screws  on  the  top  of  the  hour- 
circle,  and  with  the  hand  turn  the  circle  around  until  it 
does,  fasten  the  screws  again,  and  the  adjustment  will  be 
complete. 

To  obtain  mean  time,  the  correction  of  the  equation  for 
the  given  day,  as  found  in  the  Nautical  Almanac,  should 
always  be  applied. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 


49 


Berger  and  Saegmuller  Solars 

The  principle  of  these  two  solar  attachments  is  the 
same.  (Fig.  15  A  and  B.)  The  declination  of  the  sun  for 
the  place  and  hour  required  is  figured  as  previously  shown. 
This  declination  is  regarded  as  plus  or  minus  as  it  is  north 
or  south,  and  added  algebraically  to  the  refraction  which 


is  always  plus.  The  refraction  is  found  from  the  table 
previously  given  for  the  Burt  and  Shattuck  solars  or  for 
each  day  and  hour  in  the  Ephemeris  issued  for  the  Saeg- 
muller solar.  The  declination  corrected  for  refraction 
being  determined,  the  instrument  provided  with  the  solar 
(see  Fig.  15  A  and  B)  is  carefully  leveled,  and  the  line  of 


50  SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS 

collimation  of  the  solar  and  main  telescope  made  parallel 
by  sighting  at  some  distant  object.  The  declination  is  now 
set  off  on  the  vertical  arc  or  circle  of  the  transit  by  de- 
pressing the  telescope  when  the  declination  is  north,  and 
raising  the  telescope  when  the  declination  is  south.  The 
solar  telescope  is  then  leveled  by  means  of  its  attached 


Fig.  15  B 


bubble  with  the  main  telescope  still  clamped.  The  co- 
latitude  is  then  set  off  on  the  vertical  circle  of  the  transit, 
and  the  solar  telescope  directed  towards  the  sun,  which  is 
bisected  exactly  as  in  the  case  of  the  direct  observation. 
This  is  done  by  turning  the  solar  on  its  vertical  axis  and 
by  means  of  the  lower  motion  of  the  transit.  If  the  hori- 
zontal plates  have  been  previously  clamped  at  o°,  with  the 
lower  motion  undamped,  as  soon  as  the  sun  is  bisected  by 
the  solar  telescope,  the  main  telescope  is  necessarily  point- 
ing due  south.  If  now  the  lower  motion  is  clamped  and 
the  upper  motion  free,  the  direction  of  the  main  telescope 
as  read  on  the  horizontal  plates  .will  give  the  correct 
bearing. 


SOLAR  ATTACHMENTS  51 

By  an  ingenious  attachment  called  an  equatorial  adaptor, 
the  auxiliary  telescope  made  by  C.  L.  Berger  and  used  in 
sighting  down  steep  shafts  may  be  used  exactly  as  the 
Saegmuller  solar. 


CHAPTER  III 
MEASUREMENTS 

Traversing 

The  bearing  of  the  initial  line  of  the  survey  being  known, 
there  are  two  ways  of  carrying  it  forward  in  the  course  of 
the  work.  When  it  is  necessary  that  the  correct  bearing 
should  be  known  at  all  times  during  the  field  work,  as  for 
example  in  retracing  old  lines,  it  is  best  to  retain  the  bear- 
ing always  on  the  upper  plate  of  the  transit,  backsighting 
with  the  upper  plate,  giving  the  last  forward  course  and 
then  turning  the  upper  plate  in  any  new  direction  re- 
quired. This  method  may  be  used  at  all  times  and 
simplifies  the  note-taking  somewhat,  and  adds  to  subse- 
quent clearness.  The  disadvantages  are  that  the  upper 
plate  may  move  somewhat  in  transportation  between 
stations,  and  the  vernier  must  be  carefully  examined  each 
time  a  backsight  is  made.  Then,  too,  it  may  be  incon- 
venient and  is  usually  unnecessary  to  figure  out  the  direct 
solar  observation  in  the  field,  in  which  case  the  entire 
survey  may  be  completed  with  either  an  assumed  bearing 
to  commence  with,  or  else  by  angles,  without  the  use  of 
any  bearing  whatever.  When  angles  alone  are  used  the 
angle  of  the  initial  line  surveyed  with  the  line  whose  bearing 
is  determined  by  direct  solar  observation  is  read,  and  when 
these  are  identical,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the  first  line  is 
simply  measured  to  the  second  station.  At  the  second 
station  the  upper  plate  is  set  at  o°,  the  first  station  bisected 
by  the  use  of  the  lower  plate  and  the  angle  to  the  next 

52 


MEASUREMENTS  53 

station  read  as  from  left  to  right,  or  as  the  hands  of  a 
watch,  and  noted.  When  side  shots  are  made,  it  is  well 
to  make  horizontal  parallel  lines  above  and  below  the  notes 
taken,  so  that  the  line  or  lines  of  notes  will  not  be  confused 
with  the  notes  of  the  main  continuous  traverse.  By  this 
method  of  carrying  forward  a  survey  all  errors  of  instru- 
mental adjustment  are  eliminated  except  those  entering  in 
the  height  of  standards.  Another  method  of  traversing 
commonly  used  is  to  backsight  with  the  upper  plate  of  the 
transit  at  o°,  then  invert  the  telescope  and  turn  to  the 
right  or  left  and  read  the  angle  turned.  While  this  is  prob- 
ably the  method  usually  employed,  it  involves  a  doubling 
of  any  errors  in  adjustment  of  the  transit  and  a  possible 
error  in  setting  down,  each  time,  the  fact  that  the  instru- 
ment was  turned  right  or  left.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
results  are  more  easily  reduced  to  courses  than  in  the 
method  given  before,  which  is  always  used  by  the  writer. 

It  is  well  to  read  the  compass  at  each  station  as  a  pre- 
caution against  large  errors. 

Measuring 

At  the  same  time  that  the  bearings  are  being  carried 
forward  with  the  instrument,  measurements  are  being 
taken.  These  measurements,  as  a  rule,  are  to  determine 
the  distance  traversed,  but  at  times  they  are  also  for  the 
purpose  of  laying  out  a  certain  necessary  distance.  Prac- 
tically all  measurements  now  made  in  mineral  land  survey- 
ing are  made  with  long  steel  tapes,  300  to  700  feet  in  length, 
graduated  every  5  feet,  with  each  end  of  the  tape  gradu- 
ated to  feet  and  tenths.  The  method  of  using  long  tapes 
is  as  follows:  The  chainman  holds  the  zero  of  the  tape  at 
the  station  to  which  the  measurement  is  to  be  made,  and 
the  transit-man  pulls  the  tape,  preferably  holding  it  taut 


54  MEASUREMENTS 

by  a  pair  of  parallel  pliers,  provided  with  a  clamp,  just 
opposite  the  trunnion  of  the  telescope.  The  distance  is  then 
measured  to  the  nearest  5-foot  mark  with  a  pocket  tape 
from  the  point  marked  by  the  clamped  parallel  pliers. 
When  the  nearest  5-foot  mark  is  beyond  the  transit-man, 
it  saves  subtracting  the  tenths,  to  which  measurements  are 
usually  taken,  to  place  the  5-foot  mark  on  the  pocket  tape 
over  the  5-foot  mark  on  the  long  tape,  and  then  read  as 
from  the  5-foot  point  ahead  of  the  instrument.  Another 
method  for  reading  the  tape  is  that  in  which  the  transit- 
man  holds  the  5-foot  mark  just  beyond  the  distance  meas- 
ured to  the  transit,  and  the  chainman  then  holds  the  tape 
tightly  wherever  it  happens  to  come  at  the  forward  point. 
He  then  reads  on  the  finer  graduations  the  distance  from, 
the  zero  point  back  to  the  station,  and  this  is  subtracted 
from  the  distance  read  opposite  the  transit.  This  method 
is  rarely  used,  however,  as  it  requires  a  reliable  chainman, 
and  involves  possible  mistakes  in  subtracting.  It  also  re- 
quires finer  graduations  on  the  zero  end  of  the  tape. 

The  writer  finds  a  tape  graduated  every  foot,  with  the 
end  foot  in  tenths,  a  great  time-saver.  No  pocket  tape  is 
required,  as  the  tenths  may  be  estimated  or  marked  on  a 
notebook  cover.  Some  surveyors  use' a  notched  stick,  or 
even  a  pencil  marked  in  tenths. 

In  traversing,  the  tape  may  be  wound  up  after  each 
measurement  or  may  be  dragged  over  the  ground.  The 
writer  prefers  the  second  method,  as  it  saves  time.  There 
is,  however,  greater  danger  of  breaking  the  tape.  Should 
the  tape  break  it  may  be  temporarily  mended  by  using 
Alexander's  Little  Giant  Tape  Splices,  or  the  surveyor  may 
even  carry  a  piece  of  solder  with  a  few  brass  or  copper 
sleeves  which  he  solders  on  with  a  candle.  The  Eureka 
Tape  Repairer  is  a  sleeve  already  prepared  with  soft  solder 


MEASUREMENTS 


55 


and  flux,  and  makes  perfect  repairs  with  the  heat  of  a 
match.  As  a  rule,  however,  the  surveyor  proceeds  with 
the  longest  portion  of  the  broken  tape.  As  the  tape  breaks 
most  frequently  near  the  zero  end,  and  the  chainman  has 
then  no  handle,  it  is  well  to  carry  an  extra  pair  of  parallel 
pliers  for  such  an  emergency. 

Stadia  measurements  cannot  be  used  in  patent  survey- 
ing, but  may  often  be  useful  in  location  surveys.  If  a  rod 
is  not  available,  stadia  measurement  may  be  made  with  a 
pole.  A  mark  is  made  on  the  pole  and  one  of  the  stadia 
hairs  placed  on  it.  The  position  of  the  other  stadia  wire 
is  then  marked,  and  the  distance  between  the  marks  meas- 
ured with  a  pocket  tape.  A  stadia  rod  with  targets  gives 
long-distance  results  accurate  enough,  as  a  rule,  for  any 
mineral  land  surveying  except  patent  work.  The  targets 
are  so  placed  that  they  correspond  to  the  stadia  wires  and 
the  distance  between  them  is  then  measured  by  pocket 
tape  or  taken  off  the  divisions  of  the  rod. 

Stadia  measurements  may  be  quickly  reduced  to  hori- 
zontal distances  in  the  field  or  office  by  the  use  of  traverse 
tables.  As  the  horizontal  distance  is  the  stadia  reading 
multiplied  by  the  cosine  of  the  vertical  angle  squared,  by 
taking  the  distance"  from  the  traverse  tables  twice  we  are 
multiplying  the  stadia  reading  by  the  square  of  the  cosine. 
For  a  vertical  angle  of  12°  stadia  distance  563  feet  in 
traverse  table  under  12°  and  563  feet  we  find 


Vertical  angle. 

Stadia  measurement. 

First  reduction  or  slope 
distance. 

12° 

563.0 
560.0 
3-0 

547-8 
2.9 

550-7 

MEASUREMENTS 


Vertical  angle. 

First  reduction  or  slope 
distance.           • 

Horizontal  distance. 

12° 

550.7 
550-0 
0.7 

Horizontal  distance  = 

538.00 
0.68 

538.68 

From  an  ordinary  stadia  table  under  the  vertical  angle  of 
12°  we  find  .9568  X  563  =  538.68. 

Where  much  stadia  work  is  done  it  is  better  to  note  in 
the  traverse  table  used  the  stadia  angles  corresponding  to 
the  angles  given  in  the  traverse  table.  We  have  found 
that  .9568  is  given  in  the  stadia  table  as  the  horizontal 
distance  for  a  stadia  measurement  of  i  foot  and  an  angle 
of  12°.  For  100  feet  the  horizontal  distance  is  95.68.  If 
we  look  under  17°  in  the  field  traverse  table  we  find  95.63 
opposite  100.  Taking  the  example  above  from  this 
column  under  17°: 


Vertical  angle. 

Stadia  measurement. 

Horizontal  distance. 

17° 

563 
560 

535-5 

3 

2.87 

538.37 

This  is  near  enough  for  all  practical  purposes. 

If  we  had  taken  from  a  Gurden  Table  16°  54',  the  real 
stadia  angle  for  95.68,  we  would  have  a  perfect  check.  If 
we  write  12°  04'  in  red  for  example  above  17°  in  the  trav- 
erse table  we  have  a  stadia  table  for  12°  04'. 

The  following  table  gives  the  traverse  table  angles  for 
the  corresponding  stadia  angles.  In  each  case  the  cosine 


MEASUREMENTS 


57 


of  the  traverse  table  angle  given  is  the  squared  cosine  of 
the  stadia  angle: 

Stadia  Angles  to  Traverse  Table  —  HORIZONTAL 


St.  an. 

Tr.  ta. 

St.  an. 

Tr.  ta. 

St.  an. 

Tr.  ta. 

St.  an. 

Tr.  ta. 

St.  an. 

Tr.  ta. 

12' 
20 
36 

15' 
30 

45 

6°  22' 

6  34 

6  44 
6  54 

9° 
15' 
30 
45 

12°  36' 

17°  45' 

18°  44' 
18  54 
19   6 

26°  15' 
30 
45 

25°  10' 

25   22 
25  32 
25  44 

35° 
IS' 
30 

45 

12°  46' 
12  58 
13   8 
13  18 

18° 
IS' 
30 
45 

44' 
54 
58 
1°  16 

1° 
IS' 

30 
45 

19°  16' 
19  28 
19  38 
19  50 

27° 
IS' 
30 
45 

7°  4' 
7  16 
7  26 
7  36 

10° 

IS' 
30 
45 

25°  54' 
26  06 
26  16 
26  28 

36° 
IS' 
30 

45 

13°  30' 
13  40 

13   52 
14   2 

19° 
IS' 
30 
45 

I°24' 

i  38 
I  44 

2  OO 

2° 
15' 
30 
45 

20°   0' 
20  12 
20  22 
20  34 

28° 
15' 
30 
45 

7°  48' 
7  58 
8  10 

8°  20 

11° 
15' 
30 
45 

26°  40' 
26  50 
27   2 
27   14 

37° 
15' 
30 
45 

14°  12' 

14  24 

14  34 
14  46 

20° 
15' 
30 

45 

2°  8' 
2   16 
2  28 
2  36 

3° 
IS' 
30 
45 

20°  44' 
20  56 
21   6 
21   l6 

29° 
IS' 
30 
45 

8°  32' 
8  42 
8  52 
9   2 

12° 

15' 
30 
45 

27°  24' 

27  36 

27  48 

27  58 

38° 
IS' 
30 
45 

14°  56' 
IS  06 
IS  18 
15  28 

21° 

IS' 

30 
45 

2°  48' 
2  58 

3  10 

3  20 

4° 
15' 
30 

45 

21°  28' 
21   4O 
21  SO 
22   0 

30° 
15' 
30 
45 

9°  12' 

9  24 
9  34 
9  44 

13° 
IS' 
30 
45 

28°  10' 

28   22 
28  32 

28  44 

39° 
IS' 
30 
45 

15°  40' 
IS  50 
16  oo 
16  12 

22° 

15' 
30 
45 

3°  32' 
3  44 
3  54 
4   4 

5° 
15' 
30 
45 

22   12 
22°  24' 

22  34 

22  46 

31 
31°  15' 

30 
45 

9°  56' 
10   6 
10  18 

10   28 

14° 
15' 
30 

45 

28°  56' 
29   8 
29  18 
29  30 

40° 
IS' 
30 
45 

16°  22' 

16  34 
16  44 
16  56 

23° 
15' 
30 

45 

4°  16' 
4  24 
4  36 
4  46 

6° 
15' 
30 

45 

22°  56' 
23   8 

23  18 
23  30 

32° 
IS' 
30 
45 

10°  38' 
10  48 

II    0 
II   IO 

15° 
IS' 
30 
45 

29°  42' 
29  54 
30   4 
30  16 

41° 
IS' 
30 
45 

17°  6' 
17  16 
17  28 
17  38 

24° 
IS' 
30 

45 

4°  58' 
5   8 

5  20 

5  28 

7° 
15' 
30 

45 

23°  40' 
23  52 

24  04 

24  14 

33° 
IS' 
30 
45 

11°  20' 
II   32 

II  42 

II   52 

16° 
IS' 
30 
45 

30°  28' 
30  38 
30  SO 
31  oo 

42° 
IS' 
30 
45 

17°  So' 
18  oo 
18  10 

18  22 

25° 

IS' 
30 
45 

5°  40' 
5  50 

6   2 
6   12 

8° 
IS' 
30 

45 

24°  26' 
24  36 

24  48 

25   o 

34° 
IS' 
30 
45 

12°   4' 
12   l6 
12   26 

17° 
IS' 
30 

31°  10' 

43° 

18°  32' 

26° 

58  MEASUREMENTS 

The  choosing  of  proper  stations  is  a  very  important 
part  of  the  chainman's  duty.  A  careful  chainman  can,  by 
good  judgment,  save  much  valuable  time  in  selecting 
stations,  which  in  the  first  place  offer  good  foresights,  and 
in  the  second  place  are  suitable  for  set-ups.  In  the  moun- 
tains of  the  West  there  is  frequently  little  or  no  choice  in 
the  placing  of  stations,  and  the  best  are  often  none  too 
good.  Stations  are  usually  marked  by  stakes  picked  up 
near  the  spot.  In  case  it  is  desired  to  preserve  the  trav- 
erse stakes,  they  had  best  be  made  of  hard  wood  and 
carried  in  sufficient  quantity  by  the  party.  Opinions  differ 
as  to  the  height  of  stations.  Many,  including  the  writer, 
prefer  a  short  stake,  not  showing  as  a  rule  over  a  foot 
above  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Others  prefer  a  long 
stake.  With  the  short  stake  a  plumb  line  will,  as  a  rule, 
have  to  be  used  for  both  the  fore  and  backsights,  but 
the  station  is  more  stable,  and  is  likely  to  remain  in  place. 
With  the  long  stake  the  use  of  the  plumb  may  be  avoided, 
as  the  stake  may  be  seen  from  the  instrument,  and  this 
will  often  save  time,  but  the  stakes  are  very  liable  to  de- 
rangement after  the  lapse  of  a  few  days.  In  many  cases 
large  nails  may  be  used  for  stations,  in  which  case  they 
are  simply  driven  in  the  ground.  They  are  especially  use- 
ful in  winter  when  the  ground  is  frozen. 

The  exact  station  point  on  the  stake  is  marked  by  a 
nail  or  tack  and,  when  possible,  the  measurement  is  made 
directly  to  the  point,  and  both  cross  wires  of  the  telescope, 
their  intersection,  placed  on  the  nail  head.  In  case  the 
nail  cannot  be  seen,  the  instrument  is  sighted  to  a  plumb 
line,  the  height  to  which  the  zero  of  the  tape  is  held  being 
taken  by  the  horizontal  cross  wire.  In  windy  weather  long 
plumb  bobs  filled  with  mercury  give  the  best  results. 

When  the  surveyor  has  a  clear  foresight  for  a  longer 


MEASUREMENTS  59 

distance  than  the  tape  will  reach,  and  the  country  is  not 
too  rough,  he  may  set  his  foresight  stakes  ahead  at  a  dis- 
tance apart  approximately  equal  to  the  stretch  of  his 
tape.  He  may  then  set  oip  at  every  other  stake,  omitting 
those  in  between,  and  make  a  measurement  each  way  for- 
ward and  back  from  each  set-up.  This  will  often  save 
considerable  time. 

The  vertical  angles  for  most  work  need  to  be  read  only 
to  the  nearest  fifteen  minutes;  that  is,  they  should  be 
within  yj  minutes  of  correct,  and  may  be  read  on  most 
transits  without  the  use  of  the  verniers.  As  a  rule  in 
western  mineral  surveying  the  horizontal  distances  must 
be  figured  in  the  field.  The  best  method  of  figuring  is 
probably  by  the  use  of  the  pocket  traverse  table,  and  the 
traverse  table  from  "  Standard  Field  Tables  "  is  the  only 
suitable  one  known  to  the  writer.* 

The  method  of  using  is  as  follows: 

Vertical  angle.  Distance.  Horizontal  dis.  (Lat.) 

23°  261.5  =  260.0  239.3 

1-5  1-3 

261.5  240.6 

Another  method  using  natural  cosines  is  as  follows : 

cos  23°  =  0.92050. 

This  means  that  in  100  feet  slope  measurement  the  hori- 
zontal component  is  7.950  feet  less.  (Simply  move  the  deci- 
mal point  and  subtract  each  integer  from  9,  etc.)  For  all 
practical  purposes  the  distance  to  be  subtracted  from  261.5 
feet  is  2.61  X  7.95  =  20.75;  26i-5  —  2°-75  =  240.75.* 
With  a  table  of  natural  versed  sines  it  is  unnecessary  to 
find  the  cosine  and  subtract  as  above.  The  versed  sine  for 

*  "  Standard  Field  Tables  "  —  U.  S.  General  Land  Office.  Obtained 
from  the  Supt.  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C.,  Price  60  cents,  post- 
paid. 


60  MEASUREMENTS 

23°  is  found  directly  as  .07950  for  i  foot.  For  100  feet  it 
is  7.950  as  above,  and  is  treated  m  the  same  way.  While 
this  method  seems  to  be  more  accurate,  the  correct  hori- 
zontal distance  being  240.71,  it  is  probably  not  so  in  most 
cases;  in  fact,  as  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  pull  the  tape 
perfectly  tight,  there  is  a  tendency  to  set  down  a  measure- 
ment which  is  too  large. 

In  many  cases  a  certain  definite  distance  must  be  laid  out 
with  the  tape  on  a  hillside,  as,  for  example,  in  locating  the 
end  of  a  lode  claim  or  in  setting  corners  from  the  center 
line.  We  may  find,  for  example,  that  to  complete  the 
1,500  feet  of  a  lode  claim  we  have  294.5  feet  yet  to  go. 
We  find  the  angle  of  slope  is  15°  and  this  apparently  con- 
tinues for  the  distance  required.  From  the  traverse  table 
we  find  that  the  nearest  horizontal  (latitude)  to  294.5 
given  in  the  column  for  15°  is  289.8,  which  equals  300  feet 
on  the  slope.  This  leaves  a  horizontal  distance  over  of  4.7 
which  in  turn  equals  4.9  on  the  slope.  The  distance  to  be 
laid  off  is  therefore  304.9  feet  on  the  slope. 

Example: 

Ver.  Angle.  Horizontal.     Slope. 

15°  289.8  =  300.0 

4-7=      4-9 


294.5  =  304-9 

As  the  versed  sine  was  used  for  calculating  the  horizontal 
distance,  the  secant  or  external  secant  may  be  used  for 
finding  the  slope  distance. 

exsecant  15°  =  .0353  X  294.5  =  10.39 
294.50  +  10.39  =  304-89. 

To  return  to  laying  out  distances,  it  will  often  be  found, 
especially  by  one  who  is  not  good  at  estimating  distances, 
that  the  trial  angle  of  slope  is  too  small  or  too  great,  as 
the  case  may  be,  and  the  horizontal  wire  of  the  instrument 


MEASUREMENTS 


6l 


either  hits  the  ground  or  comes  too  high  above  the  station. 
In  that  case  the  only  thing  to  do  is  to  try  a  new  angle  until 
everything  corresponds. 

The  final  distance  to  be  measured  is  marked  on  the 
tape  by  the  parallel  pliers  and  the  instrument  sighted  to 
the  zero  of  the  tape,  held  at  the  proper  height  on  a  stake 
or  by  plumb  bob. 

The  surveyor  will  frequently  meet  obstacles  which  re- 
quire offsets,  a  subject  which  is  well  handled,  as  a  rule,  in 
the  standard  books  on  surveying.  The  usual  offset  is  at 
right  angles  far  enough  to  avoid 
the  obstacle.  A  convenient  off- 
set is  to  turn  off  say  60°  to  the 
right,  measure  any  suitable  dis- 
tance, then  run  the  same  dis- 
tance with  60°  turned  to  the  left. 
In  this  way  the  distance  required 
is  exactly  equal  to  the  distance 
measured  on  the  offset,  as  we  are 
dealing  with  an  equilateral  tri- 
angle. (See  Fig.  16.) 

Sometimes  a  long  traverse  has 
to  be  made  to  get  around  an  ob- 
stacle, and  sometimes  the  meas- 


Fig.  16 


urement  has  to  be  made  by  triangulation  either  to  the 
point  which  it  is  desired  to  reach  or  to  some  point  near. 
Triangulation  methods  are,  of  course,  simple,  and  are  ex- 
haustively treated  in  text-books.  Traverses,  that  is,  meas- 
ured traverses  to  find  a  missing  course,  are  not,  as  a  rule, 
so  well  handled  in  the  text-books,  and  it  is  sometimes  neces- 
sary to  do  all  the  figuring  in  the  field.  In  figuring  a  traverse, 
the  first  thing  necessary  to  do  is  to  get  the  traverse  into  a 
record  of  courses  and  distances.  When  the  true  bearing  is 


62 


MEASUREMENTS 


carried  throughout  the  survey  nothing  has  to  be  done  but  to 
put  down  the  bearings  and  the  Horizontal  measurements, 
and  figure  the  latitudes  and  departures.  When  assumed 
bearings  have  been  used,  they  must  be  corrected.  In  case 
the  inverting  right  or  left  method  has  been  used  from  the  in- 
itial bearing,  the  succeeding  courses  may  be  easily  figured. 
In  case  the  instrument  is  read  as  though  turned  from  left 
to  right,  that  is,  clockwise  the  following  rule  simplifies  the 
calculation  of  bearings. 

Rule:  Take  angle  right  from  backsight.  If  less  than 
180°,  add  180°;  if  greater  than  180°,  subtract  180°  from  it. 
Add  results  to  former  course  from  north,  or  azimuth.  If 
required,  subtract  360°.  The  result  is  the  azimuth  from 
north. 

6-»9  96' 


•>H> 


Fig.  I7 


Example:     (Fig.  17.) 


S.  57°    9'  W. 
180° 


Azimuth  =  237°    9' 

69°  39'  69°  39' 

Azimuth  first  course  =  306°  48'  =  N.  53°  12'  W. 


MEASUREMENTS  63 


174°  31 
180° 

354°  3i 


Azimuth  second  course  =  301°  19'  =  N.  58°  41'  W. 


The  courses  and  horizontal  distances  at  hand,  the  lati- 
tudes and  departures  are  figured,  preferably  with  a  trav- 
erse table.  Among  the  many  traverse  tables,  Gurden's  is 
the  most  rapid.  In  using  the  Gurden's  tables  to  facilitate 
picking  out  the  figures,  a  triangle,  preferably  a  transparent 
one,  or  even  a  card  may  be  marked  and  so  spaced  that,  one 
mark  being  placed  under  the  latitude  figure,  the  other 
mark  falls  of  itself  under  the  figure  for  the  departure. 

A  card  marked  as  in  Fig.  1 8  is  an  even  greater  help  in 


0|||Z|3|4|5|6|7|8|9 


TO  P 


o|l|Ej3|4|S|6|7le|9 


TOP 


DO  NOT  USE  ON  LAST  PAGE 


Fig.  18 

rapid  calculation.  In  using  the  card,  the  figure  4  on  the 
left  side  of  the  card  is  placed  under  the  cosine  of  4,  14,  24, 
etc.,  and  the  right  hand  4  falls  under  the  sine  of  4,  14,  24, 
etc. 

An  example  of  a  short  traverse  is  given  below,  with  the 
missing  course  calculated,  and  many  similar  cases  will  be 
given  later.  Examples  of  latitudes  and  departures  figured 
with  the  Gurden's  table  are  also  given. 


64  MEASUREMENTS 

Neat  and  systematic  work  may  be  done  by  the  use  of 
printed  blanks,  each  of  which  is'afterwards  filed  away,  as 
will  be  described  later. 

0        t                                          Cos.  latitude.  Sin.  Departure. 

300-0           162.73  252.03 

4-5           2.44  3.78 

165-17  255.81 
S3  12' 

230.0         137-77  184.16 

5-6          3.35  4.48 

141-12  188.64 
58°  41' 

230-0         iiQ-54  196.49 

2.1           i . oo  i-79 


120.63  198.28 

Dis-               N.  S.                 E.  W. 

tance.             lat.  lat.               dep.  dep. 

S.  57°    9'W.      304.5       165.17       255.81 

N.53°i2/W.       235.6       141.12       188.64 

N.  58°4i'W.   232.1   120.63   198.28 

642.73 


96.58 

log    96.58  =  1.984887 
log  642 . 73  =  2 . 808028 


9. 176859  =  log  cot  81°  27' 

log  642 .73  =  2 . 808028 

log  sin  81°  27'  =  9.995146 

2.812882  =  log  649.95 
Missing  course  =  S.  81°  27'  E.  649.95 

Note.  —  It  is  well  to  remember  to  take  the  log  of  the  larger  number, 
whether  latitude  or  departure,  and  divide  it  by  the  larger  log,  whether 
sine  or  cosine,  of  the  angle  found. 


CHAPTER  IV 
LOCATION  SURVEYS 

Lode  Location 

About  the  simplest  survey  that  the  western  surveyor  is 
called  on  to  make  is  that  of  a  lode  location.  It  is,  how- 
ever, somewhat  complicated  by  the  fact  that,  as  a  rule,  he 
is  assisted  in  the  work  by  the  claimant  himself,  and  thus 
often  lacks  an  efficient  assistant. 

Usually  the  survey  is  begun  at  the  discovery  point, 
which  may  be  a  shaft,  cut,  adit,  or  even  a  point  in  the 
tunnel  or  other  underground  workings.  We  will  begin 
with  the  survey  of  a  straight  claim  as  in  Fig.  19.  (See 


4: 


aHW.Cor. «S.8I03E'W.  1500-fr.  N E.Cor 

*$>,.  North  Center  4r 

*<$/•*,  Side  Stake 


i-  14-950 


3^,2..6      l*vrsr»w 

_'StQ_iL^.^r_  J   IT**^^—     16.^.6    166/7    I65_6     2J2.J 
4  32.437    E.  ktO'^'P"       S  G  T 


(0 

£  ^ 


Sooth  Center 
p  Side  Stake 


SWCor      N.8l°3a'El.   ISOOfh.  S-ECor 

Fig.  19 

also  page  of  notebook.)  The  first  set-up,  in  this  particu- 
lar case,  is  just  30  feet  from  the  center  of  the  discovery 
shaft.  After  the  direction  of  the  center  line  has  been  deter- 
mined —  and,  in  unimportant  work,  this  may  often  be 

65 


66 


LOCATION  SURVEYS 


o 

I 
a  8 

H     <£ 


S     >>° 

O  ^  J 

Ba"    >iQ 


Remarks. 

•g          « 
| 

M                      Oj                       0> 
-4^                 Trj 
w                  o 

;!  ||  -   || 

oS     -§|         -§| 
£         WO         WO 

^1 

OJ 

a 

03                         O** 

M 

1 

M 

O   O) 

, 

£     ^HHHH 

8t^. 
00 

10  cs 

M     M 

CS 

M 
CN 

8 

O 

| 

00         CO  OO  00  00  00  CO    J>* 

O)  t^  O 

t^<r>       o> 

03     oi  03  03  1^  £H  ^  ^ 

»0  CT>  O 

Oi  -t  Oi 

|*o  to       t*^» 
kO  OO          00 

1 

"bo       »o  o  to 

CO   CO            M     CO   M 

o 

I 

oo       oo  oo       oo  oo  oo  rt 

03    0303    ^;^^i^ 

00    O% 
00    O 

t^.         co  co 
Tf        t^. 

II 

O^        t**"  O  vO    t^^D    w  oo 
CT>         Tf  O%OO  <O  00    M    <N 

cs 

II  II 

O    O"v 

CN              M 

II      II  II 

O">          O    1O 

J- 

<N        O^OVOMIOMO 

10 

10        00 

." 

O»          10  CT>00  ID  OO    H    CS 

o 

1! 

0               0               0 

CO               co               co 

o 

M 

CO 

o 

to 

I 

^ 

. 

N 

> 

CQ 

*s*  CN 

o^      ^**  o 

j 

„ 

00«> 

10          O>  t^ 

^      ^ 

co 

o^       lo 

s 

o 

•     <N 

II     II 

Tt"              M 

II       II  II 

^ 

'    co 

O    <N 

ril 

I              M     CS        .'        I     M     10    W 

O  ^D 

.£>           O    t>» 

O^        ^D 

O 

<l 

M              <N     CO    M     M     IO<O°    CO 

o 

CN 

CO 

0 

CO 

MOO 

II 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  67 

done  with  the  magnetic  needle  —  a  measurement  is  made 
as  before  explained  under -measurements,  to  station  No.  2. 
It  will  save  the  transit-man  a  set-up  if  a  measurement  is 
taken  at  the  same  time  to  No.  5.  In  a  rough  country, 
however,  this  will  give  the  chainman  more  work.  From 
station  No.  2  the  line  is  extended  through  No.  3  to  No.  4, 
at  which  point  the  claimant  desires  to  end  his  claim.  A 
right  angle  is  therefore  turned  off,  and  the  stakes  set,  we 
will  say,  300  feet  on  each  side  of  the  center  line.  These 
stakes,  the  best  obtainable,  are  marked  Cor.  No.  i,  N.  W. 
Cor.,  Good  Samaritan  Lode;  and  Cor.  No.  2,  S.  W.  Cor., 
Good  Samaritan  Lode,  respectively.  From  No.  3  a  tie  is 
made  to  Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  14950  Columbus  Lode,  as 
shown  in  the  notes.  As  we  have  now  measured  935.6  feet, 
we  know  that  we  have  passed  the  point  for  setting  center 
side  stakes,  so  we  return  to  No.  i  and  measure  back  185.6 
feet  to  No.  i#,  whence  the  center  side  stakes  are  set  at  right 
angles  to  the  center  line.  They  are  marked  North  and 
South  Center  Side  Stakes,  Good  Samaritan  Lode,  respect- 
ively. Of  course,  it  frequently  happens  that  the  position 
of  the  center  side  stakes  is  known  in  advance,  and  in  this 
case  a  measurement  would  have  been  made  in  the  begin- 
ning to  No.  i  a.  In  this  case  No.  la  would  have  been 
called  No.  2  and  the  next  sight  might  have  been  made  to 
No.  3,  etc.;  but  in  the  case  of  the  Good  Samaritan  Lode 
the  center  side  stakes  could  not  be  placed  till  the  claimant 
had  decided  where  the  claim  was  to  end  in  its  westerly 
course.  We  now  extend  the  line  through  No.  5  and  No.  6 
and  here,  knowing  that  the  survey  can  be  completed  with 
another  sight,  the  previous  measurements  are  reduced  to 
horizontals,  the  total  subtracted  from  1,500  and  the  result 
laid  out.  Corners  No.  3  and  No.  4  are  then  set  as  for  the 
westerly  end,  If  a  tie  has  not  been  made  to  a  patent  cor- 


68  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

ner,  or  some  other  proper  monument,  as  above,  the  instru- 
ment is  set  up  at  some  corner  of  the  claim,  preferably  Cor. 
No.  i,  and  bearings  to  two  or  more  mountain  peaks  or 
other  permanent  points  taken  and  recorded.  The  surveyor 
then  makes  sure  that  he  has  the  name  of  the  lode,  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  discovery,  whether  shaft,  cut,  etc.,  the  correct 
name  of  the  locators,  the  name  of  the  mining  district  and 
the  date.  At  his  office  the  surveyor  figures  the  tie  to  the 
patented  claim  as  given  below,  writes  out  the  certificate, 
usually  signs  it  for  the  claimant,  and  sends  it  for  record  to 
the  county  recorder.  Several  styles  of  blank  forms  for 
location  certificates  are  sold  by  different  publishers,  but 
they  are  all  essentially  the  same.  The  location  certificate 
of  above  is  as  follows : 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, 

ss 
County  of  Teller, 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents:  That  Rudolf  Gale, 
the  undersigned,  has  this  29th  day  of  May,  1920,  located 
and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and  claim 
by  right  of  discovery  and  location,  in  compliance  with 
the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May  10,  1872,  and 
all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  regu- 
lations, 1,500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on 
the  Good  Samaritan  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the 
vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles  and  variations  as 
allowed  by  law,  together  with  300  feet  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so  far  as  can  be  deter- 
mined from  present  developments;  and  all  veins,  lodes, 
ledges,  or  deposits  and  surface  ground  within  the  lines  of 
said  claim  594.4  feet  running  N.  81°  32'  E.  from  center  of 
discovery  shaft  and  905.6  feet  running  S.  81°  32'  W.  from 
center  of  discovery  shaft,  saicl  discovery  shaft  being  situ- 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  69 

ate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within  the 
lines  of  said  claim  in  Gold  Dirt  Mining  District,  County  of 
Teller,  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and 
bounds  as  follows,  to- wit: 

Beginning  at, Cor.  No.  i,  whence  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No. 
14950,  Columbus  lode,  bears  S.  71°  51'  E.  570.05  feet, 
thence  S.  8°  28'  E.  600  feet  to  Cor.  No.  2,  thence  N.  81°  32' 
E.  750  feet  to  south  center  side  stake,  thence  N.  81°  32'  E. 
750  feet  to  Cor.  No.  3,  thence  N.  8°  28'  W.  600  feet  to  Cor. 
No.  4,  thence  S.  81°  32'  W.  750  feet  to  north  center  side 
stake,  thence  S.  81°  32'  W.  750  feet  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place 
of  beginning. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  on  the  16th  day  of  March, 
A.D.  1920. 

Date  of  location,  May  29,  A.D.  1920. 

Date  of  certificate,  May  29,  A.D.  1920. 

RUDOLF   GALE.     (Seal.) 

It  is  not  necessary  to  mention  the  center  side  stakes 
in  the  description.  Should  several  claimants  desire  to  be 
recorded  as  possessing  unequal  shares,  the  names  may  be 
arranged  as  follows,  at  the  bottom: 

J.  P.  Smith,  J  interest. 
L.  S.  Weaver,  f  interest. 
L.  J.  Walter,  i  interest. 

For  a  company,  the  name  may  simply  be  placed  at  the 
bottom,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  the  name  of  an 
agent  or  attorney  in  fact. 

Other  examples  of  location  certificates  will  be  given  under 
field  notes  of  patent  survey. 

The  above  simple  straight  location  may  be  varied  in 
many  ways.  The  end  lines  may  not  be  at  right  angles  to 


70  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

the  center,  but  made  to  fit  some  other  claim;  in  this  case 
the  end  line  is  longer  than  the  width  of  the  claim,  and  is 
figured  in  the  same  way  as  the  end  line  of  an  angular 
claim  given  later.  In  order  to  avoid  conflicts,  the  claim 
is  frequently  made  narrower  than  the  legal  width,  some- 
times on  one  side  of  the  center,  sometimes  on  both  sides, 
and  the  side  lines  may  even  be  broken  lines.  In  this 
latter  case  they  are  figured  as  examples  of  mill  sites  or 
intersections  of  patents,  etc.,  which  will  be  given  later. 
There  is  probably  no  legal  objection  to  having  the  end 
line  even  longer  than  the  side  line,  as  is  the  case  in  Fig. 
20.  In  this  example,  were  a  mistake  made  and  the  vein 
placed  as  shown  in  the  figure,  the  claimant  would  get  over 
3,000  feet  of  vein  in  one  location,  provided  the  vein  was 

End  L/ne 


Fig.  20 

perpendicular,  so  as  not  to  require  extralateral  rights.  At 
the  time  of  issuance  of  patent,  of  course,  this  could  not  be 
known,  as  the  vein  is  required,  as  far  as  known,  to  be  not 
more  than  150  or  300  feet  from  either  side  line,  according 
to  the  district. 

Angular  Claims 

In  the  case  of  angular  claims  the  conditions  given  above 
are  more  or  less  complicated.  The  simplest  angular  claim 
is  one  whose  one  angle  is  at  or  near  the  discovery  and 
therefore  known  in  advance,  or  at  least  before  either  end 
line  is  laid  out.  This  is  easily  surveyed,  as  follows:  See 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  71 

Fig.  21,  the  angle  a  being  determined  as  40°.  The  angle  b 
is  equal  to  140°.  In  placing  the  angle  stakes  the  angle  b 
is  bisected,  that  is,  70°  is  turned  from  either  the  foresight 
or  the  backsight  on  the  southerly  side,  or  110°  turned  from 

N.  80  •£.     600ft. 


Fig.  21 

either  the  foresight  or  backsight  on  the  northerly  side. 
The  bisecting  line  is  therefore  20°  in  each  case  from  a  line 
at  right  angles  to  the  lines  i  —  2  and  i  — 3.  The  direc- 
tion of  this  line  is  seen  at  once  to  be  in  the  figure  above, 
S.  30°  E.  (90°  -  80°  =  10°  +  20°  =  S.  30°  E.  90°  -  40° 
=  50°  -  20°  =  S.  30°  E.)  As  one-half  of  this  line  is  the 
hypothenuse  of  a  right  triangle  whose  base  is  150  feet  (or, 
as  the  case  may  be,  75  or  300  feet),  and  whose  angle  A  is 
20°,  its  length  is  found  from  a  traverse  table,  or  table  of 
natural  secants,  to  be: 

Lat.  Distance   or   nat.    secant. 

2O°  141.0       =       150.0  2O°  =  1.0641 

Q.O       =  9.6  300 

150.0     =      159.6  2)319.23  end  line 

159-61 


72  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

which  is  the  true  distance  from  No.  i  to  the  angle  corner 
S.  30°  E.,  and  also,  of  course,  in  the  other  direction  N.  30°  W. 
These  lines  in  turn  must  be  corrected  for  slope  of  hill.  The 
end  lines  are  then  placed  parallel  to  the  line  of  the  angle 
stakes,  and  the  same  length.  The  stakes  are  marked  as 
given  under  straight  lode  locations,  except  the  angle  stakes 
are  marked  Cor.  No.  2,  and  Cor.  No.  5  North  and  South 
angle  stakes,  respectively.  As  the  end  lines  and  angle 
stake  line  are  all  parallel,  the  opposite  side  lines  are  the 
same  length;  therefore  no  figuring  or  checking  up  is  re- 
quired in  the  office  and  the  location  certificate  may  be 
written  out  at  once.  This  certificate  is  exactly  the  same  as 
in  the  case  of  a  straight  claim,  except  that  in  the  best  work, 
when  the  discovery  shaft  is  not  exactly  at  the  angle,  addi- 
tional description  is  required;  for  example,  in  Fig*  20  it 
would  be  described  "  "  "  "  claims  405  feet  running  S.  40° 
W.  from  center  of  discovery  shaft  and  300  feet  running 
N.  40°  E.,  thence  800  feet  running  N.  80°  E.,  etc. 

In  surveying  an  angular  claim  where  the  angle  is  not 
known  when  the  first  end  line  is  reached,  or  when  there 
are  two  or  more  angles  in  the  claim,  this  first  end  line  is 
usually  put  in  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line.  In  the 
case  of  a  claim  having  only  one  angle,  the  setting  of  the 
end  line  may  often  be  postponed  till  the  angle  of  the  center 
line  is  determined.  When  the  end  line  is  set  at  right  angles 
one  or  more  sets  of  angle  stakes  are  placed  on  lines  bisect- 
ing the  angles,  as  given  above;  but  these  lines  are  not  par- 
allel to  the  end  lines,  nor  are  they  necessarily  parallel  to 
each  other.  As  the  end  lines  of  the  claim  must  be  parallel 
to  each  other,  this  requires  that  the  end  line  for  No.  4  be 
turned  from  a  line  at  right  angles  to  its  center  line  over 
an  angle  equal  to  the  algebraic  sum  of  all  the  angles  enter- 
ing into  the  broken  center  line  of  the  claim,  or  from  the 


LOCATION   SURVEYS 


VI 

\  \  1           X 

^\ 

!  \  \ 

64-5. 


Fig.  22 


Fig.  23 

backsight  on  the  center  line  over  the  complement  of  this 
algebraic  sum.  This  is  shown  in  the  two  figures  above, 
Fig.  22  and  Fig.  23,  to  be  20°  and  50°,  respectively,  as  the 


74  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

deviation  from  a  straight  center  line  is  always  to  the  right 
or  first  to  the  right  and  then  to  the  left;  right  figure  as 
plus  and  left  as  minus. 

The  end  line  angle  is  thus  the  angle  caused  by  the  total 
change  of  direction  of  the  center  line  of  the  claims  from  its 
course  No.  i-No.  2  to  its  course  No.  3~No.  4. 

The  length  of  the  end  line  is  figured  as  the  hypothenuse 
of  a  right  triangle  whose  base  is  300  feet  (or  150  or  600,  as 
the  case  may  be),  and  whose  angle  A  is  the  angle  turned 
from  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line  at  that  point. 
This  in  turn  is  corrected  for  the  slope  of  the  hill.  While 
it  is  no  more  difficult  to  stake  out  this  kind  of  an  angular 
claim  in  the  field  than  in  the  case  of  the  angular  claim 
first  cited,  the  office  work  is  more  involved.  The  side  lines 
opposite  to  each  other  are  not  of  equal  length,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  angular  claim  first  cited.  The  length  in  each 
case  is  found  by  adding  and  subtracting  on  opposite  sides 
the  perpendiculars  or  departures  of  the  various  triangles 
used  and  figured  in  setting  the  stakes,  to  the  lengths 
actually  measured  on  the  center  line  of  the  claim.  For 
the  angular  claim  given  in  Fig.  22,  the  most  easterly  angle 
is  first  figured,  150  feet  multiplied  by  the  tangent  of  20° 
gives  54.59,  which  is  added  for  the  northerly  side  lines  and 
subtracted  for  the  southerly  lines,  that  is,  added  to  exterior 
angles  and  subtracted  from  interior  ones,  to  and  from  the 
distances  measured  on  1-2  and  2-3  on  the  center  line.  For 
the  next  angle  west  26.44,  the  tangent  of  10°  multiplied  by 
150  feet,  is  subtracted  for  the  northerly  side  lines,  and 
added  for  the  southerly  side  lines,  from  and  to  2-3  and  3-4 
on  the  center  line,  remembering  that  54.59  feet  have  al- 
ready been  subtracted  from  or  added  to  2-3.  Finally  54.59, 
tangent  20°  multiplied  by  1 50,  is  subtracted  for  the  northerly 
side  line  and  added  for  the  southerly  side  line  to  and  from 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  75 

3-4,  from  and  to  which  26.44  f eet  have  already  been  subtracted 
and  added.  In  Fig.  23  the  same  method  is  pursued.  On  the 
northerly  side  line  the  tangents  are  added  until  the  end  line 
is  reached,  then  subtracted  from  the  center  line  distances, 
while  for  the  southerly  side  line  the  tangents  are  subtracted 
until  the  end  line  is  reached  and  then  added.  To  be  sure 
that  the  work  has  been  done  correctly  and  that  the  bound- 
ary lines  close,  a  traverse  is  made  as  in  the  following  ex- 
amples. While  the  traverse  may  be  made  in  the  usual  way, 
the  labor  is  greatly  decreased  by  subtracting  the  length  of 
the  corresponding  side  lines  and  end  lines  from  each  other, 
using  the  direction  in  each  case  of  the  longer  line.  We  thus 
find  latitudes  and  departures  for  only  half  the  courses  and 
for  smaller  numbers.  The  closing  of  the  traverse  round 
the  claim  proves  the  correctness  of  the  previous  work. 


Example: 


Course. 

Distance. 

N.  lat. 

S.lat. 

E.  dep. 

W.  dep. 

S.    10°  E. 

IQ  .23 

18.93 

3  -32 

Fig.  22  .  . 

N.  60    E. 

162  .06 

81.05 

140.32 

S    40    W 

c6   30 

4.  -2    II 

36  18 

S.  80    W. 

ou  •S*' 

109    Io 

18  CK 

IO7    <?2 

81.05 

80.99 

I43-64 

143-70 

Course. 

Distance. 

N.  lat. 

S.lat. 

E.  dep. 

W.  dep. 

„  •  . 

N    10°  W 

166  71 

164  16 

28   Q4 

Figr'    23 

S    30    W 

•771      26 

286.86 

16^  .63 

N  40    E 

-I-iC     A_2 

IO3    72 

8?  04. 

N'  80    E 

109  1  8 

18  CK 

IO7     <2 

286.83 

286.86 

194-56 

194.57 

LOCATION  SURVEYS 


Course. 

Distance. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  dep. 

W.  dep. 

N.  15°  E. 

2Z.  72 

24.  8<; 

6.65 

Fig.  25  .  . 

S.  82    W. 
S.   7i    E. 

60.82 

"?6  04. 

8.46 
16  38 

r?    rg 

60.22 

24.85 

24.84 

60.23 

60.22 

Another  method  of  checking  an  angular  claim,  when  one 
end  line  is  at  right  angles  to  the  center  line,  is  to  turn  the 

claim  so  that  the  end  line 
is  described  as  north  and 
south.  The  adjacent  side 
lines  at  right  angles  are 
then  east  and  west,  and 
only  the  latitudes  and  de- 
partures of  the  differences 
in  distances  of  the  other 
lines  have  to  be  calculated. 
Taking  the  claim  in  Fig. 
240,  we  place  the  end  lines 
North  and  South  as  in  Fig. 
246.  The  latitude  and  de- 
parture of  the  distance  N. 
33°  W.  62.88  feet,  changed 
to  N.  68°  W.  62.88,  is  the 
only  latitude  and  depar- 
ture to  be  calculated. 


Fig.  24  a  and  b 


Course. 

Distance. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  dep. 

W.  dep. 

South 

27    e6 

27    C6 

N.  68°  W. 

62  88 

27,    c6 

rg    7.1 

East 

eg    32 

eg    12 

23-56 

23-56 

58.32 

58.31 

LOCATION   SURVEYS 


77 


It  frequently  happens  that  in  case  of  angular  claims 
the  end  lines  must  be  made  to  fit  prior  claims.  In  this  case 
the  calculations  for  the  amounts  to  be  added  to  the  length 
of  the  center  line  must  be  made  at  each  end  of  the  claim 
as  well  as  at  the  angles,  and  the  amounts  to  be  added 
and  the  lengths  of  the  line  will  vary  according  to  the  angle 
at  which  the  latter  are  set.  (See  Fig.  25.)  Angular  claims 


Fig.  25 

may  also  be  narrowed  down  and  located  with  irregular 
side  lines,  but  the  figuring  of  these  variations  is  only  a 
form  of  the  figuring  done  in  such  work  as  patent  intersec- 
tions, treated  later  on. 

In  all  lode  locations,  the  setting  of  end  lines  is  of  great 
importance.  The  end  lines  should  be  placed  as  a  rule  as 
nearly  as  possible  at  right  angles  to  the  strike  of  the  vein, 
while  the  location  survey  covers  the  apex. 


78  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

The  dip  of  the  lode  and  the  extralateral  rights  desired 
should  always  be  kept  in  mind  by  the  surveyor.  Thus,  in 
Fig.  25,  the  arrangement  of  end  lines,  placed  so  as  to  avoid 
conflict  with  the  prior  location,  may  not  be  the  best,  or 
may  be  extremely  bad,  when  the  question  of  extralateral 
rjghts  is  considered.  It  is  therefore  often  best  not  to  sur- 
vey to  avoid  a  conflict,  but  to  make  the  best  possible  ar- 
rangement of  end  lines  to  cover  the  ground  desired. 

Relocation  and  Amended  Certificates 

"Distinction  Between  Relocation  and  Amended  Certifi- 
cate. —  In  strictness  there  is  a  relocation  only  when  some 
change  is  made  upon  the  ground,  as  by  changing  length, 
width  or  boundaries,  perhaps  also  when  overlapping  aban- 
doned ground  is  taken.  The  certificate  filed  to  show  such 
change  is  a  relocation  certificate.  But  if  error  is  in  the 
papers  only,  as  by  a  misleading  or  too  vague  description, 
there  is  no  relocation,  but  only  the  filing  of  an  amended 
location  certificate.  But  the  terms  are  not  always  used 
with  exactness  even  by  the  legal  profession,  all  such  papers 
as  well  as  acts  being  called  relocations  or  relocation  certi- 
ficates, and  a  misuse  of  the  term  is  not  generally  material. 
—  Cheeseman  vs.  Shreeve,  40  Fed.  789."  —  Morrison's 
"  Mining  Rights,"  p.  109,  loth  ed. 

It  frequently  happens,  especially  just  before  surveying 
for  patent,  that  the  descriptions  of  claims  are  found  to 
be  defective  in  some  respect,  and  in  this  case  an  amended 
description  is  filed,  and  no  change  is  made  upon  the  ground. 
More  often,  however,  the  stakes  on  the  ground  are  changed 
somewhat,  and  the  owner  takes  advantage  of  a  resurvey  to 
take  in  some  abandoned  ground,  or  to  alter  the  lines  of 
his  claim  slightly  one  way  or  the  other  from  the  original 
location.  He  may  even  make  radical  changes  in  direction 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  79 

of  lines  and  extent  of  territory  embraced.  In  this  event 
there  is  no  change  in  the  method  of  survey  from  the  pro- 
cedure in  the  case  of  the  original  location,  but  the  certifi- 
cates are  worded  to  suit  the  case.  Of  the  two  examples 
of  amended  and  relocation  certificates  which  follow,  the 
first  is  rarely  used,  as  the  second  covers  almost  every  pos- 
sible case.  In  some  cases  it  is  well  to  state  the  cause  for 
amending,  as,  for  example,  that  it  is  to  correct  the  spelling 
of  the  name  of  the  claim  or  location.  This  assumes  im- 
portance when  it  is  desirable  to  impress  suspicious  neigh- 
bors with  the  fact  that  no  change  has  been  made  in  the 
boundaries  of  a  claim,  and  that  the  amendment  is  made 
simply  to  perfect  the  description. 

In  the  case  of  a  second  amendment  we  add  to  "This  be- 
ing the  same  lode,  *  *  *",  "and  again  located  on  the  i8th 
day  of  April,  1905,  and  recorded  on  the  3ist  day  of  April, 
1905,  in  book  160,  page  352,  in  the  office  of  the  recorder  of 
Clear  Creek  county.'' 

Additional  and  Amended  Location  Certificate  —  Law  of 

1889. 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, 

County  of  Clear  Creek, 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  The  Treasure 
Vault  Gold  Mining  Company  has,  this  18th  day  of  April, 
1905,  amended,  located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents 
does  amend,  locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  the  original  dis- 
covery and  this  additional  and  amended  location  certificate, 
in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved 
May  10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  Section 
2409  of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado,  and  with  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  717.2  linear  feet  and  hori- 
zontal measurement  on  the  Boreas  lode,  vein,  ledge  or 


8o  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles 
and  variations,  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  75  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so 
far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments,  and 
all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  10  feet  running  northeast- 
erly from  center  of  discovery  shaft  and  707.2  feet  running 
southwesterly  from  center  of  discovery  shaft,  said  discovery 
shaft  being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit, 
and  within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Idaho  Mining  District, 
County  of  Clear  Creek  and  State  of  Colorado,  described 
by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to- wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  i,  thence  S.  14°  15'  E.  152.48 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  65°  24'  W.  377.33  ft.  to  Cor.  No. 
3;  thence  S.  89°  2'  W.  339.79  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  N. 
14°  15'  W.  154.12  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5 ;  thence  N.  89°  2'  E.  343.81 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6;  thence  N.  65°  24'  E.  373.47  ft.  to  Cor.  No. 
1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  12276,  Bessie  lode 
bears  N.  14°  15'  W.  7.66  ft. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  21st 
day  of  February,  1901,  and  recorded  on  the  2nd  day  of 
March,  1901,  in  book  147,  page  319,  in  the  office  of  the 
Recorder  of  Clear  Creek  County.  This  further  additional 
and  amended  certificate  of  location  is  made  without  a 
waiver  of  any  previously  acquired  rights,  but  for  the  pur- 
pose of  correcting  any  errors  in  the  original  location,  de- 
scription or  record,  and  making  more  specific  the  bound- 
aries and  description  of  said  lode  as  originally  located 
upon  the  ground. 

THE  TREASURE  VAULT   GOLD  MINING  CO. 
[Seal.]  By  J.  P.  Little,  Agent, 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  81 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  15th  day  of  February,  A.D. 
1901. 

Date  of  additional  and  amended  certificate,  April  18th, 
A.D.  1905. 

Additional  and  Amended  Location  Certificate  —  Law  of 

1889. 
STATE  OF   COLORADO, 

County  of  Clear  Creek, 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  The  Treasure 
Vault  Gold  Mining  Company  has,  this  18th  day  of  April, 
1905,  amended,  located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents 
does  amend,  locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  the  original  dis- 
covery and  this  additional  and  amended  location  certificate, 
in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved 
May  10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  Section 
2409  of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado,  and  with  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  1014.2  linear  feet  and  hori- 
zontal measurement  on  the  Arc  Light  lode,  vein,  ledge 
or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles 
and  variations,  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  75  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so 
far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments,  and 
all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  21  feet  running  N.  61°  37'  E. 
from  face  of  discovery  cut  and  993.2  feet  running  S.  61° 
37'  W.  from  face  of  discovery  cut,  said  discovery  cut  being 
situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within 
the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Idaho  Mining  District,  County 
of  Clear  Creek  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes 
and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  thence  S.  28°  23'  E.  150  ft.  to 
Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  61°  37'  W.  1014.2  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3; 


82  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

thence  N.  28°  23'  W.  150  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  N.  61° 
37'  E.  1014.2  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  tne  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  Chief  Mt.  bears  S.  5°  W.  and  a  promi- 
nent peak  bears  S.  30°  W. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  21st 
day  of  February,  1901,  and  recorded  on  the  2nd  day  of 
March,  1901,  in  book  147,  page  320,  in  the  office  of  the 
Recorder  of  Clear  Creek  County.  This  further  additional 
and  amended  certificate  of  location  is  made  without  a 
waiver  of  any  previously  acquired  rights,  but  for  the  pur- 
pose of  correcting  any  errors  in  the  original  location,  de- 
scription or  record,  and  of  taking  in  and  acquiring  all  for- 
feited or  abandoned,  overlapping  ground,  and  of  taking  in 
any  part  of  any  overlapping  claim  which  has  been  aban- 
doned, and  of  securing  all  the  benefits  of  said  Section  2409 
of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado. 

THE  TREASURE  VAULT  GOLD   MINING  CO. 
[Seal.]  By  J.  P.  Little,  Agent. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  15th  day  of  February,  A.D. 
1901. 

Date  of  additional  and  amended  certificate,  April  18th, 
A.D.  1905. 

Mill  Sites  and  Placers 

Mill  sites  and  placers  are,  for  the  most  part,  on  streams. 
Placers  are  required  by  the  General  Land  Office  to  be 
taken  up  by  legal  subdivisions  when  on  surveyed  lands. 
When  the  land  is  not  surveyed,  as  is  often  the  case  with 
mineral  lands,  placers  should  be  surveyed  as  regularly  as 
possible. 

At  present  the  General  Land  Office  requires  all  placer 
claims  on  unsurveyed  lands  to  be  laid  off  as  if  the  land  were 
properly  surveyed.  In  other  words,  the  surveyor  is  prac- 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  83 

tically  required  to  survey  the  whole  country,  or  as  much 
of  it  as  is  necessary  to  establish  the  legal  subdivisions  of 
the  placer  required.  When  the  nearest  surveyed  tract  is 
far  distant,  the  department  would  probably  permit  a  placer 
to  be  surveyed  with  east,  west,  north  and  south  boundaries. 

As  a  rule  the  surveyor  will  lay  out  a  mill  site  in  rec- 
tangular form  for  simplicity,  and  the  following  table,  taken 
from  Morrison,  will  often  be  useful: 

"Area  in  Feet  or  Acres.  —  By  the  following  table  the 
number  of  feet  necessary  to  include  any  desired  number  of 
acres  when  in  the  shape  of  a  square  or  parallelogram  may 
be  ascertained: 

Claim    660    X    330    feet  contains      5       acres. 


500  X  5°° 

5-73 

660  X  660 

10 

1320  X  660 

20 

800  X  1089 

20 

9331  X  933i 

2O 

1320  X  1320 

40 

2640  X  2640   ' 

t 

160 

43,560  square  feet  =  i  acre.  A  square  208.71  feet  in 
length  and  width  =  i  acre."  —  Morrison's  "  Mining 
Rights,"  p.  185,  loth  ed. 


Fig.  26 

It  may  happen  that  the  survey  must  follow  the  mean- 
dering of  a  stream,  and  in  this  case  the  rules  for  angular 


84 


LOCATION  SURVEYS 


claims  may  often  apply.  Even  when  the  claim  must  be 
widened  or  narrowed  the  same  rules  hold,  each  portion  be- 
ing figured  separately  as  in  Fig.  26,  the  whole  forming  5 
acres  or  less  in  the  case  of  a  mill  site,  and  20  acres  or  less 
for  each  claimant  in  a  placer.  The  end  lines,  if  they  may 
be  so  called,  need  not,  of  course,  be  parallel,  as  in  the  case 
of  lode  locations.  In  case  it  is  desired  to  include  all  pos- 
sible ground  between  two  claims,  A  and  B,  Fig.  27,  the 


*>r.t*>mSB    ' L    ******* 


Fig.  27 

center  line  1-2  is  measured  and  the  width  of  claim  then 
laid  out,  giving  217,800  square  feet  (5  acres)  when  multi- 
plied by  the  length  of  1-2. 
The  end  lines  are  figured  as 
in  angular  claims. 

If  the  center  line  of  the  mill 
site  cannot  be  used,  extend 
the  lines  of  the  bounding 
claims  so  as  to  form  a  triangle 
as  in  Fig.  28.  With  the  line 
1-4  as  a  base,  calculate  the 
sides  and  area  of  the  triangle 
so  formed.  From  the  area 
subtract  5  acres  =  217,800  sq. 
ft.  We  now  have  two  simi- 
lar triangles.  The  squares  of  the  homologous  sides  are  to 
each  other  as  the  areas. 


Fig.  28 


,  .       , 
Area  triangle  1-0-4  = 


6oo2  sin  o<5°  sin  60 
—    —  .        0 


=  8.435  acres- 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  85 

Area  mill  site  1-2-3-4  =  5  acres. 

Area  triangle  2-0-3  =  8-435  ~  5  =  3-435  acres- 

Line  2-3  =  6oo2 :  8.435  :  :  *2 :  3-435  =  382-9  =  x  or  line  2-3. 

Draw  line  N-$  parallel  to  line  1-2. 

Line  N~4  =  600  —  382.9  =  217.1. 

Solve  oblique  triangle  ^-3-4. 

Line  N-$  =  444.88. 

Line  1-2  =  line  N—$  =  444.88. 

Line  3-4  =  511.75- 

If  it  is  not  desired  to  have  the  side  lines  parallel  as  in 
Fig.  29,  it  is  necessary  to  find  the  area  of  the  triangle  1-2-3 


Fig.  29 

and  the  side  b.  Suppose  this  area  to  be  1.894  acres;  sub- 
tracting this  from  5  acres,  we  have  3.106  acres  as  the  area 
of  the  triangle  1-3-4.  Find  the  altitude  a,  which,  multiplied 
by  b  and  divided  by  2,  will  give  3.106  acres.  From  this  alti- 
tude calculate  3-4  and  1-4. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  very  irregular  tracts  must 
be  laid  out,  and  there  is  no  escape  from  more  or  less  exten- 
sive figuring  to  get  the  correct  boundaries  for  the  number 
of  acres  to  be  included.  It  will  then  be  necessary  to  divide 
the  area  under  consideration  into  rectangles  or  triangles, 
or  both,  or  calculate  the  area  by  double  meridian  distances. 
The  method  of  surveying  will  also  vary  according  to  the 
circumstances  of  the  case.  It  may  be  possible  to  survey 


86 


LOCATION  SURVEYS 


from  a  center  line,  as  in  Fig.  30,  or,  in  the  case  of  large 
tracts,  it  may  be  necessary  to  run  the  exterior  boundaries. 
Ties  should  be  made  as  for  all  lode  claims. 


Fig.  30 

In  any  case,  except  when  rectangular  tracts  are  sur- 
veyed, the  final  description  must  be  carefully  checked  by 
traverse  as  in  the  case  of  the  angular  claims,  to  make  sure 
of  a  closure,  and  the  area  figured  by  double  meridian 
distances. 

Double  Meridian  Distances 

The  traverse  is  begun  with  the  most  easterly  or  westerly 
station  (Fig.  31).  Double  Meridian  Distances  =  D.  M.  D., 
of  preceding  course  plus  the  departure  of  that  course,  plus 


9+6. JQ' 


Fig.  31 

the  departure  of  the  course  itself.  The  first  and  last 
D.  M.  D.  are  the  same  as  the  respective  departures.  The 
latitudes  are  arranged  plus  and  minus  North  and  South 
respectively,  multiplied  by  their  D.  M.  D.  as  above.  The 


LOCATION   SURVEYS 


O^    •  t^  c»   O   O 

00    w          t^         co 

1 

co     •    co  cooo    O      •      • 
co     •   O    <N    O>  r->     •      • 
r^     •  to    H    £.  rj-     •      • 

00  to          <N        to 

t^   M              1O            t^ 

co  O          co        to 
CN     M             H            O 
»O   M             Tf            CN 

CN 

. 

•  00      •      •      •      •   co     • 

M 

i 

.    t>.      .       .       .       •    M 
•  00       •       '       •       •    CM       • 

CO 

s 

M 

H        •     CO            IO               • 

00      •   M   O    co  O      •     • 

J 

to      •   Tf  O  tO  00      •     ' 
xo    •  <o  oo  ^hoo 

•                      M 

+ 

.  o    •    •        -wo 

•  OO                          •    ^  co 

•     M                                  •             CN 

p 

Q 

to   CN  oo   Th  t^  O^  10    • 

o^oo  oo  co  ^*  o^  ^* 

*s? 

§ 

^ 

Tf       • 

Tj- 

to     •   O"*         co           •      « 

10 

OO 

W 

%?   '.  *$      ¥'.'.'. 

10 

rj- 

M        •     CO   O     10   O        •        • 

oo     •  H   O   co  O     •     • 

g" 

CO 

to      •   ^  O  t£>  oo 
10     •  tO  00    rfOO       •      • 
•                      H                 •        * 

10 

CO 

-t 

•  O                '•     '•  <N    O 

CN 

85 

•  OO                  •      •   •**•  co 

10 

Distance. 

O  oo   O    O    ^J-OO  <O    co 

CO  M    <N            -<t          O)  <N 

•  • 

Course. 

::«*::    f  : 

o    »£o    j^o    ^oO1^ 
G^-*-3    CN  +J    <N  -*J  OO  "^ 

w  Z  o5  co  02  &  £  !? 

.  .•-  • 

10    O^ 

^?t§ 

co    co 

to  10 

I!     II 


S 


88  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

plus  and  minus  areas  resulting  are  then  added  and  the 
lesser  subtracted  from  the 'greater  and  the  result  divided 
by  2.  The  result  is  the  area  in  square  feet. 

Care  must  be  taken,  in  the  case  of  a  mill  site  that  is 
cut  into  tracts  by  other  claims,  to  locate  the  mill  site  as 
one  unit  not  including  more  than  5  acres,  and,  during  the 
patent  surveying,  cut  into  tracts. 

Location  Certificate  —  Mill  Site 
STATE  OF   COLORADO, 


County  of  Clear  Creek, 

To  AU  Whom  These  Presents  May  Concern: 

Know  ye  that  I,  John  T.  McDonald,  of  Idaho  Springs, 
Colorado,  do  hereby  declare  and  publish  as  legal  notice 
to  all  the  world  that  I  have  a  valid  right  to  the  occupation, 
possession  and  enjoyment  of  all  and  singular  that  tract  or 
parcel  of  land  not  exceeding  five  acres,  situate,  lying  and 
being  in  Montana  Mining  District,  in  the  County  of  Clear 
Creek,  in  the  State  of  Colorado,  bounded  and  described  as 
follows,  to- wit: 

The  CENTURY  Mill  Site,  beginning  at  Corner  No.  i, 
whence  Cor.  No.  6,  Sur.  No.  1465,  Cohos  Mill  Site,  bears 
N.  16°  42'  W.  27.6  ft. ;  thence  S.  79°  5'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No. 
2 ;  thence  N.  148  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3 ;  thence  S.  72°  13'  E.  210 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4 ;  thence  S.  80  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5 ;  thence 
S.  72°  2'  E.  474.5  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6 ;  thence  S.  88  ft.  to  Cor. 
No.  7 ;  thence  N.  88°  32'  W.  946.18  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  8 ;  thence 
N.  263  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Containing  4.747  acres,  together  with  all  and  singular 
the  hereditaments  and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging  or 
in  any  wise  appertaining. 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  89 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  three. 
[Seal.]  JOHN  T.  McDONALD. 

STATE  OF   COLORADO, 

ss. 
County  of  Clear  Creek, 

Before  me,  the  subscriber,  a  Notary  Public  in  and  for 
said  County,  personally  appeared  John  T.  McDonald,  to  me 
personally  known  to  be  the  same  person  described  in  and 
who  executed  the  within  Declaration  of  Occupation,  and 
acknowledged  that  he  signed,  sealed  and  published  the  same 
as  his  free  and  voluntary  act  and  deed,  for  the  uses  and 
purposes  therein  set  forth. 

Witness  my  hand  and  notarial  seal,  this  twenty-sixth  day 
of  December,  A.D.  1903. 

My  commission  expires  December  27,  1905. 

ROYAL   R.    GRAHAM,   Notary  Public. 

(Note.  —  The  certification  before  a  Notary  is  not  neces- 
sary. Another  example  of  Mill  Site  Certificate  will  be 
given  under  Field  Notes  of  Patent  Surveying.) 

The  following  Location  Certificate,  though  not  according 
to  the  present  requirements  of  the  General  Land  Office,  is 
probably  perfectly  legal.  To  avoid  trouble,  however,  it  is 
best  to  take  it  up  by  legal  subdivisions: 

Placer  Location  Certificate 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  that  J.  M.  Cross,  the 
undersigned  citizen  of  the  United  States,  resident  of  the 
County  of  Clear  Creek,  State  of  Colorado,  having  complied 
with  the  provisions  of  Chapter  6,  Title  XXXII,  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States,  and  with  the  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  claims  by  right  of  discovery 
and  location  the  Snow  Storm  Placer  Claim,  situate,  lying 


90  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

and  being  in  Gold  Dirt  Mining  District,  County  of  Clear 
Creek,  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and 
bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  thence  N.  81°  42'  E.  329.85 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2 ;  thence  S.  35°  3'  E.  227.6  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3 ; 
thence  S.  44°  46'  W.  213.6  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4 ;  thence  N.  68° 
34'  W.  422.30  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  two  prominent  peaks  bear  N.  87°  30' 
W.  and  S.  45°  W.,  respectively. 

Containing  an  area  of  1.808  acres,  said  claim  was  located 
on  the  19th  day  of  November,  A.D.  1902. 

Date  of  certificate,  December  ist,  A.D.  1902. 

J.  M.   CROSS. 

(A  Placer  Location  Certificate  by  legal  subdivisions  will 
be  given  under  Field  Notes  of  Patent  Surveying.) 

Tunnel  Sites 

There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  in  regard  to 
the  location  of  tunnel  sites,  but  the  best  method  seems  to 
be  the  surveying  of  the  proposed  line  of  the  tunnel  on  the 
surface,  and- the  marking  of  the  exterior  boundaries  of  the 
tunnel  site.  The  tunnel  line  is  easiest  marked  by  stakes 
at  the  various  points  of  set-up,  but  rather  better  by  stakes 
set  at  regular  intervals  of,  say,  500  feet.  From  the  end 
points,  stakes  are  set  1,500  feet  on  each  side  of  the  tunnel 
line  as  shown  in  Fig.  32.  Certain  ground  is  frequently 
located  or  staked  for  dumping  purposes. 

Location  Certificate  —  Tunnel 
To  All  Whom  These  Presents  May  Concern: 

Know  ye  that  I,  George  E.  Plant,  of  Georgetown,  Colo- 
rado, on  the  20th  day  of  May,  1905,  located,  and  by  these 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  91 

presents  do  locate,  for  the  discovery  of  mines  and  the 
development  of  lodes  or  veins,  the  Tip  Top  Tunnel  and 
Tunnel  Site,  and  claim  the  right  of  occupancy,  possession 


_^J->o°dFf^ isoof* _ 

j  soojk 

j 

j  sooj* 


6 

I  500 Jh 

t 

|  500  Jh- 

o '*££ 6 isqojh 0 

Fig.  32 

and  enjoyment  thereof,  together  with  the  right  of  posses- 
sion of  1,500  feet  in  length  on  all  veins  or  lodes  within  3,000 
feet  from  the  face  of  said  tunnel,  on  the  line  thereof,  not 
previously  known  to  exist,  discovered  in  said  tunnel,  situate 
in  Virginia  Mining  District,  Clear  Creek  County,  State  of 
Colorado. 

The  mouth  of  the  tunnel  (at  the  point  where  it  enters 
cover)  is  located  on  the  North  side  of  Cold  Creek,  whence 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  16521,  Colorado  lode,  bears  S.  27°  16' 
W.  351.5  ft. 

Size  of  tunnel,  6  feet  wide  by  8  feet  high  in  the  clear. 

Course  of  tunnel  from  its  mouth  is  North  3,000  feet. 

A  full  description  of   the  stakes  set  along  the  line  of 


92  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

tunnel  is  as  follows:  Six  stakes  set  at  intervals  of  500  feet 
for  3,000  feet  from  mouth. 

A  full  description  of  the  stakes  set  at  the  exterior  boun- 
daries of  the  area  claimed,  3,000  feet  square,  is  as  follows: 
From  the  mouth  of  tunnel  stakes  set  1,500  feet  west  and 
1,500  feet  east,  respectively.  At  3,000  feet  from  mouth, 
stakes  set  1,500  feet  west  and  1,500  feet  east,  respectively. 

I  also  claim  for  dumping  purposes  a  tract  of  land  de- 
scribed as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  mouth  of  said  tunnel, 
thence  E.  100  ft. ;  thence  S.  200  ft. ;  thence  W.  200  ft. ; 
thence  N.  200  ft. ;  thence  E.  100  ft.  to  place  of  beginning, 
together  with  all  and  singular  the  hereditaments  and  ap- 
purtenances thereunto  belonging  or  in  any  wise  appertain- 
ing, and  all  rights  granted  to  the  locator  as  tunnel  rights 
under  the  terms  of  Section  2323  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
the  United  States. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this  20th  day  of  May,  A.D. 

1905.  [Seal.]          GEORGE  E.  PLANT. 

Legal  Subdivisions 

Locating  placers  by  legal  subdivisions  of  sections  is 
closely  connected  with  the  procedure  for  restoring  lost  cor- 
ners of  the  public  survey.  The  subject  is  exhaustively 
handled  in  "  Circular  on  Restoration  of  Lost  or  Obliterated 
Corners  and  Subdivision  of  Sections:  General  Land  Office, 
March  14, 1901 ."  The  pamphlet  may  be  obtained  by  apply- 
ing to  the  General  Land  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  Follow- 
ing is  an  account  of  the  most  important  points  to  be  kept 
in  mind  and  principles  to  be  applied.  An  example  of  the 
Location  Certificate  required  will  be  given  with  the  Field 
Notes  of  a  Patent  Survey. 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  93 

General  Rules 

ist.  That  the  boundaries  of  the  public  lands  established 
and  returned  by  the  duly  appointed  government  surveyors, 
when  approved  by  the  surveyors  general  and  accepted  by 
the  government,  are  unchangeable. 

2nd.  That  the  original  township,  section  and  quarter- 
section  corners  established  by  the  government  surveyors 
must  stand  as  the  true  corners  which  they  were  intended 
to  represent,  whether  the  corners  be  in  place  or  not. 

3/-J.  That  quarter-quarter  corners  not  established  by 
the  government  surveyors  shall  be  placed  on  the  straight 
lines  joining  the  section  and  quarter-section  corners  and 
midway  between  them,  except  on  the  last  half  mile  of  sec- 
tion lines  closing  on  the  north  and  west  boundaries  of  the 
township,  or  on  other  lines  between  fractional  sections. 

4th.  That  all  subdivisional  lines  of  a  section  running 
between  corners  established  in  the  original  survey  of  a 
township  must  be  straight  lines  running  from  the  proper 
corner  in  one  section  line  to  its  opposite  corresponding 
corner  in  the  opposite  section  line. 

$th.  That  in  a  fractional  section  where  no  opposite  cor- 
responding corner  has  been  or  can  be  established,  any  re- 
quired subdivision  line  of  such  section  must  be  run  from 
the  proper  original  corner  in  the  boundary  line  due  east 
and  west,  or  north  and  south,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the 
water  course,  Indian  reservation  or  other  boundary  of  such 
section,  with  due  parallelism  to  section  lines. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  plain  that  extinct  corners 
of  government  surveys  must  be  restored  to  their  original 
locations  whenever  it  is  possible  to  do  so;  and  hence  resort 
should  always  be  first  had  to  the  marks  of  the  survey  in 
the  field.  The  locus  of  the  missing  corner  should  be  first 


94  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

identified  on  the  ground  by  the  aid  of  the  mound,  pits,  line 
trees,  bearing  trees,  etc.,  described  in  the  field  notes  of  the 
original  survey. 

The  identification  of  mounds,  pits,  witness  trees  or  other 
permanent  objects  noted  in  the  field  notes  of  survey,  affords 
the  best  means  of  relocating  the  missing  corner  in  its  origi- 
nal position.  If  this  cannot  be  done,  clear  and  convinc- 
ing testimony  of  citizens  as  to  the  locality  it  originally 
occupied  should  be  taken  if  such  can  be  obtained.  In  any 
event,  whether  the  locus  of  the  corner  be  fixed  by  the  one 
means  or  the  other,  such  locus  should  always  be  tested 
and  confirmed  by  measurements  to  known  corners.  No 
definite  rule  can  be  laid  down  as  to  what  shall  be  sufficient 
evidence  in  such  cases,  and  much  must  be  left  to  the  skill, 
fidelity  and  good  judgment  of  the  surveyor  in  the  perform- 
ance of  his  work. 


Subdivision  of  Sections 

i.  Subdivision  of  Sections  into  Quarter  Sections.  —  Under 
the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Congress  approved  February 
n,  1905,  the  course  to  be  pursued  in  the  subdivision  of  sec- 
tions into  quarter  sections  is  to  run  straight  lines  from  the 
established  quarter-section  corners,  United  States  surveys, 
to  the  opposite  corresponding  corners.  The  point  of  inter- 
section of  the  lines  thus  run  will  be  the  corner  common  to 
the  several  quarter  sections,  or,  in  other  words,  the  legal 
center  of  the  section. 

(a)  Upon  the  lines  closing  on  the  north  and  west  bound- 
aries of  a  township,  the  quarter-section  corners  are  estab- 
lished by  the  United  States  deputy  surveyors  at  40  chains 
to  the  north  or  west  of  the  last  interior  section  corners, 
and  the  excess  or  deficiency  in  the  measurement  is  thrown 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  95 

into  the  half  mile  next  to  the  township  or  range  line  as  the 
case  may  be. 

(b)  Where  there  are  double  sets  of  section  corners  on 
township  and  range  lines,  -the  quarter  corners  for  the  sec- 
tions south  of  the  township  lines  and  east  of  the  range 
lines  are  not  established  in  the  field  by  the  United  States 
deputy  surveyors,  but  in  subdividing  such  sections  said 
quarter  corners  should  be  so  placed  as  to  suit  the  calcula- 
tions of  the  areas  of  the  quarter  sections  adjoining  the 
township  boundaries,  as  expressed  upon  the  official  plat, 
adopting  proportionate  measurements  where  the  new  meas- 
urements of  the  north  and  west  boundaries  of  the  section 
differ  from  the  original  measurements. 

2.  Subdivision  of  Fractional  Sections.  —  Where  opposite 
corresponding  corners  have  not  been  or  cannot  be  fixed, 
the  subdivision  lines  should  be  ascertained  by  running  from 
the  established  corners  due  north,  south,  east  or  west  lines, 
as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  water  course,  Indian  boundary 
line  or  other  boundary  of  such  fractional  section. 

(a)  The  law  presumes  the  section  lines  surveyed  and 
marked  in  the  field  by  the  United  States  deputy  surveyors 
to  be  due  north  and  south  or  east  and  west  lines,  but  in 
actual  experience  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Hence,  in 
order  to  carry  out  the  spirit  of  the  law,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary in  running  the  subdivisional  lines  through  fractional 
sections  to  adopt  mean  courses  where  the  section  lines  are 
not  due  lines,  or  to  run  the  division  line  parallel  to  the 
east,  south,  west  or  north  boundary  of  the  section,  as  con- 
ditions may  require,  where  there  is  no  opposite  section 
line. 

3.  Subdivision  of  Quarter  Sections  into  Quarter-Quarters. 
-Preliminary  to  the  subdivision  of  quarter  sections,  the 

quarter-quarter  corners  will  be  established  at  points  mid- 


96  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

way  between  the  section  and  quarter-section  corners,  and 
between  quarter  corners  and  the  center  of  the  section, 
except  on  the  last  half  mile  of  the  lines  closing  on  the 
north  or  west  boundaries  of  a  township,  where  they  should 
be  placed  at  20  chains,  proportionate  measurement,  to  the 
north  or  west  of  the  quarter-section  corner. 

(a)  The  quarter-quarter  section  corners  having  been 
established  as  directed  above,  the  subdivision  lines  of  the 
quarter  section  will  be  run  straight  between  opposite  cor- 
responding quarter-quarter  section  corners  on  the  quarter- 
section  boundaries.  The  intersection  of  the  lines  thus  run 
will  determine  the  place  for  the  corner  common  to  the  four 
quarter-quarter  sections. 

4.  Subdivision    of   Fractional    Quarter    Sections.  —  The 
subdivision  lines  of  fractional  quarter  sections  will  be  run 
from  properly  established  quarter-quarter  section  corners 
(paragraph  3)  due  north,  south,  east  or  west,  to  the  lake, 
water  course  or  reservation  which  renders  such  tracts  frac- 
tional, or  parallel  to  the  east,  south,  west  or  north  bound- 
ary of  the  quarter  section,  as  conditions  may  require.     (See 
paragraph  2-0.) 

5.  Proportionate     Measurement.  —  By     "proportionate 
measurement,"  as  used  in  this  circular,  is  meant  a  meas- 
urement having  the  same  ratio  to  that  recorded  in  the  orig- 
inal field  notes  as  the  length  of  chain  used  in  the  new 
measurement  has  to  the  length  of  chain  used  in  the  orig- 
inal survey,  assuming  that  the  original  and  new  measure- 
ments have  been  correctly  made. 

For  example:  The  length  of  the  line  from  the  quarter- 
section  corner  on  the  west  side  of  Sec.  2,  T.  24  N.,  R.  14  E., 
Wisconsin,  to  the  north  line  of  the  township,  by  the  United 
States  deputy  surveyor's  chain,  was  reported  as  45.40 
chains,  and  by  the  county  surveyor's  measure  is  reported 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  97 

as  42.90  chains;  then  the  distance  which  the  quarter- 
quarter  section  corner  should  be  located  north  of  the  quar- 
ter-section corner  would  be  determined,  as  follows: 

As  45.40  chains,  the  government  measure  of  the  whole 
distance,  is  to  42.90  chains,  the  county  surveyor's  measure 
of  the  same  distance,  so  is  20.00  chains,  original  measure- 
ment, to  18.90  chains  by  the  county  surveyor's  measure, 
showing  that  by  proportionate  measurement,  in  this  case, 
the  quarter-quarter  section  corner  should  be  set  at  18.90 
chains  north  of  the  quarter-section  corner,  instead  of  20.00 
chains  north  of  such  corner,  as  represented  on  the  official 
plat.  In  this  manner  the  discrepancies  between  original 
and  new  measurements  are  equitably  distributed. 

The  foregoing  will  be  clear  from  an  inspection  of  Fig.  33. 
We  will  assume  that  the  corners  actually  existing  on  the 


Fig.  33 

ground  are  represented  by  the  points  A  B  C  D  E  F  G, 
while  corner  H  is  missing.  This  corner  is  reestablished 
by  placing  it  on  a  straight  line  halfway  between  A  and  G. 
When  the  character  of  the  country  permits,  this  had  best 
be  done  by  running  a  random  line  (straight  trial  line), 


98  LOCATION  SURVEYS 

as  nearly  direct  from  A  to  G  as  possible.  This  line  will 
probably  fall  somewhat  to  the  east  or  west  of  G,  say  at  G1 '. 
From  Gf  the  course  and  distance  are  measured  to  G.  At  a 
point  halfway  between  A  and  Gf  on  the  line  AG'  run  a 
line  parallel  to  G'G  and  half  the  length  of  G'G  to  H.  Thus 
H  is  on  line  AG  equidistant  from  A  and  G. 

In  rough  country  it  will  often  be  easier  or  even  neces- 
sary to  run  a  traverse  from  A  to  G,  figure  the  missing 
course,  and  thus  find  the  course  and  distance  directly  from 
A  to  G.  Half  of  this  distance  is  the  distance  from  G  to  H. 
This  may  either  be  run  directly  on  the  ground  from  G  or  A, 
or,  better  still,  the  position  tor  H  may  be  found  by  figuring 
the  course  and  distance  from  the  nearest  station  used  on 
the  traverse  from  A  to  G,  for  which  all  the  latitudes  and 
departures  have  been  previously  figured  in  order  to  deter- 
mine AG. 

In  a  similar  way  the  line  between  H  and  D  is  run,  and 
its  interior  corner  /  is  established  at  the  point  of  its  inter- 
section with  the  line  BF.  Midway  between  B  and  /,  K  is 
established,  and  /  between  A  and  H.  Halfway  between 
A  and  B  establish  L  and  similarly  M  between  H  and  /. 
This  same  principle  will  determine  the  reestablishment  of 
lost  corners,  or  the  subdivision  of  the  whole  section. 

Should  the  section  be  on  the  western  tier  of  the  town- 
ship, it  must  be  remembered  that  the  eastern  portions  of 
the  sections  are  subdivided  as  nearly  as  possible  according 
to  the  dimensions  of  a  perfect  section,  and  all  the  error 
thrown  into  the  western  portion. 

Tracing  Extensions  of  Veins  on  the  Surface 

On  the  borderland  between  surface  and  underground 
surveying,  one  of  the  operations  that  a  western  surveyor  is 
frequently  called  upon  to  perform  is  tracing  the  extension 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  99 

of  a  known  vein  or  finding  from  underground  workings  the 
probable  outcrop  of  a  vein.  This  may  be  done  with  various 
solars  with  great  ease,  as  afterwards  described,  but  with 
an  ordinary  transit  it  requires  considerable  calculation. 

Let  Fig.  34  in  plan,  vertical  and  longitudinal  section, 
represent  the  simplest  possible  case,  a  vein  striking  due 
north  and  running  up  a  regularly  sloping  hillside.  The 
problem  is  to  find  the  direction  of  the  apex  and  the  point 
on  the  surface  approximately  600  feet  away  where  the 
vein  outcrops.  From  the  tunnel  the  strike  of  the  vein  is 
found  to  be  north,  or  assumed  to  be  so  for  simplicity,  and 
the  dip  is  found  to  be  55°  30'.  Measuring  600  feet  up  the 
hill,  north,  the  same  direction  as  the  tunnel  is  assumed, 
the  angle  of  elevation  is  found  to  be  30°  33',  which  gives 
us  a  perpendicular  height  of  304.9.  From  this,  with  the 
angle  of  dip  55°  '30',  we  find  we  have  to  measure  209.5 
feet  at  right  angles  to  the  strike  to  reach  the  apex.  Should 
only  the  course  of  the  apex  be  desired,  we  have  only 

Sl6-7 

— —  ==  cot  course  log  516. 7  =  2. 713238 

209.5  log  209.5  =  2.321184 

0.392054  =  log  cot  22°  4' 

or  N.  22°  4'  W. 

It  will  usually  happen,  however,  that  A  is  not  on  a  level 
with  B,  and  therefore  some  correction  must  be  added  to  or 
subtracted  from  209.5  feet>  as  the  point  A  is  above  or  below 
B,  as  shown  in  Fig.  34^.  This  correction,  of  course,  varies 
as  the  height  varies  above  or  below  B,  and  is  figured  from 
this  height  with  an  angle  of  55°  30',  as  the  209.5  feet  was 
figured  from  304.5  feet  in  Fig.  34^. 

This  work  may  be  greatly  simplified  by  the  use  of  spheri- 
cal trigonometry.  In  a  spherical  right  triangle  (Fig.  35) 
take  A  as  the  dip  of  the  vein,  b  as  the  angle  between 


100 


LOCATION   SURVEYS 

304-.9' 


1 


Cross  -Section 


5/6.7' 


Section  of  Tunnel 


Fig.  34 

direction  of  outcrop  and  strike  of  vein  and  a  dip  of  line 
of  outcrop  or  slope  of  hill  on  line  of  outcrop.    Then 

sin  b  =  tan  a  cot  A ; 
that  is,  sine  of  angle  between  direction  of  outcrop  and 


LOCATION  SURVEYS      \    \  ^j  \  \;       itil'; 


DIRELG.-TIOM    OF'OU-TCROF* 


Fig.  35 

strike  of  vein  is  equal  to  tangent  dip  of  line  of  outcrop  by 
cotangent  dip  of  vein. 

The  following  table  gives  the  values  of  sin  b  for  various 
dips  of  vein  and  outcrop. 


Dip  outcrop. 


vein. 

5° 

10° 

15° 

20° 

25° 

30° 

35° 

40° 

2O° 

13°  54' 

28°  59' 

47°  24' 

90°  o' 

25 

10  49 

22   13 

35   4 

51  18 

90°  o' 

3° 

8  43 

17  47 

27  39 

39   5 

53  52 

90°  o' 

35 

7  ii 

14  36 

22   30 

3i  19 

4i  45 

55  33 

90°  0' 

40 

5  59 

12    8 

18  38 

25  43 

33  45 

43  29 

56  34 

90°  o' 

45 

5   i 

10   9 

15  32 

21   22 

27  48 

35  16 

44  27 

57   3 

50 

4  12 

8  31 

13   o 

17  47 

23   2 

28  59 

35  59 

44  45 

55° 

3°3i' 

7°  5' 

10°  49' 

14°  46' 

19°  3' 

23°  5i' 

29°  22' 

~3~S°  59' 

60 

2  54 

5  50 

8  54 

12    8 

15  37 

19  28 

23  5i 

28  59 

65 

2   20 

4  43 

7  10 

9  46 

12  34 

IS  37 

19   3 

23   2 

70 

i  49 

3  4i 

5  36 

7  37 

9  46 

12   O7 

14  46 

17  47 

75 

I   21 

2  42 

4   7 

5  36 

7  10 

8  54 

10  49 

12  59 

80 

o  53 

i  47 

2  42 

3  4i 

4  42 

5  50 

7   5 

8  31 

85 

o  26 

o  53 

I   21 

i  50 

2   2O 

2  54 

3  3i 

4  12 

102      \^  I  rt4  :    J      LOCATION  SURVEYS 
^  t^yiSfeiii  ^raciag  with  the 0  Solar  Attachment 

If  the  Shattuck  Solar  Attachment  is  used  this  becomes 
a  very  simple  operation  and  is  performed  as  follows: 

The  dip  and  strike  of  the  vein  are  first  determined  by 
any  convenient  means.  The  transit  is  then  set  over  an 
outcrop  of  the  vein  and  the  solar  attached  with  the  mirror 
set  to  deflect  the  line  of  collimation  through  an  angle  of  90°. 

The  telescope  is  pointed  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to 
the  plane  of  the  vein,  by  deflecting  an  angle  of  90°  from  the 
strike  of  the  vein,  and  setting  off  on  the  vertical  limb  an 
angle  of  90°  from  the  dip  of  the  vein. 

The  solar  revolved  on  its  axis  will  then  cut  a  plane  of 
the  vein.  The  line  where  this  plane  cuts  the  surface  of 
the  ground  is  the  line  of  the  apex  of  the  vein,  which  may 
be  traced  by  simply  sighting  through  the  solar.  Its  posi- 
tion may  be  marked  with  equal  facility  where  it  crosses 
gulches  or  hillsides. 

In  case  there  are  two  openings  at  different  elevations 
on  the  apex  of  a  slanting  vein,  the  strike  of  the  vein  may 
be  determined  in  a  similar  manner. 

Place  the -transit,  with  solar  attached,  over  one  of  the 
croppings;  depress  the  telescope  to  an  angle  of  90°  plus 
the  dip  of  the  vein,  and  direct  the  telescope  toward  the 
footwall  of  the  vein.  Sight  through  the  transit  and  solar 
at  the  other  outcrop.  The  vernier  reading  will  then  be  90° 
from  the  strike  of  the  vein. 

The  same  results  may  be  obtained  in  a  similar  way  by 
the  use  of  a  solar  provided  with  a  telescope,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, the  Berger  or  Saegmuller  Solars.  For  vein  tracing 
the  auxiliary  telescope  of  the  solar  is  set  exactly  parallel  to 
the  main  telescope  of  the  transit  in  the  same  vertical  plane. 
The  auxiliary  telescope  is  then  pointed  in  the  direction  of 


LOCATION  SURVEYS  103 

the  dip,  as,  for  example,  down  a  shaft,  and  at  right  angles 
to  the  strike  of  the  vein.  If  the  auxiliary  telescope  is  now 
revolved  on  the  adaptor  or  whatever  device  is  employed, 
on  a  plane  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  vein,  it  will  always 
point  to  some  spot  on  the  outcrop,  provided,  of  course, 
the  dip  and  strike  are  regular.  In  this  way  the  outcrop 
may  be  staked  by  sighting  directly  through  the  telescope,  a 
process  somewhat  simpler  and  clearer  than  the  reflections 
of  the  Shattuck  Solar. 

The  top  telescope  alone  of  a  mining  transit  may  be 
used,  provided  it  will  turn  on  the  point  of  attachment 
as  in  the  Scott  model.  This  may  be  turned,  after  it  is 
tightly  set,  by  loosening  the  capstan  screw. 


CHAPTER  V 
PATENT  SURVEYS 

Surveying  for  Patent 

We  now  come  to  that  portion  of  western  mineral  sur- 
veying where  the  assistance  of  a  mineral  surveyor  is  re- 
quired, namely,  surveying  for  patent.  As  a  rule,  before 
beginning  patent  proceedings,  the  correctness  of  the  loca- 
tion surveys  is  carefully  verified,  or  the  surveys  are  cor- 
rected and  modified  as  required.  In  the  case  of  groups 
it  is  especially  necessary  that  the  exact  status  of  things 
be  known  before  an  order  for  survey  is  requested  from  the 
surveyor  general.  This  done,  the  claimant  or  his  attorney 
deposits  the  fees  for  the  surveyor  general's  office  at  the 
nearest  United  States  depository,  with  the  name  of  the 
claimant  and  the  name  of  the  claim  to  which  the  fees  are 
to  apply. 

Then,  using  the  proper  blanks  which  are  supplied  by 
the  surveyor  general,  the  claimant  applies  to  the  surveyor 
general  to  issue  an  order  for  survey.  This  form  is  given 
later  under  Specimen  Field  Notes.  With  this  application 
are  forwarded  certified  copies  of  the  location  certificates. 

At  the  present  writing,  the  mineral  surveyor  is  strictly 
forbidden  to  either  send  the  money  to  the  United  States 
depository,  or  make  out  the  application  to  the  surveyor 
general  for  survey,  and  is  strictly  forbidden  to  act  as 
attorney  in  any  way  for  the  claimant.  He  ma/  not  even 
make  an  estimate  to  the  claimant  of  the  probable  cost  of 
the  complete  patent.  This  also  applies  to  his  chainman. 

104 


PATENT  SURVEYS  105 

The  certified  copies  of  location  certificates  are  carefully 
examined  in  the  surveyor  general's  office,  and  if  any  mis- 
takes are  found,  are  returned  for  correction.  Here  it  may 
be  observed  that  the  commonest  mistakes  found  in  these 
certificates  are  in  angular  claims  which  fail  to  close.  If 
the  certificates  are  satisfactory  they  are  copied  in  the  sur- 
veyor general's  office  and  the  copies,  with  the  order  of 
survey,  are  sent  to  the  United  States  mineral  surveyor 
designated  in  the  application; 

This  order  is  also  given  later  under  Specimen  Field  Notes. 

The  mineral  surveyor  then  surveys  the  claim  exactly  as 
described  for  a  location  survey,  except  that  the  work  is 
done  much  more  carefully  and  with  greater  safeguards. 
In  place  of  the  stakes  used  in  the  location  survey,  stones, 
rocks  in  place,  substantial  posts,  or  even  trees,  are  used 
for  corners.  If  the  ground  is  such  that  it  is  impossible  to 
set  a  corner,  or  if  it  is  seen  that  a  corner  cannot  possibly 
be  permanent  if  set,  a  witness  corner  is  placed  on  one  of 
the  lines  of  the  survey,  but  not  off  these  lines,  except  when 
absolutely  necessary.  Cor.  No.  i  is  placed  on  the  end  of 
the  claim  nearest  the  section  corner  or  monument  of  the 


Sur.  Ho. 17136 


Sur.  Ho.  17/36 


-4- 

Bisect 


on 
Corner 


Fig.  36 

public  survey.     Where  there  is  a  group  of  claims  with 
common  corners,  as  shown  in  Fig,  36,  it  is  customary  to 


106  PATENT   SURVEYS 

have  Cor.  No.  i  common  to  two  claims  and  thus  save  con- 
siderable  field  work  and  calculation.  Up  to  the  present 
time  this  has  been  permitted  by  the  General  Land  Office. 

In  case  the  surveyor  has  not  carefully  verified  his  loca- 
tion certificates  in  advance,  he  may  find  that  the  condi- 
tions on  the  ground  do  not  fit  the  descriptions  in  the  cer- 
tificates. Usually  a  slight  divergence  of  a  few  minutes  or 
a  few  feet  is  permitted  by  the  surveyor  general.  In  case 
the  divergence  is  material,  it  is  necessary  to  amend  the 
locations,  and  the  claimant  must  apply  for  a  new  order  for 
survey.  This  new  order  costs  $5  and  results  in  the  issu- 
ance of  a  new  number  and  the  cancellation  of  the  old 
number.  Therefore  it  is  stated  again  that  too  much  care 
cannot  be  taken  to  verify  the  descriptions  in  the  location 
certificates  before  an  order  is  requested. 

Wherever  possible,  bearings  are  taken  from  the  corners 
set  to  blazed  trees,  rocks  in  place,  boulders,  and,  lastly,  to 
mountain  peaks,  or  permanent  objects.  The  blazed  trees 
and  stakes  are  marked  with  a  timber  scribe,  and  the  rocks 
and  stone  corners  are  chiseled. 

The  tie  to  a  section  corner  may  often  be  made  directly 
from  some  convenient  point  during  the  process  of  the 
survey  and  the  missing  course  figured  from  Cor.  No.  i,  as 
given  above  under  Location  Surveys.  As  a  rule,  more  or 
less  of  a  traverse  must  be  made  to  the  section  corner  and 
afterwards  the  direct  course  from  Cor.  No.  i  is  figured. 
When  the  surveyor  has  a  claim  that  he  has  previously  sur- 
veyed for  patent  in  the  vicinity,  which  is  tied  to  a  section 
corner,  he  may  run  to  this  claim  and  figure  his  section  tie 
through  it.  Should  he  tie  through  any  other  claim  not 
his  own  survey,  the  work  must  be  thoroughly  checked. 
This  practically  means  that  he  can  use  another's  survey 
only  as  a  help  to  find  the  section  corner.  At  present,  the 


PATENT  SURVEYS  107 

surveyor  is  required  to  report  all  these  ties  as  run  directly 
on  the  ground,  from  Cor.  No.  i  of  the  claim  to  the  section 
corner  or  locating  monument.  Ties  made  to  a  United 
States  locating  monument  are  in  every  way  the  same  as 
ties  made  to  section  corners. 

A  general  description  of  the  corner  or  monument  tied  to 
must  be  given  in  the  notes,  examples  of  which  will  be  given 
later  on. 

In  many  districts,  such  as  the  Clear  Creek  and  Gilpin 
districts,  the  work  of  connecting  the  corners  of  the  public 
survey  is  greatly  facilitated  by  a  number  of  triangulation 
systems  in  which  each  station  of  the  system  is  tied  to 
some  corner  of  the  public  survey.  In  some  cases  these 
triangulation  systems  are  official,  and  figure  on  the  maps 
in  the  surveyor  general's  office,  but  in  most  cases  they  are 
simply  private  aids.  With  these  systems  the  mineral  sur- 
veyor has  simply  to  tie  to  some  triangulation  station,  and 
at  his  office  has  the  bearing  and  distance  from  this  station 
(with  its  latitude  and  departure)  all  figured  out  to  the  sec- 
tion corner.  He  has  only  to  add  this  latitude  and  depar- 
ture to  this  traverse  to  the  triangulation  station  in  order 
to  figure  his  section  tie.  The  triangulation  systems  are 
also  useful  for  deflecting  lines. 

Thus,  one  may  set  up  on  a  triangulation  station,  sight 
to  some  other  triangulation  station,  the  course  of  which  is 
known,  and  thence  run  to  the  claim  to  be  surveyed,  carry- 
ing the  course  with  him.  In  this  way  the  figuring  of  a 
direct  observation  is  avoided.  (Plate  I.) 

Ties  to  other  claims  are  made  from  the  most  convenient 
points  on  the  survey,  but,  as  a  rule,  they  are  much  shorter 
than  the  section  tie.  At  the  present  time,  these  also  are 
reported  as  run  direct  upon  the  ground.  In  order  that 
the  exact  position  of  each  conflicting  claim  may  be  known, 


108  PATENT  SURVEYS 

ties  must  be  made  to  every  corner  terminating  a  line  in 
conflict  with  the  claim  being  surveyed.  In  case  some  of 
the  required  corners  on  a  conflicting  claim  are  missing,  the 
lines  are  treated  in  a  manner  to  be  described  later  on.  In 
case  no  corners  at  all  are  to  be  found,  and  no  bearing  trees, 
bearing  rocks,  etc.,  it  is  necessary  to  tie  to  the  discovery 
shaft  of  the  conflicting  claim.  If  the  discovery  shaft  can- 
not be  identified,  the  claim  must  be  treated  descriptively; 
this  case  will  be  taken  up  under  examples  of  figuring.  As 
with  the  corner  of  a  public  survey,  the  corners  of  all  claims 
tied  to  must  be  described  in  a  general  way  as  stone,  post, 
etc.,  and  the  markings  noted. 

All  workings  and  improvements,  such  as  shafts,  tunnels, 
adits,  buildings,  etc.,  are  tied  in  from  convenient  points  on 
the  survey,  and  the  courses  and  dimensions  taken.  They 
are  eventually  figured  to  some  corner  of  the  claim. 

Roads,  gulches,  creeks,  hill  crests,  county  lines,  etc.,  are 
picked  up  in  the  course  of  the  survey  and  enough  of  them 
run  out  so  that  they  can  be  indicated  on  the  map  and  the 
general  direction  and  intersection  with  the  boundaries  of 
the  claim  known. 

Up  to  this  time  the  survey  has  been  treated  as  though 
one  location  at  a  time  were  being  surveyed,  or,  in  the  case 
of  many  locations,  as  if  each  one  were  being  surveyed  as 
a  unit.  In  the  case  of  groups  of  claims,  the  surveying  may 
often  be  greatly  simplified  by  a  little  forethought.  This 
is  evident  in  the  case  of  those  locations  which  lie  side  by 
side,  when  one  surveyed  center  line  may  serve  for  the 
whole  group,  the  end  lines  being  run  from  its  two  ends. 

In  the  case  of  a  whole  group  where  the  claims  are  irregu- 
larly arranged,  it  is  well  to  make  a  closed  traverse  includ- 
ing all  the  discovery  shafts,  before  an  application  for  an 
order  of  survey  is  made.  This  traverse  is  then  platted 


PATENT  SURVEYS  109 

and  the  claims  arranged  in  the  manner  best  suited  to 
cover  the  veins  and  ground  desired.  The  surveyor  then 
figures  out  the  fewest  lines  that  can  possibly  be  run  which 
will  take  in  all  the  corners  and  improvements.  In  this 
way  the  running  of  the  center  line  of  each  claim  is  avoided. 
If  the  original  traverse  stakes  have  remained  in  place,  it  is 
often  possible  to  put  in  many  of  the  corners  from  them 
without  further  surveying.  This  applies  only  in  the  pre- 
liminary work,  as  in  the  final  survey  the  Land  Office  re- 
quires that  all  boundary  lines  shall  be  run  out.  The  sur- 
veyor must  also  make  sure  that  he  really  has  a  group  before 
the  claimant  applies  for  an  order  for  survey;  that  is,  he 
must  be  sure  that  the  claims  actually  conflict  continuously 
or  are  contiguous,  having  boundary  lines,  and  not  merely 
certain  corners,  in  common. 

After  the  survey  is  completed  it  is  carefully  platted, 
usually  on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  the  inch.  The  use  of 
drawing  paper  on  which  a  protractor  is  engraved  greatly 
facilitates  the  platting.  The  lines  are  carried  from  the 
protractor  by  a  parallel  rule.  The  plat  made,  the  figuring 
of  intersections  and  areas  is  begun. 

Angles  from  Courses 

Before  taking  up  patent  figuring  it  will  be  well  to  show 
how  the  angles  of  the  various  triangles  are  found. 

To  determine  the  value  of  the  various  angles  of  triangles, 
the  directions  of  whose  sides  are  designated  by  courses,  is 
somewhat  confusing  to  the  beginner,  especially  if  he  is  not 
thoroughly  familiar  with  field  methods.  Fig.  37,  A,  B, 
C  and  Z>,  shows  the  four  possible  cases,  the  angles  in  ques- 
tion being  the  interior  angles  between  solid  lines.  A  shows 
the  simplest  possible  case.  Each  course  being  S.  W.,  we 
simply  subtract  20°  from  60°  and  get  the  angle  40°.  In 


no 


PATENT   SURVEYS 

N 


B  we  have  a  case,  on  each  side  of  the  north  and  south  line, 
and  the  amounts  of  the  two  courses  have  simply  to  be 
added  to  obtain  the  required  angle.  Thus  70°  +  34° 
=  104°.  In  C  the  amounts  of  the  two  courses  are  added 
and  the  sum  subtracted  from  180°.  Thus,  40°  +  55°  =  95°, 
180°  -  95°  =  85°,  or  90°  -  40°  =  50°,  and  90°  -  55°  =  35°, 
35°  +  50°  =  85°,  the  angle  required.  For  D  the  included 
angle  may  be  obtained  in  three  different  ways.  The  differ- 
ence in  course  may  be  obtained  and  then  subtracted  from 
180°,  as  60°  -  20°  =  40°,  180°  -  40°  =  140°,  or  180°  -  60° 
=  120°  +  20°  =  140°,  or  90°  —  60°  =  30°  -}-  90°  +  20°  = 


PATENT  SURVEYS 

N 


III 


s 

Fig.  37  B 

140°,  the  angle  required.     The  reverse  of  these  methods 
may  of  course  be  used  in  deriving  courses  from  angles. 

Patent  Figuring  of  Survey  No.  17846 

Taking  Sur.  No.  17846  in  Plate  II  as  the  claim  to  be 
patented,  the  section  tie  from  Cor.  No.  i  of  the  claim  is 
figured  by  means  of  the  missing  course  of  the  traverse 
actually  measured  from  the  end  center.  Thus,  beginning 
at  Cor.  No.  i,  thence  to  No.  i,  thence  to  No.  2,  thence  to 
No.  3,  or  the  section  corner,  thence  by  missing  course  to 
Cor.  No.  i. 


112 


PATENT  SURVEYS 
N 


W- 


PATENT   SURVEYS 


I  .J 

M      ..                                                                                                         * 
M 
M     §*                                                                                          ^ 

1 

fl)                                                 \/  rC3           .J           O    O           oj    <D    <D    <D           <U    <D    <U 

^  £  10  a;        G  C1        GGGGtJGCG 

^j                   .                             t£>    3  «3    0) 

& 

T-)                    2i                           SJ    L!    tn  irT   r>            WC/3            WC/3WWWWWCO 
g                                                         4J     §     !X>            Jo            MM              MMMM^VO<£>O 

<2^ 

»^j                  w.|>r^        io>o       ioioio\o^t^t^-vo 

w  o 

ii        «          *.•#*     I'      1  M  Is!  1  1 

M                     O                             foU             M                       M<N              Tj-CO'-ICX              CNM'^1- 

g'o 

Zte 

VM    O 

j 

.gs 

^ 

•<t  t^oo  en                 cs  co                10           <r> 

-5.2 

to 

w  ^ 

o 

H 

•  a 

•£W££    'ww      ^^W 

0   g 

| 

. 

^  »jj              •          tD    O%  frj  <N    O%  COVD    CS            CS            O 

^   0 

a 

O 

o 

1-^H 

1 

\O  *O  to  1O                        W    O           to          Tf"  O%  ^"  Tt"  OO  ^O    O    CTi          O    O^  to 

tv.r^t^»t>.                 ooto       t^.        MCSIO       IO<N  1000         •<$•  co  T4- 

1 

H 

1 

1 

4 

«£)MCOO            O            CStO                        OOO^tOCOO<N    THO            CO  O    *O 

* 

-5 

^O^'S^         8          0»«*                     It  M~  co  O5  °    0  oT^       tS8? 

co 

^ 

co  ^    ^"  ^         to         co  co                     ^  C^    c<    t>»  cs    C-<                             co  w 

H 

ci 

M 

g 

1 

vO   to  O                    ^   ^^        O         M  oo   to       vO   r^«  to^O         co        O 

TJ-^M                         loco          O           <NOOW           OM    X^tO           <N           M 

o^  ^  ^o                 O  co       M       oo  M  co       ^4"  O  oo  to      ^o        to 

a 

S3 

& 

eJ 

VJ  O 

r 

>1 

o 
O    O    M  ^O                     ^   O">        O          O   to  to  O    ^  ^  co  O          O        OO 

MM                                         M                                         M 

oJ 

:« 

CO 

e 

ri| 

OHTj-t-                              OM              0              MTJ-^MTtTfM^            t^            t^ 

6 

j 

o 

g 

<£> 

M 

1 

M   T^  r**oO                     M    cs          M          ^  to  to  ^^O  vO   *^  t^*»       00   CN  oo 

10 

< 

M 

PATENT   SURVEYS 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

•N.lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

Cor.  i  —  No.  i  

S.   15°  E. 

150.00 

144.88 

38.82 

No  i  —  No  2 

N.  81    W 

"?06   2 

61  98 

391  .  31 

No.  2  —  3,  Sec  Cor 

N.  50    W 

329  5 

211  79 

252  .  41 

273  77 
144-88 

144-88 

38.82 

643-72 
38.82 

128.89 

604.90 

log  128.89  =  2.II0220 
log  604 . 90  =  2 . 781684 


9.328536  =  001  77°  58' 


log  604.90  =  2.781684 
sin  77°  58'  =  9-99035I 


2.79!333  =  log  618.49 

Missing  course  =  S.  77°  58'  E.  618.49 
Sec.  tie  N.  77°  58'  W.  618.49  feet. 

For  the  conflicting  claim,  Sur.  No.  16591,  the  missing 
courses  (the  side  and  end  lines)  of  the  line  actually  trav- 
ersed show  us  that  the  claim  is  surveyed  and  described 
correctly,  with  an  error  of  not  more  than  i  foot  in  2,000. 


PATENT   SURVEYS 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

1-16591  —  No.  5  

S.  29°  39'  E. 

217.9 

189.35 

107  78 

No.  5  —  No.  4  

S.   14    46  W. 

474.8 

459.11 

121  OI 

No.  4  —  No.  6 

S      4      2  W 

703  3 

701  55 

AQ    46 

No.  6  —  4-16591  

S.  58    19  W. 

240.0 

126  .  05 

204  .  23 

4-16591  —  1-16591  

N.  10    15  E. 

1500.0 

1476  .  06 

266.92 

1476  .  06 

1476.06 

374.70 

374-7° 

Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

2-16591  —  No.  5  . 

S.  54°    3'  W. 

231  5 

135  91 

187  40 

No.  5  —  No.  4 

S.   14    46  W. 

474  8 

459  ii 

121  .  01 

No.  4  —  No.  6  
No.  6  —  3-16591  

S.     4      2  W. 
S.  26    53  E. 

703.3 

201    17 

701.55 
179.42 

90.95 

49-46 

3-16591  —  2-16591  .  .  . 

N.  10    15  E. 

I5OO.O 

1476.06 

266.92 



1476.06 

1475-99 

357-87 

357.87 

Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

1-16591  —  No.  5  

S.  29°  39'  E. 

217.9 

189.35 

107  .  78 

No.  5  —  2—16591 

N  54      3  E 

231  54 

135  9i 

187  42 

2-16591  —  1-16591  

N.79    45  W. 

300.00 

53-38 

295-21 

189.29 

189.35 

295.20 

295.21 

Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.lat. 

S.lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

3-16591  —  No  6 

N  26°  53'  W 

201    2 

179  45 

90.97 

No.  6  —  4-16591  
4-16591—3-16591  

S.  58    19  W. 
S.  79    45  E. 

240.00 
300.00 

126  .  05 
53.38 

295-21 

204.23 

179-45 

179-43 

295.21 

295-20 

n6 


PATENT  SURVEYS 
Conflict  with  Sur.  No.  16591 


We  are  now  in  a  position  to  figure  the  tie  from  Cor. 
No.  i,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  16591,  by 
missing  course  as  follows: 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

1-17846  —  No.  i  
No.  i  —  No.  4  

S.  15°        E. 

N.  75          E. 

150.00 
335  6 

86  86 

144-88 

38.82 



No.  4  —  No.  5 

N  14    46'  E 

No.  5  —  1-16591  

N.29    39  W. 

217.9 

189.35 

107.78 

735-32 
144-88 

144.88 

483-98 
107.78 

107.78 

590-44 

376.20 

log  590. 44  =  2.771176 
log  376. 20  =  2.575419 


log  590. 44         =2.771176 
log  cos  32°  31'  =  9.926029 


cot  32°  30'  =  0.195757  log  700.08         =  2.845147 

Tie  N.  32°  30'  E.  700.08  feet. 

32°  30'  700.0  590-37  376.li 


700.0 
0.08 


0.06 


To  check  5QO-43 

We  now  figure  the  triangle  abc,  in  which  we  have  the 
course  and  length  of  ab  given,  namely,  N.  32°  30'  E.  700.08 
feet.  Subtracting  courses  to  find  angles,  we  get: 

a  =  32°  30'        b  =  75°  oo'        c 
32°  30' 


iou  15' 
90°  oo' 
15°  oo' =  (90° -75°). 


a  =  22°  15' 
b=  42°  30' 
c  =  115°  IS' 


42 


"5 

sin  115°  15'  :  700.08  =  sin  22°  15'  :  ? 

sin  115°  15'  :  700.08  =  sin  42°  30'  :  ? 

log  700.08  =  2.845147 

log  sin  22°  15'       =  9.578236 

colog  sin  115°  15'  =  0.043613 


180°  oo' 


log  700.08  =2.845147 

log  sin  42°  30'     =  9.829683 
colog  sin  15°  15'  =  0.043613 


log  293.08 


2.466996  log  5 2 2. 90 


2.718443 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


117 


By  dividing  the  above  triangle  into  two  right  triangles, 
using  as  the  hypothenuse  in  each  case  the  distance  just 
found,  the  triangle  may  be  rapidly  checked  with  a  traverse 
table.  (See  Fig.  38.) 


Fig.  38 


Angle. 

Hypothenuse. 

Base. 

Perpendicular. 

22°    IS' 

522.90 
520.00 
2.90 

481.28 
2.68 

196.89 
1.09 

42°  30' 

293  .  08 
290.00 
3.00 
0.08 

483.96 

213.81 
2.21 
0.06 

197.98 

I95-92 
2.  02 
0.05 

483.96 
216.08 

216.08 

197.99 

7OO.O4 

The  sum  of  the  two  bases  of  the  right  triangles  equals  the 
length  of  the  original  side.  The  perpendiculars  are  iden- 
tical. 

The  angle  e  of  the  right  triangle  dec  is  known  (79°  45'  -f 
75°  -  154°  45'  ;  180°  -  154°  45'  =  25°  15')  to  be  25°  15'. 
We  know  de  is  300  feet,  the  width  of  the  claim,  therefore, 
300  is  multiplied  by  the  tan  e  to  get  cd.  The  length  of  the 
line  ce  may  be  found  by  multiplying  300  by  the  nat  secant 
of  e,  or  300  may  be  divided  by  the  cos  of  25°  15'. 


n8  PATENT  SURVEYS 

nat  tan  25°  15'  =  0.47163  nat  secant  25°  15'  =  1.105638 

300  300 


141-489  331-6914 

log  300  =  2.477121 

log  cos  25°  15'  =  9-956387 

log  331. 69          =2.520734 

Here  natural  functions  may  be  used  with  great  advan- 
tage, as  de  is,  with  rare  exceptions,  150,  300  or  600  feet, 
the  width  of  the  claim.  The  natural  tangent  of  e  may 
then  be  rapidly  multiplied  by  300  or  600,  and  in  case  of  150, 
quickly  halved,  and  the  half  added  to  the  tangent  and  mul- 
tiplied by  100.  The  secant  is  treated  in  the  same  way. 

The  triangle  Inc  is,  of  course,  equal  to  the  triangle  dec. 

By  subtracting  141.49  from  522.90  we  get  381.41,  the 
length  of  the  line  from  Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  16591,  to  the 
intersection  of  line  1-4,  Sur.  No.  17846.  All  the  sides  of 
the  parallelogram  cehn  are,  of  course,  of  equal  length  and 
331.69  feet.  We  therefore  have  n  and  h  854.59  and  713.10 
feet,  respectively,  distant  from  Cors.  Nos.  i  and  2,  Sur. 
No.  16591.  By  subtracting  these  distances  from  1,500  we 
get  the  respective  distances  from  Cors.  Nos.  4  and  3. 

The  distances  of  e  and  h  from  Cors.  Nos.  i  and  2  of 
Sur.  No.  17846  are  found  in  the  same  way. 


293.08 
141.49 

293.08 
331-69 

=  distance  to  e 

151.59 

331-69 

624.77 

483 . 28  =  distance  to  h 

The  area  of  the  parallelogram  cehn  is  found  by  multiply- 
ing 331.69  by  300,  the  width  of  the  claim,  and  dividing  by 
43,560,  the  number  of  square  feet  in  an  acre. 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


log  33 1 .69 

log  300 
colog  43560 

log  2 . 284  acres 


=  2.520734 
=  2.477121 
=  -5-360912 


log  331. 69         =2.520734 
log  300  =2.477121 


0-358767 


log  43560 


4-997855 

4 . 639088 


log  2.284  acres  =  0.358767 

The  process  is  somewhat  simplified  by  adding  the  colog 
as  given  above. 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  17541 

In  the  case  of  Sur.  17541  we  find  Cors.  Nos.  i  and  2, 
but  not  Cors.  Nos.  3  and  4.  The  line  1-2  is  found  by  our 
survey  to  be  correct  and  Cors.  Nos.  3  and  4  are  then  placed 
S.  26°  E.  1,500  feet  away  as  given  in  the  notes  of  the  survey 
for  patent  of  Sur.  No.  17541.  We  then  figure  the  tie  from 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  17541. 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

2—17846  —  No  i 

N.  15°        W. 

150  oo 

144.88 

38  82 

No.  i  —  No.  4  
No.  4  —  I-I7S4I  

N.  75          E. 
S.  50    i6'E. 

335-6 

87.4 

86.86 

55-86 

324.15 
67.21 

231.74 
55-86 

55-86 

391.36 
38.82 

38.82 

175-88 

352.54 

log  1 75 -88 
log  352. 54 


=  2.245242 
=  2.547208 


log  cot  63°  29'  =  9 . 698034 
Tie  N.  63°  29'  E.  393.98  feet. 
63°  29' 


300.0    =  133-94 

93.0    =    41.52 

0.98  =      0.44 


log  352- 54        =  2.547208 
log  sin  63°  29'  =  9.951728 

log  393-98        =  2 . 59548o 


268.44 

83.22 

0.88 


To  check 


I75-90 


352-54 


120  PATENT  SURVEYS 

We  now  find  the  triangle  jik: 

j  =  63°  29'      i  =  75°         k  =  26°  180°       j  =  89°  29' 
26°  63°  29'          75°  101°       i  =  11°  31' 

*=  79° 
89°  29'         11°  31'         101°   79° 

180°  oo' 

sin  79°  oo'  :  393.98  =  sin  11°  31'  :  ? 
sin  79°  oo'  :  393 . 98  =  sin  89°  29'  :  ? 

log  393  -98  =  2 . 595480  log  393-98  =  2 . 595480 

log  sin  11°  31'      =9.300276  log  sin  89°  29'      =9.999982 

colog  sin  79°  oo'  =  0.008053  colog  sin  79°  oo'  =  0.008053 


log  80. 13  =1.903809  log  401  34  =2.603515 

Then  for  the  triangle  pko'  we  have  the  angle  k  =  11° 
(75°  —  64°  =  11°)  and  as  it  is  a  right  triangle,  we  work 
it  as  in  the  case  of  the  triangle  dec  given  above. 

nat  tan  11°  =  o.  19438  nat  sec  n°  =  i  .0187 

300  300 


58.314  305.6100 

log  300        =2.477121 
log  cos  11°  =  9.991947 

log  305.61   =  2.485174 

With  80.13  from  above  and  138.44  (58.31  +  80.13)  we 
have  the  two  parallel  sides  of  the  trapezoid  jkpo,  and  the 
area  is  found  as  follows: 

138.44  log  109. 28     =      2.038541 

80.13  log  300          =      2.477121 

colog  43,560  =  —5.360912 

2)218.57 

log  0.7526    =  —1.876574 
109 . 28 

log  109 . 28    =  2 . 038541 

log  300        =2.477121 

4.515662 
log  43560     =4.639088 

log  0.7526  =  1.876574 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


121 


To  get  the  net  area  of  the  conflict  between  Sur.  No. 
17846  and  Sur.  No.  17541,  that  is,  exclusive  of  the  conflict 
between  Sur.  No.  17846  and  Sur.  No.  16591,  we  must  figure 
the  quadrilateral  jkhr.  From  previous  figuring  we  have 
the  distance  from  Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  k  and  h, 
respectively,  and  by  subtracting,  we  thus  get  kh  to  be 
81.94  feet  (483.28  —  401.34).  From  this  we  may  figure  the 
quadrilateral  in  two  ways:  either  as  two  triangles,  or  by 
prolonging  it  to  kf,  and  figuring  the  triangle  jk'r. 

The  easiest  way  to  figure  jh  is  by  missing  course  as 
follows : 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.lat. 

S.lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

;-*  

A  —  A 

S.  26°  E. 
N.  75    E. 

80.13 
81  94 

21   21 

72.02 

35-13 

70  16 

21.21 

72.02 

21.21 

114.29 

S0.8I 

log    50.81       =  1.705949 
log  114.29       =  2.058007 


log  1 14. 29      =2.058007 
log  sin  66°  2'  —  9 . 960843 


log  cot  66°  2'  =  9.647942  log  125.07       =  2.097164 

Course  N.  66°  2'  W.  125.07  feet. 
66°  2'  loo.o    =40.62 

25.0    =  10.15 
0.07  =    0.03 

To  check 


91.38 

22.84 

0.06 


50.80  114.28 

We  find  the  area  of  jkh  as  follows: 

k  =  26°     h  =  66°  2'   180° 

75°         75°     141°  2' 

101°        141°  2'   38°  58' 


j  =  66°  2' 
26° 


j=  40°  2' 

h  =  38°  S»' 
k  =  101°  oo' 

180°  oo' 


122 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


Area  =  K  =  |  (125.07  X  80. 13  X  sin  40°  2'). 

log  125.07  =  2.097164 
log  80.13  =  1.903795 
log  sin  40°  2'  =  9 . 808368 
colog  87120  =—5.059882 


log  125.  07       = 
log    80.13       = 
log  sin  40°  2'  = 

log  43560 

2.097164 

I-903795 
9  .  808368 

3.809327 
4.639088 

log  0 . 0739         =  —  2  . 869209 

log  0.1479       =  —1.170239 

2)0.1479 

0.0739  acres 

Here  it  is  more  convenient  to  add  the  colog  of  87,120 
(43,560  X  2)  in  place  of  dividing  by  43,560  and  afterwards 
by  2. 

In  the  triangle  jhr  the  area  is  found  to  be: 


66°  2' 


180° 
130° 


i3o°  2'        49°  58' 


io"  15' 

66°     2' 

76°  17' 


64° 
10°  15' 


53°  45' 


3  =    49°  58' 
k  =    76°  17' 

r  =    53°  45' 


1 80°  oo' 


'(125.07)2  X  sin  76°  17'  X  sin  49°  58" 


/\rea,  —  j\.  —  %  i  — 

log  125.07 
log  to  square        = 
log  sin  76°  if     = 
log  sin  49°  58'      = 
colog  sin  53°  45*  = 
colog  87120          = 

1  -rfir-fi 

sin  53°  45' 
2.097164 
2.097164 
9.987434 
9  .  884042 
0.093425 
-5.059882 

; 

log  125.07     '.— 
log  to  square     = 
log  sin  76°  if  = 
log  sin  49°  58'  = 

log  sin  53°  45'  = 

log  43560 
log  0.33  13  '  ..]mr 

2.097164 
2.097164 
9.987434 
9  .  884042 

4  .  065804 
9-906575 

log  0.1650 

2)0.3313 

4-159229 
4.639088 

—  1.52014 

0.1656  acres 
0.0739  acres 

Total  area  jkhr  =  o .  2395  acres. 

Another  way  of  calculating  the  quadrilateral  jkhr  is  as 
follows:  We  first  figure  the  triangle  kk'h  in  which,  as  we 
have  seen  above,  we  have  kh  =  81.94. 


PATENT  SURVEYS  123 

k  =    75°      180°         *'  =  10°  15'  h  =  75°  *'  =    79° 

26°       101°  26°  10°  15'  k'  =    36°  15' 

101°        79°  36°  15'  64°  45'  " 

180°  oo' 

sin  36°  15'  :  81  .94  =  sin  64°  45'  :  ? 

Area  =  K  =  i  /(8i.94)2  X  sin  79°  X  sin  64°  4S'\ 

2  \                  sin  36°  is'                  ) 

log  81.94  =      1.913496 

log  to  square  =      1.913496 

log  sin  79°  =      9.991947 

log  sin  64°  45'  =      9.956387 
colog  sin  36°  15'  =      0.228185 

colog  87120  =  —5.059882 

log  0.115  =-1.063393 

o.  115  =  area  kk'h 
log  81.94  =      1.913496 

log  sin  64°  45'      =      9.956387 
colog  sin  36°  15'  =      0.228185 

log  125.  35  =      2.098068 

jk  =  80.13 
kk'  =  125.35 

jk'  =  205.48 

For  the  triangle  jk'r  we  thus  have  the  base  from  which 
we  figure  the  area. 

log  205  .48         =      2  .  3  1  2  769  area  jk'r  =  0.355  acre 

log  tan  36°  15'  =      9.865240  area  kk'h  =  0.115  acre 

log  205.  48         =      2.312769 


colog  87120       =  -5.059882  arear  =  °'24°  acre 

log  0-355  =  —1.550660 

This  result  checks  the  first  method  and  gives  another 
method  which  frequently  has  to  be  used. 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  12716 

Taking  next  our  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  12716,  we  figure 
the  missing  course  from  Cor.  No.  4,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to 


124 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  12716,  using  our  tie  made  on  the 
ground  from  No.  8.  We  assume  that  we  have  found  the 
boundaries  of  Sur.  No.  12716  to  be  correct. 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

4-17846  —  No.  9  

S.  15°        E. 

150.00 

144.88 

38.82 

No.  9  —  No.  8  
No.  8  —  2-12716  

S.  75          W. 
N.  40    32'  W. 

458.00 
62.3 

47-35 

118.54 

442.39 
40.48 

47-35 

263.42 
47-35 

38-82 

482.87 
38.82 

216.07 

444-05 

log  216.07 
log  444. 05 


2.334595 
2.647432 


log  444. 05  2.647432 

log  sin  64°  03'  =  9.953845 


log  cot  64°  03'  =  9.687163 
Course  S.  64°  03'  W.  493.84  feet. 

64°  03' 

400.0    =  175.04 

93.0    =    40.69 
0.84  =      0.36 


log  493. 84 


2.693587 


To  check 


216.09 


83-62 
o-75 

444.04 


The  triangles  wxz  and  wxy  may  be  worked  at  the  same 
time,  and  the  triangle  yzx  afterwards  calculated  as  a  check 
and  for  area. 


x  =  64°  03' 


64°  o3' 
io°  57' 


y  =  51 
90 


15°  (90°  -  75°)   y  =  156 
IS6° 


57' 
13°  03' 


180°  x  =  64°  03' 
"4°      39° 


114°   66C 


103°  03' 


180°  oo' 

w  =  10°  57' 
*  =  66° 
x  =  103°  03' 

180°  oo' 


PATENT  SURVEYS  125 

sin  156°  :  493.84  =  sin  10°  57'  :  ? 
sin  156°  :  493.84  =  sin  13°  03'  :  ? 

sin    66°  :  493 .84  =  sin    10°  57'  :  ? 
sin    66°  :  493 . 84  =  sin  103°  03'  :  ? 

log  493-84        =  2 . 693587  log  493 .84          =  2 . 693587 

log  sin  10°  57'  =  9.278644  log  sin  13°  03'    =  9.353726 

colog  sin  156°   =  0.390687  colog  sin  156°     =  0.390687 

log  230.63         =2.362918  log  274.16          =2.438000 

log  493 .84        =  2 . 693587  log  493-84          =  2 . 693587 

log  sin  10°  57'  =  9.278644  log  sin  103°  03'  =  9.988636 

colog  sin  66°     =0.039270  colog  sin  66°       =0.039270 

log  102. 68         =2.011501  log  526.61  =2.721493 

In  the  right  triangle  yzx  we  have  from  above  zx  =  102.68. 

log  102. 68    =      2.011501  log  102.68  =  2.011501 

log  tan  66°    =    10.351417  log  cos  66°  =  9.609313 

log  230.63     =      2.362918  log  252.47  =  2.402188 

To  check 

log  102.68     =      2.011501  274.16 

log  230.63     =      2.362918  252.47 

colog  87120  =  —5.059882 

526.63 

logo. 2718     =—1.434301 
0.2718     =  area  yzx 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  1462 

In  the  case  of  the  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  1462,  no  cor- 
ners, bearing  trees,  or  bearing  rocks  could  be  found,  neither 
could  the  discovery  shaft  be  identified.  The  conflict,  there- 
fore, must  be  figured  according  to  its  patented  or  descrip- 
tive position  and  from  its  section  tie.  This  patented  posi- 
tion of  Sur.  No.  1462  may  or  may  not  be  its  true  position, 
depending  on  the  accuracy  of  the  section  tie.  In  this  case 
a  traverse  is  made  from  Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  1462,  to  section 
corner  (by  means  of  its  section  tie),  thence  by  section  tie 
to  Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  17846,  thence  along  lines  1-4  and 


126 


PATENT   SURVEYS 


4-3,  Sur.  No.  17846,  thence  by  missing  course  to  Cor.  No.  i, 
Sur.  No.  1462. 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

1-1462  —  Sec.  Cor  
Sec.  Cor.  —  1-17846  

N.  87°  14'  W. 
S.  77    58  W. 

2006.4 
618  49 

96.85 

128  89 

604  90 

2004.06 

I  —  2-17846  
2  —  3-17846  

N.  75          E. 
S.   15          E. 

1500.00 
300.00 

388.23 

289  78 

1448  .  85 
77  64 

485-08 
418.67 

418.67 

2131.39 
2004  .  06 

2004  .  06 

66.41 

127-33 

log  66.41  =  1.822233 

log  127.33         =2.104928 

log  cot  62°  27'  =  9. 717305 

Course  S.  62°  27'  W.  143.61  feet. 
62°  27' 

100.0    =46.25  88.66 

43.0    =  19.89  38.12 

0.61  —    0.28  0.54 


log  127.33         =  2.104928 
log  sin  62°  27'  =  9.947731 


log  143-61 


2.157197 


To  check  66.42  127.32 

From  this  the  triangles  ust  and  vst  are  figured. 


5  =  62°  27'        *  =  15° 

32°  oo'  62°  27' 


180° 


v=    47 
77°  27'      s  =    30°  27' 

/  =   102°    33' 


47C 

32< 
43< 


1 80°    00' 


180° 
43° 

^7° 


62°  27' 


12°  33' 


*  =    30°  27' 


180°  oo' 


sin  137°  :  143.61  =  sin    30°  27'  :  ? 
sin  137°  :  143.61  =  sin    12°  33'  :  ? 

sin    47°  :  143.61  =  sin  102°  33'  :  ? 
sin   47°  :  143.61  =  sin    30°  27'  :  ? 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


127 


log  143.61  =2.157197 

log  sin  30°  27'    =  9.  704825 
colog  sin  137°     =o.  166217 


log  106.74 

log  143-61 

log  sin  102°  33'  = 

colog  sin  47°       = 

log  191.67  = 

In  triangle 

log  106 .74    =  2 . 
log  tan  43°   =  9 . 


=  2.028239 

=  2.15719? 
=  9 . 989497 

=  0.135873 
=  2.282567 

utv  we  have: 

028239 
969656 


log  99. 52      =  1.997895 


log  106 . 74  = 
log  99. 52  = 
colog  87120  = 


2.028239 

1.997895 
-5.059882 


log  0.1219    =  — 
0.1219  acre  = 


i. 086016 

•  area  triangle  utv. 


log  143.61  =2.157197 
log  sin  12°  33'  =  9-337043 
colog  sin  137°  =  0.166217 


log  45- 76          =1.660457 

log  143.61  =  2.157197 
log  sin  30°  27'  =  9. 704825 
colog  sin  47°  =  o .  135873 


log  99. 52          =1.997895 


log  106.74  =  2.028239 
log  cos  43°  =  9.864127 

log  I45-92  =  2.164112 

To  check     145.92  =  uv 
45.76  =  5^ 


191 . 68  =  sv 


Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  17560 

For  Sur.  No.  17560  we  first  find  the  course  and  distance 
from  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  Cor.  No.  4,  Sur.  No. 
17560,  as  follows: 


Station. 

Course. 

Dist. 

N.  lat. 

S.  lat. 

E.  d'p. 

W.  d'p. 

N  45°  10'  W 

149  5 

105  40 

106  02 

No.  8  —  No.  9  
No.  9  —  3~i7S6o 

N.  75          E. 
S    15          E. 

4S8.oo 
150  oo 

118.55 

144  88 

442-39 
38  82 

223.95 

144.88 

144.88 

481.21 
106.02 

106.02 

79.07 

375-19 

128                                     PATENT   SURVEYS 

log  79-07           =1.898012                                     log  375-19 
l°g  375.19         =  2.574251                                     log  sin  78° 

=  2.574251 
06'  =  9  .  990565 

=  2.583686 

A  =    40°  52' 
B  =  136°  02' 
t  =      3°  06' 

log  cot  78°  06'  =  9.323761 
S.  78°  6'  W.     383.43  =  course 
78°  6' 
300.0    =  61.86 
83.0    =  17.11 
0.43  =    0.08 

log  383.  43 

293-55 
81.21 
0.42 

79-05 

For  the  triangle  ABt  : 

A  =  75°  oo'              B  =  180°  oo' 
34°  08'                          78°  06' 

375-18 

t  =  78°  06' 
75°  oo' 

40°  52'                        101°  54' 
34°  08' 

3°  06' 

log  383.  43 
log  sin  3°  06' 
colog  sin  40° 

log  31.69 

A  =  75°  oo' 
34°  08' 

i  80°  oo' 

=  2.583686 
=  8.733027 
52'  =  0.184222 

136°  02' 
sin  40°  52'  :  383.43  =  sin  136°  02'  :  ? 
sin  40°  52'  :  383.43  =  sin      3°  06'  :  ? 
log  383.  43            =2.583686 
log  sin  136°  02'    =  9.841509 
colog  sin  40°  52'  =  o.  184222 

log  406  .83            =  2  .  60941  7 

For  the  triangle  DAE: 

D  =    75°  oo'                180°  oo' 
75°  45'                 150°  45' 

=  i  .  500935 

E  =    34°  08' 
75°  45' 

150°  45'                   29°  15' 
318.98  =  EB 
31.69  =  BA 

40°  52' 
D  =    29°  15' 
A  =    40°  52' 

f?        T(__o        / 

109°  53' 

=  2.458320 
=  9.815778 
J5'  =  0.311028 

«*  —  109    53 

287  .  29        ILA 

sin  29°  15'  :  287.29  =  sin  109°  53'  :  ? 
sin  29°  15'  :  287.29  =  sin    40°  52'  :  ? 

log  287.  29            =2.458320 
log  5^109°  53'    =9.973307 
colog  sin  29°  15'  =  0.311028 

180°  oo' 

log  287  .  29 
log  sin  40°  52 
colog  sin  29° 

log  552. 91 


2.742655 


log  384. 70 


2.585126 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


129 


In  order  to  ascertain  the  intersection  of  line  6-1,  Sur. 
No.  17560,  and  line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  17846,  prolong  line  6-1, 
Sur.  No.  17560,  with  dotted  lines,  until  it  touches  line  2-3, 
Sur.  No.  17846.  Thus  we  have  the  traingle  GDF,  of  which 
we  have  the  side  GD,  as  follows: 

500.00  =  5-6-17560 

384-70  =  DE 


G  =  75°  45' 


39"  45' 


75°  45' 

180°  oo' 

F=  75°  oo' 

G  =  39°  45' 

75°  oo' 

150°  45' 

36  oo 

D  =  29°  15' 

F  —  TTT°  «/•»' 

150    45 


29"  15' 


III"    00' 


180°  oo' 


sin  in0  : 115.30  =  sin  39°  45' :  ? 
sin  in0  :  115.30  =  sin  29°  15'  :  ? 

log  115.30  =  2.061829 
log  sin  39°  45'  =  9.805799 
colog  sin  in0  =  o.o2( 


log  115.30  =  2.061829 
log  sin  29°  15'  =  9.688972 
colog  sin  in0  =  0.029848 


log  60.35 


=  i . 780649 


log  78.97  =  1.897476 

In  the  right  triangle  JFH  36°  -  15'  =  2i°,JH  =  300  ft., 

nat  tan  21°  =  0.38386 


nat  secant  21 


300 


1.071145 
300 

321.3435 


321.34 


260.99  =  JG  =  Cor.  No.  6-17560  to  line  4-1-17846. 

In  figuring  the  triangle  ABt  we  find  Cor.  No.  2-17846  to 
A  =  1,500 

406 . 83  =  At 

1093.17  =  2-17846-^! 

From  Cor.  No.  2-17846  to  D  we  have: 

1093.17  =  2-17846-^ 
552.91  =  DA 


540 .  26  =  2.1 7846-!) 


130 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


In  the  triangle  GDF  we  find  FD,  and  in  the  triangle 
JHF  we  find  HF: 


FD=    78.97 
HF  =  115.15 

HD=  194.12 


Cor.  No.  2-17846  to  D  =  540.26 
ED  =  194.12 


Cor.  No.  2-1 7846-5"  =  346.14  = 
Cor.  No.  1-17846  to  line  6-1-17560. 


In  the  triangle  JKL,  line  JK  is  drawn  parallel  to  line 
1-2-17560. 


40°  52' 


K  =  34°  08' 
36°  oo' 

70°  08' 


sin  69°  :  318.98  =  sin  40°  52'  :  ? 
sin  69°  :  318.98  =  sin  70°  08' :  ? 

log  318. 98  =2.503764 
log  sin  40°  52'  =  9.815778 
colog  sin  69°  =0.029848 


L  =    36°  oo'      180°  /  =    40°  52' 

75°  oo'      in0          K  =    70°  08' 

in0  oo'        69°  - 

1  80°  oo' 


log  318.  98  =2.503764 
log  sin  70°  08'  =  9.973352 
colog  sin  69°  =0.029848 


log  223. 55        =2.349390 

1000.00  =  6-i-Sur.  No.  17560. 
260.99  =  JG 

739.01  =  i-Sur.  No.  17560  to  i-4-Sur.  No.  17846. 
223.55  =  KL 


log  321.  34         =2.506964 


962.56  =  2-Sur.  No.  17560  to  i-4-Sur.  No.  17846 
346.14  =  i-Sur.  No.  17846  to  line  6-i-Sur.  No.  17560. 


JL 


667.48  =  i-Sur.  No.  17486  to  line  2-3-Sur.  No.  17560. 


1000.0 
962.56 


37.44  =  3~Sur.  No.  17560  to  line  4-i-Sur.  No.  17846. 

Areas  of  Sur.  No.  17560. 

We  first  figure  the  area  of  the  trapezoid  JL  3  6  and  the 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


parallelogram  represented  by  Cors.  Nos.  3,  4,  5  and  6  of 
Sur.  No.  17560. 


260 .  99  =  /  6 

37.44  =  1,3 

2)298.43 
149.21 

500 
300 


log  149. 21       =        2.173798 

log  300          =      2.477121 
colog  43560  =—5.360912 


log  1.027 


O.OII83I 


150000 

colog  4356o 


5.176091 
-5.360912 


log  3- 443       =      0.537003 

Area  for  the  triangle  DAE 

log  552. 91  =  2.742655 
log  287. 29  =  2.458320 
log  sin  40°  52'  =  9.815778 


colog  87120 
log  i .  193 


-5.059882 
0.076635 


1.027 
3-443 

4.470 
I-I93 


3. 2 77  =  Total   area  in   conflict  be- 
tween Surs.  Nos.  17846  and  17560. 

To  find  the  area  in  conflict  between  Sur.  No.  16591  and 
Sur.  No.  17560  within  Sur.  No.  17846,  we  figure  the  area  of 
the  triangle  JeN. 


75 
36° 


i8oc 
in' 

69C 


e  =  75°  oo' 
10°  15' 


N  =  36°  oo' 
10°  15' 


64°  45' 


46° 


J=    69° 
e=    64°  45' 
N  =    46°  15' 


624.77  =  i-Sur.  No.  17846 —  2-3-16591. 
346. 14  =  i-Sur.  No.  17846  —  6-1-17560. 


278.63  =  Je 

sin  46°  15' :  278.63  =  sin  64°  45'  :  ? 

log  278.63  =2.445028 

log  sin  64°  45'      =  9 . 956387 

colog  sin  46°  15'  =  o.  141244 


log  348. 87  =  2.542659 


log  2 78. 63 
log  sin  69° 
log  348. 87 
colog  87120 


180°  oo' 


=  2.445028 
=  9.970151 
=  2.542659 
=  5.059882 


log  1.041      =  0.017720 


132  PATENT  SURVEYS 

In  the  triangle  GNM 

348  .  87  =  JN          G  =  75°  45'        N  =  36°  oo'        M  =  75°  45'  180° 

26o.gg  =  JG  36°  oo'  10°  15'  10°  15'  86° 


87.88  =  GN  39°  45'  46°  15'  86°  oo'  94 


G  =  39°  45' 
N  =  46°  15' 
M  =  94°  oo' 


180°  oo' 

Area  =  1  /(87-88)2  X  sin  39°  45'  X  sin  46°  is'\ 
2  \  sin  94°  / 

log  87. 88          =      1.943890 

log  to  square     =      i .  943890  i .  041  =  area  JeN. 

log  sin  39°  45'  =«      9.805799  0.041  =  area  GMN. 

log  sin  46°  15'  =      9.858756 

colog  sin  94°     =      0.001059  i.ooo  =  net  area  in  conflict  of  Surs. 

colog  87120       =—5.059882  Nos.  1 7560 and  16591  within  Sur.  No. 

17846. 
log  0.0410        =—2.613276 

We  now  figure  the  area  in  conflict  of  Sur.  No.  17560  and 
Sur.  No.  17541  within  Sur.  No.  17846  which  is  QopDG. 

By  previous  work  we  have  found  the  total  conflict  of 
Sur.  No.  17541  and  Sur.  No.  17846  to  be  .752  acres.  We 
have  also  found  the  area  of  the  quadrilateral  jrhk  to  be 
.240  acres.  We  must  now  find  the  area  of  QrMG.  In 
order  to  figure  the  area  of  the  triangle  QrN  it  is  necessary 
to  find  the  length  of  one  side,  which  we  will  take  to  be 
rN.  In  previous  figuring  the  area  of  the  triangle  jrh  was 
obtained  and  from  the  data  used  in  that  work  we  find  the 
side  rh  as  follows : 

j  =    64°  oo'  180°  oo'  r  =  64°  oo'  h  =  10°  15' 

66°  02'  130°  02'  10°  15'  66°  02' 

130°  02'  49°  58'  53°  45'  76°  17' 

sin  53°  45' :  125.07  =  sin  49°  58' :  ? 


PATENT  SURVEYS  133 

log  125. 07            =2.097164  j=    49°  58' 

log  sin  49°  58'      =9.884042  r=    53°  45' 

colog  sin  53°  45'  =0.093425  h=    76°  if 

log  1 18.75            =2.074631  180°  oo' 

In  the  small  triangle  FhN  we  must  obtain  the  side  hN. 
We  have  the  side  Fh,  as  follows: 

483. 29  —  2-Sur.  No.  17846  to  line  2-3,  Sur.  No.  16591. 
461.29  =  2-Sur.  No.  17846  to  F. 


22.00  =  Fh. 

F  =    69°  oo' 

F=    75°       180° 

h  =  75°  oo' 

N  =  36°  oo'               h  =    64°  45' 

36°       in0 

10°  15' 

10°  15'             N  =    46°  15' 

in0        69° 

64°  45' 

46°  15'                     180°  oo' 

Sin  46°  15*  :  22.00  = 

sin  69°  :  ? 

log  22.00              =  i 

•342423 

Nh=    28.44 

log  sin  69°            =  9 

.970152 

hr  =  118.75 

colog  sin  46    15—0 

.141244 

rN  =  147.19 

log  28.44              =  i 

•453819 

r  =  64°  oo'            N  -• 

=  10°  15' 

Q  =    64°       180°               r  =    53°  45' 

10°  15' 

36°  oo' 

36°      100°             N=    46°  'is' 

n  —      8ri°   rw-*' 

53°  45' 

46°  15' 

.  —  .  —  O                  O-^O 

180°  oo' 

Arpa  trianfrlp  OrAT  — 

A     1     —  —  ' 

5in53045'Xsin46°i5/\ 

log  147.19  =  2.167878 
log  to  square  =  2 . 167878 
log  sin  53°  45'  =  9-906575 
log  sin  46°  15'  =  9-858756 
colog  sin  80°  =  —0.006649 
colog  87120  =—5.059882 


log  0.1471         =—1.167618 

Subtracting  from  this  the  area  of  triangle  GMN,  found 
in  previous  work  to  be  .0410  acre,  we  have: 


0.1471 
0.0410 


o.  1061  acre  =  QrMG. 


134  PATENT  SURVEYS 

In  the  small  triangle  hMD,  we  have  hD  = 

540. 26  =  2-17846  to  D   • 
483 . 29  =  2-17846  to  h 

56.97  =  hD 

D  =    75°  45'      180°  oo'        h  =    64°  45' 
75°  oo'      150°  45'     M  =    86°  oo' 

D  =    29°  15' 

45'  86°  oo'  150°  45'         29°  15' 

1 80°  oo' 

Area  =  i  /  (56.97)2  X  sin  64°  45'  X  sin  29°  i5'\ 
\  sin  86°  / 

0.752  =  d,rea.jkop 

log  56 . 97        =      i .  755646  o .  240  =  area  jrhk 

log  to  square  =      i .  755646 

sin  64°  45'      =      9.956387  0.512  =  area  rhop 

sin  29°  15'      =      9.688972  0.016  =  area  HMD 

colog  sin  86°  =      0.001059 

colog  87120    =  —5.059882  0.496  =  area  ropDM 

o.i 06  =  area  QrMG 
log  0.0165      =  —2.217592 

o .  602  =  area  QopDG 

We  therefore  have  found  the  total  area  in  conflict  of 
Sur.  No.  17846  and  Sur.  No.  17560  to  be  3.277  acres. 

The  net  area  in  conflict  of  Surs.  Nos.  17560  and  16591 
within  Sur.  No.  1 7846  to  be  i .  ooo  acre. 

The  total  conflict  of  Surs.  Nos.  17560  and  17541  within 
Sur.  No.  17846  to  be  .602  acre,  and  the  net  conflict  of  Surs. 
Nos.  17560  and  17541,  within  Sur.  No.  17846  (that  is,  ex- 
clusive of  QrMG,  .106  acre)  to  be  .496  acre. 

Therefore,  the  net  conflict  of  Surs.  Nos.  17560  and  17846 
is: 

i . ooo  acre  =  JeMG  3-277  acres 

o .  496  acre  =  ropDM  i .  496  acres 


i  .496  acres  i .  781  acres,  net  conflict. 

The  result  may  be  checked  by  double  meridian  distances 
as  follows: 


PATENT  SURVEYS 


135 


n 

r^  to      to     •     •  to  O 
co<O         O     •     •  O   O 

CO 

\ 

S3     8   :   :  S3- 

0 

i 

-*<§     g  :  :  8  % 

•^-         VO       •       •    CO  to 

ff         s1 

•  oo    •  to  o 

•    O       •    10  CT»     • 

Tt-  co         w 

10   H              Tf            t^ 

I 

•     ^       *   VO     M 

<N    t-,          to          t^ 

•     M        •     CO   tO       • 

O  00           H           10 

| 

O  OO         w         to 

^ 

•     Tf"       •     t^«    1H 
•     O         *     CO   H 
•     H         •     <N 

to  (7>          IO          t^ 

CO   M              IH 

• 

CN 

£ 

oo   M<0  t^M  r^M   M 

3 

Q 

?    .     .... 

t^OO     CS     t^    CO   ^t"    M     ^ 

ai 

M    O    rj-  CO  CO  to  O1OO 
Tj-00    O    H    O    CT>  rf 

M     M     )H 

* 

00  VO  00    CO     •       •       •       • 
t^-    O   VO     CN 

to 

d 

*>•  co  O    ^f     •      •      •      • 

to 

E 

M     t^tO     CO       .... 

00 

a 

CO            M        •        «        •        • 

to 

1 

•      •             •  00    <N    O  to 

to 

•    t^  w    (N    rj- 

'10 

•        •                 •     CO   Tf    CN   00 

00 

...                                      Tj- 

to 

.  . 

<N 

C*l     O^           ^"      •        •     0s!     O 

o 

w 

i 

*S    O*       <&      "      '    °    c? 

10 

M 

CO 

B 

1 

1 

:  :  5  :  S5  o5 

o 

:   :?  :?3 

to 

•    M      •   d 

CO 

j 

i 

^^  ^^^-  ^8 

c 

s 

H  tO  OO    O">  CN    CN    t^  O 

cooo  co  ^~  M  r^-  co  o 

C 

1 

CO    H     M     <N                       IO 

a 

) 

^^^^MMMM 
ooOOOtoOOtO 

1 

OOOOMOO-t 

t 

o 
^t"  tOVO    ^"  O    tOtO    to 

CO  03  ^  V)  ^  £  CO  W 

J 

1 

^i^t^t 

10  Tf 

II  II 

*?  9 
t-^.  o 

to  to 
to  to 

t^  co 

t^    Tj- 

^ 


136  PATENT  SURVEYS 

The  area  statement  for  Sur.  No.  17846  would  be  as  fol- 
lows: 

Acres 

Total  area  Sur.  No.  17846  ...................................  10.330 

Area  in  conflict  with  — 

Sur.  No.    1462  ............................................  0.122 

Sur.  No.  12716  .............................................  0.272 

Sur.  No.  16591  .............................................  2  .  284 

Sur.  No.  17541  .............................................  0.752 

Sur.  No.  17541  (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  16591)  ....  0.513 

Sur.  No.  17560  .............................................  3.277 

Sur.  No.  17560  (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  16591)  .....  2.277 

Sur.  No.  17560  (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  17541)  .....  2.675 

Sur  No.  17560  (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with  Surs.  Nos.  16591  and 


The  following  net  area  statement  is  not  at  present  in- 
cluded in  the  field  notes  sent  to  the  surveyor  general,  but 
is  filed  on  separate  sheet. 

Acres 

Total  area  Sur.  No.  17846  ...................................     10.330 

Less  area  in  conflict  with  — 

Sur.  No.    1462  .....................................  0.122 

Sur.  No.  12716  .................................  .'.  .  .  0.272 

Sur.  No.  16591  ..............................  ----  ...  2  .  284 

Sur.  No.  17541-  ....................................  0-Si3 

Sur.  No.  17560  .....................................  1.781=   4  .972 

Net  area  lode  claim  .........................................       5  .  358 

In  case  of  an  irregular  mill  site  or  placer  the  calcula- 
tions of  the  area  by  double  meridian  distances  must  be 
handed  in  with  the  field  notes.  The  calculations  have  been 
taken  up  under  mill  sites  and  placers. 

It  is  well  to  be  systematic  in  making  and  filing  the  above 
calculations.  Many  prefer  books  of  uniform  size,  but  it  is 
very  difficult  for  more  than  one  person  to  work  on  the 
same  case  at  the  same  time  and  keep  the  calculations  to- 
gether in  the  same  book.  It  is  also  difficult  to  copy  from 


PATENT  SURVEYS  137 

one  page  to  another  as  is  often  necessary.  The  writer  pre- 
fers to  use  traverse  blanks  printed  and  blocked.  On  these 
the  traverse  is  first  worked  and  the  triangles  and  areas 
figured  underneath  on  the  same  sheet.  These  sheets  are 
then  filed  in  Congress  manila  envelopes  in  document  files. 
In  this  way  any  number  of  people  may  work  on  the  same 
case  without  getting  into  each  other's  way.  The  papers  of 
each  survey  are  kept  together  in  order,  and  all  useless 
figuring  and  any  calculations  found  to  be  in  error  are  de- 
stroyed and  do  not  encumber  the  record. 

Miscellaneous  Points  on  Patents 

Various  points  may  arise  in  figuring  or  writing  up  the 
notes  that  need  attention.  For  example,  it  frequently  hap- 
pens that  by  excluding  areas  in  the  usual  way  a  discovery 
shaft  is  excluded.  To  avoid  this,  a  tract  is  made  around 
the  discovery  shaft,  and  one  corner  of  the  tract  is  tied  to 
a  corner  of  the  claim,  and  the  tract  described  by  metes  and 


Fig.  39 

bounds.  In  Fig.  39,  if  either  A  or  B  excludes  the  other, 
they  respectively  exclude  their  discovery  shafts.  To  avoid 
this  the  conflict  is  described  as  follows; 


138  PATENT  SURVEYS 

Acres 
Total  area  A  lode 5-165 

Area  in  conflict  with  — 

Tract  C  (hereinafter  described) 0.310 

B  lode  of  this  survey o .  840 

B  lode  of  this  survey  (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with  tract  C) o. 530 

The  following  net  area  statement  is  not  at  present  in- 
cluded in  the  field  notes  sent  to  the  surveyor  general,  but 
is  filed  on  separate  sheet. 

Acres 

Total  area  A  lode 5 . 165 

Less  area  in  conflict  with  tract  C 0.310 

Net  area  A  lode 4-&S5 

This  tracting  of  the  discovery  is  useful  sometimes  in 
conflict  with  a  location  survey.  If  A  above  is  a  location 
survey,  a  small  tract,  just  large  enough,  may  be  made 
round  the  discovery  shaft  of  B  and  not  excluded  with  the 
remainder  of  the  conflict  of  A  with  B.  This  small  reserva- 
tion, which  may  not  be  over  ten  feet  square,  is  usually  not 
objected  to  by  the  owner  of  the  location,  and  might  even 
be  deeded  back  to  him  after  the  patent  is  issued. 

During  the  period  when  conflicts  were  figured  in  the  de- 
scriptive positions  by  their  section  ties,  as  stated  before, 
tracts  were  frequently  employed  to  exclude  the  conflicting 
claim  or  claims  in  their  true  positions.  Thus,  when  figur- 
ing the  position  from  the  section  ties  showed  no  conflict, 
but  the  corners  on  the  ground  clearly  showed  a  conflict, 
this  was  excluded  as  a  tract.  Tracts  are  frequently  em- 
ployed to  exclude  any  desired  area  other  than  that  embraced 
in  an  officially  surveyed  claim. 

In  case  the  discovery  is  unavoidably  excluded  the  claim 
may  still  be  patented  according  to  the  present  rulings  of 
the  general  land  office  by  producing  proofs  that  there  is  a 


PATENT  SURVEYS  139 

valid  discovery  of  mineral  at  some  other  point  on  the  center 
line  not  excluded. 

Here  it  may  be  observed  that  for  about  five  years  be- 
tween June,  1899,  and  August,  1904,  the  General  Land 
Office  required  all  claims  to  be  figured  according  to  their 
patented  positions,  as  we  have  figured  Sur.  No.  1462,  re- 
gardless of  the  existence  or  position  of  the  monuments  on 
the  ground.  As  the  section  ties  of  many  claims  varied 
from  a  few  feet  to  many  thousand  feet  from  the  correct 
distance,  the  official  plats  issued  during  the  period  men- 
tioned above  often  give  a  very  erroneous  idea  of  the  condi- 
tions actually  existing  on  the  ground.  The  surveyor  dealing 
with  claims  surveyed  within  the  time  mentioned  must  bear 
clearly  in  mind  the  conditions  under  which  the  surveys 
were  made. 

In  case  errors  are  found  in  the  surveying  and  descrip- 
tion of  conflicts,  the  conflicting  claim  must  be  platted  and 
figured  as  actually  found  on  the  ground,  and  a  note  added 
to  the  field  notes  filed  with  the  surveyor  general's  office 
about  as  follows: 

I  find  the  following  errors  in  the  lines  of  former  approved 
surveys : 

Sur.  No.  16162,  Alice  Lode: 

Line  1-2,  S.  16°  10'  W.  147.8  ft.  instead  of  S.  16°  50'  W. 
150  ft.,  as  approved. 

Line  2-3,  S.  73°  50'  W.  1,406  ft.  instead  of  S.  73°  10'  W. 
1,500  ft.,  as  approved,  etc. 

The  mineral  surveyor  who  made  the  conflicting  survey 
which  is  found  to  be  in  error  then  files  amended  notes 
covering  the  errors  in  question.  In  case  he  does  not  admit 
that  there  is  an  error,  a  joint  survey  is  called  for  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  one  who  is  found  to  be  wrong. 

Mineral  surveyors,  however,  rarely  require  an  official 


140  PATENT  SURVEYS 

joint  survey  to  settle  their  differences,  and  disagreements 
are,  as  a  rule,  arranged  privately  and  the  reports  made  in 
accordance  with  the  facts.  Here  it  must  be  remembered 
that  an  error  of  one  in  two  thousand,  or  about  two  minutes 
in  course  is  allowed  by  the  surveyor  general.  Thus  it  is 
evident  that  two  surveyors  may  differ  from  each  other  one 
in  one  thousand,  or  three  minutes  in  course,  and  yet  each 
be  within  the  limit  of  allowable  error. 

All  the  intersections  and  areas  having  been  figured  for 
the  claim,  a  plat  is  made  on  tracing  cloth,  on  the  dull  side, 
and  the  notes  are  written  up  as  in  the  example  of  field 
notes  given  later. 

In  case  the  claim  has  been  narrowed  on  one  side,  so  that 
the  vein,  and  therefore  the  discovery,  is  not  in  the  center 
of  the  claim,  a  tie  must  be  given  to  it  from  some  corner  of 
the  claim. 

Claims  are  frequently  cut  short  when,  on  account  of  con- 
flicts, no  acreage  is  obtained  by  patenting  the  full  length. 
This  of  course  often  reduces  the  amount  of  figuring  neces- 
sary, but  it  is  sometimes  objected  to  by  the  claimant,  as  he 
frequently  thinks  it  desirable  to  be  able  to  state  that  he  has 
a  claim  1,506  feet  long,  even  if  it  gives  him  no  more  acreage 
than  if  the  claim  were  only  800  feet  in  length  and  on  clear 
ground.  It  must  here  be  remembered  that  for  many 
years  the  General  Land  Office  required  all  claims  either  to 
cross  a  conflicting  claim  completely  with  the  center  line, 
or  else  cut  off  the  claim  at  the  point  where  the  center  line 
intersected  the  boundary  lines  of  the  conflicting  claim.  In 
fact,  for  a  brief  period  no  crossings  at  all  were  allowed  by 
the  General  Land  Office. 

In  case  the  claim  has  been  cut  off  for  any  reason,  a  tie 
must  be  given  in  every  case  from  the  corner  set  to  the 
original  corner  of  the  location. 


PATENT  SURVEYS  141 

It  is  sometimes  advisable  in  very  complicated  cases  to 
write  up  the  notes  in  advance  of  the  actual  figuring,  leaving 
blank  spaces,  which  are  filled  systematically  as  the  calcula- 
tions proceed.  In  this  way  repetitions  and  omissions  are 
avoided. 

In  the  matter  of  improvements,  the  so-called  "$500 
worth  of  work,"  the  Land  Office  is  constantly  changing  its 
opinion.  For  many  years  $500  worth  of  work  sufficed  for  a 
whole  group  of  locations,  no  matter  how  many,  provided 
that  the  work  was  done  for  their  common  benefit.  This 
was  in  accordance  with  a  decision  of  the  Supreme  Court  of 
the  United  States,  which  regarded  a  group  of  locations  as 
one  claim.  At  present  $500  worth  of  work  is  required  for 
each  claim,  though  it  need  not  necessarily  be  on  each 
claim.  A  tunnel  can  thus  be  used  to  patent  a  whole  group, 
provided  there  is  $500  worth  of  work  which  can  be  shown 
to  be  for  the  benefit  of  each  location,  or  a  total  of  as  many 
dollars  as  there  are  locations  in  the  group  multiplied  by 
$500.  In  case  this  mutual  benefit  cannot  be  shown  for  cer- 
tain locations,  other  work  must  be  in  evidence.  It  cannot 
be  too  strongly  stated  that  the  utmost  care  must  be  taken 
by  the  mineral  surveyor  in  preparing  his  mutual  benefit 
statement  to  bring  out  strongly  the  fact  of  the  mutual 
benefit  of  the  improvements  in  the  event  that  there  is  not 
actually  $500  worth  of  work  on  each  claim.  Neglect  of  this 
has  caused  a  great  deal  of  trouble  in  the  subsequent  deal- 
ings with  the  General  Land  Office.  When  the  claim  being 
patented  is  contiguous  to  a  patented  claim  belonging  to  the 
same  claimant,  work  done  on  the  patented  claim  may  apply 
towards  the  $500  worth  of  improvements,  provided  the  work 
has  never  been  used  in  patenting  any  other  claim,  and  also 
provided  that  it  can  be  shown  to  be  of  benefit  for  the  claim 
in  question,  and  both  these  facts  must  be  stated  in  the  field 


142  PATENT  SURVEYS 

notes.  This  can  be  done  only  when  the  claims  are  con- 
tiguous, and  under  the  same  ownership  or,  when  not  con- 
tiguous, in  the  case  of  a  tunnel,  when  the  work  is  actually 
under  the  claims  being  patented. 

All  of  the  improvements  need  not  be  used  in  patenting 
if  there  is  a  possibility  of  their  being  used  later  on  for 
other  claims  as  $500  expenditure.  Where  there  is  a  chance 
of  this  in  the  future  it  is  well  to  claim  only  enough  improve- 
ments necessary  to  patent  the  claim  in  question.  But  it 
must  be  remembered  that  all  improvements  must  be  sub- 
sequent to  the  date  of  location  of  the  claims  which  are 
thus  benefited.  (See  39  of  the  manual.) 

At  the  time  the  survey  is  approved  the  required  $500 
for  each  location  may  not  have  been  completed,  or  it  may 
happen  that  more  improvements  are  required  at  a  later 
date  by  the  General  Land  Office.  In  this  case,  the  surveyor 
makes  a  supplementary  affidavit  of  labor.  This  is  made  on 
a  form  furnished  by  the  surveyor  general's  office,  and  the 
surveyor  repeats  or  revises  all  the  data  given  in  the  ap- 
proved field  notes,  and  then  adds  the  description  of  the 
new  work.  He  also  states,  as  is  required,  that  the  work 
was  completed  before  the  period  of  advertising  expired. 
For  this  affidavit  the  surveyor  general  requires  an  addi- 
tional fee. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  take  the  whole  or  any  portion  of 
a  piece  of  ground  that  has  been  surveyed  and  advertised 
for  patent,  though  no  patent  has  actually  issued,  it  is  usually 
necessary  to  have  the  application  for  this  claim  cancelled 
before  the  ground  or  any  portion  of  it  can  be  included  in 
a  later  application. 

The  surveyor  must  be  careful,  in  the  case  of  mill  sites, 
to  see  that  it  is  clearly  shown  that  they  are  used  for  min- 
ing purposes  and  not  merely  to  take  up  land  or  water. 


PATENT  SURVEYS  143 

They  may  legitimately  contain  mills  and  reduction  works, 
dumps,  necessary  roads,  cabins,  storehouses,  etc.,  actually 
used  in  connection  with  mining  operations,  and  the  fact 
must  in  each  case  be  clearly  shown. 

It  will  be  well,  in  the  case  of  a  survey  of  any  claims  or 
group  of  claims  that  are  at  all  out  of  the  ordinary,  to  find 
out,  from  the  surveyor  general  having  jurisdiction,  just 
what  is  the  proper  procedure  in  the  particular  case  in  ques- 
tion. In  this  way  future  troubles  may  often  be  avoided. 

Adverses  and  Protests 

In  surveys  for  adverse,  the  claim  adversing  is  tied  to 
the  official  survey  adversed  exactly  as  described  in  pre- 
vious sections,  and  the  area  in  conflict  figured  in  the  same 
way.  Improvements  should  be  also  noted  as  in  patent 
surveys.  The  net  area  in  conflict  is  then  described  by 
metes  and  bounds  and  this  description  had  best  be  trav- 
ersed carefully  to  make  sure  of  a  closure.  An  adverse 
plat  is  finally  prepared,  usually  on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  the 
inch,  on  tracing  cloth  and  the  area  in  conflict  colored.  The 
mineral  surveyor  signs  a  statement  as  follows: 

I  hereby  certify  that  the  above  diagram  correctly  rep- 
resents the  conflict  claimed  to  exist  between  the  Little 
Annie  lode  and  the  Belle  lode  as  actually  surveyed  by  me. 
And  I  further  certify  that  the  value  of  the  labor  and  im- 
provements on  the  Little  Annie  lode  made  by  the  adverse 
claimant  (and  his  grantors)  is  not  less  than  one  hundred 
dollars. 

JOHN   SMITH, 
United  States  Mineral  Surveyor. 

When  there  is  not  time  to  figure  the  conflict  completely, 
the  adverse  plat  may  be  filed  with  the  ties  and  boundaries 


144  PATENT  SURVEYS 

of  the  conflicting  claims,  and  the  improvements  of  the 
claim  adversing,  and  the  complete  description  may  be  sent 
in  later.  In  case  it  is  impossible  to  make  the  adverse  sur- 
vey, as,  for  example,  on  account  of  deep  snow,  the  best 
statement  possible  of  the  facts  should  be  made  at  once  and 
a  proper  survey  made  later.  The  attorney  for  the  claim- 
ant prepares  all  the  papers  in  an  adverse  suit,  as  well  as  in 
a  protest  suit,  which  latter,  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
surveyor,  is  practically  the  same  as  an  adverse  suit.  The 
surveyor  simply  supplies  the  attorney  with  the  plat  and 
the  description  of  the  conflict. 

The  mineral  surveyor  who  is  surveying  claims  for  patent 
should  avoid  all  possible  cause  for  adverse  or  protest  pro- 
ceedings by  leaving  out  all  ground  clearly  belonging  to 
others.  In  spite  of  his  best  efforts,  his  claims  will  occa- 
sionally be  adversed  and  his  advice  may  be  called  for  in 
connection  with  the  settlement  of  the  case,  or  he  may  be 
cited  as  a  witness.  Should  the  case  be  fought  to  a  finish 
in  the  courts,  he  has  no  influence.  In  case  of  a  comprom- 
ise, by  which  the  claimant  patenting  loses  the  area  in 
conflict  or  any  portion  of  it,  the  simplest  solution  is  usually 
to  deed  this  area  to  the  contestant  after  the  receiver's  re- 
ceipt is  issued.  In  case  the  area  is  simply  left  out  in  the 
final  application  to  purchase,  the  Land  Office  will  call  for 
an  amended  plat  at  some  later  date,  with  attendant  delay 
and  expense.  The  amended  plat  will  be  called  for  in  any 
case  where  any  area  is  excluded  in  the  final  application  to 
purchase,  and  is  not  shown  in  the  field  notes  approved  by 
the  surveyor  general.  While  this  is  all  part  of  the  attor- 
ney's work,  and  really  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  actual 
surveying,  it  is  well  for  the  surveyor  to  keep  in  mind  the 
probable  subsequent  actions  of  the  General  Land  Office, 
in  order  to  provide  for  the  best  interests  of  his  clients, 


CHAPTER  VI 

PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 
SPECIMEN   FIELD   NOTES  AND   FORMS 

The  following  field  notes  and  forms  represent  the  pres 
ent  practise.      See  Plate  III. 

(4-689) 

Application  to  United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Survey 
of  Mining  Claims 


United  States  Surveyor  General, 


Sir: ,  claimant..,  hereby  make.,    application  for  an 

official  survey,  under  the  provisions  of  chapter  6,  title  32,  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  the  United  States,  and  regulations  and  instructions  thereunder, 

of  the  mining  claim  known  as  the ,  situate  in mining 

district, county,  ,  in  section ,  township 

No ,  range  No Said  claim  is  based  upon  a  valid  lo- 
cation made  on ,  19 . . . ,  and  duly  recorded  on ,  19 . . . , 

and  is  fully  described  in  the  duly  certified  copy  of  the  record  of  the  location 
certificate,  filed  herewith.  Said  certificate  contains  the  name  of  the  locator, 
the  date  of  location,  and  such  a  definite  description  of  the  claim  by  refer- 
ence to  natural  objects  or  permanent  monuments  as  will  identify  the  claim, 
and  said  location  has  been  distinctly  marked  by  monuments  on  the  ground, 
so  that  its  boundaries  can  be  readily  traced. 

request  that  you  will  send  an  estimate  of  the 

amount  required  to  defray  the  expenses  of  platting  and  other  work  in  your 

office,  required  under  the  regulations,  that may,  make  proper 

deposit  therefor,  and  that  thereupon  you  will  cause  the  survey  to  be  made 

by ,  United  States  mineral  surveyor,  and  proper  action  to  be 

taken  thereon  by  your  office,  as  required  by  the  United  States  mining  laws 
and  regulations  thereunder. 

Claimant. 

P.  O.  Address, 

145 


146 


PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 


(4—682) 

Order  for  Mineral  Survey 
DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR, 
Office  of  the  Surveyor  General, 

> 

,19--. 

To.. , 

U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor, 

Sir:  Application  has  been  filed  in  this  office  by dated , 

19 . .  . ,  for  an  official  survey  of  the  mining  claim  of ,  known  as 

the  ,  situate  in   mining  district,    

county,  in  section   ,  township  No ,  range  No , 

which  claim  is  based  upon  a  location  made  on ,  19 .  . . ,  and  duly 

recorded  on ,  19. . .,  and  is  fully  described  in  the  duly  certified 

copy  of  the  record  of  the  location  certificate,  filed  by  the  applicant.  .  for 
said  survey,  a  copy  of  which  is  herewith  inclosed.  You  are  hereby  directed 
to  make  the  survey  of  said  claim  in  strict  conformity  with  existing  laws, 
official  regulations,  and  instructions  thereunder,  and  to  make  proper  return 
to  this  office.  Said  survey  will  be  designated  as  Survey  No 

Very  respectfully, 

• > 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for 

Sur.  No.  .      Date  of  Order  MEMO.   OF  DEPOSIT 

APPLICATION  Depositor:. 

TO  U.  S.  SURVEYOR  GENERAL         c    D    NQ 

FOR 

SURVEY  OF  MINING  CLAIM     Bank:... 

KNOWN   AS   THE 

Amount:  $ 

REMARKS 

ESTIMATES  OF  OFFICE   COSTS 

For  Lode  Claim $30 .  oo 

For  Placer  Claim 35  •  oo 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  147 

For  Mill  Site 30 .  oo 

For  Mill  Site  included  in  one  survey  with  a  Lode  Claim 20.00 

For  each  Lode  Claim  within  and  included  in  the  survey  of  a  Placer 

Claim 20 .  oo 

For  several  Lode  locations  included  in  one  survey,  first  location 

named 30 .  oo 

All  other  locations  named,  each 25 .00 

For  several  Placer  locations  included  in  one  survey,  the  first  loca- 

cation  named 35  •  oo 

All  other  locations  named,  each 30.00 

For  Certificate  of  $500.  Expenditure  of  improvements  after 

approval  of  survey 5 .00 

Instructions 

The  foregoing  estimates  represent  the  average  office  ex- 
perience. If  insufficient  in  any  case  to  defray  the  actual 
office  cost,  a  further  estimated  deposit  will  be  called  for; 
if  excessive,  a  refund  of  unearned  portion  is  authorized 
by  law.  See  Act  of  Congress  approved  February  24,  1909, 
35  Stat.  645. 

Applicants  are  requested  to  mention  in  one  application 
the  name  or  names  of  the  locations  constituting  the  entire 
claim  for  which  they  desire  an  official  survey,  and  are 
advised  that  several  locations  can  be  embraced  in  a  single 
survey  only  when  the  same  are  contiguous  —  i.e.,  conflict- 
ing or  adjoining. 

All  applications  for  mining  survey  orders  should  be  signed 
by  the  claimants,  their  agents  or  attorneys.  See  Par.  i, 
Circular  to  Applicants,  Page  22,  Mineral  Manual,  1909. 
29  L.D.  718. 

U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyors  are  precluded  from  acting, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  as  agents  or  attorneys  in  pro- 
ceedings to  patent  mining  claims  including  the  surveys 
thereof.  See  Par.  7,  Page  7,  Mineral  Manual  of  1909. 


148  PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 

APPLICATION  TO  U.   S.   SURVEYOR   GENERAL  FOR  SURVEY 
OF  MININP  CLAIM 


U.  S.  SURVEYOR  GENERAL, 

Denver,  Colorado. 

Sir: 


claimant  . . ,  hereby  make  . .  application  for  an  official  survey, 

under  the  provisions  of  Chapter  6,  Title  32,  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the 
United  States,  and  regulations  and  instructions  thereunder,  of  the  mining 
claim  known  as  the  . . 


located  in  Sec ,  Tp ,  R P.M 

Land  District, Mining  District, 

. .  National  Forest,  County,  Colorado. 

Said  claim  is  based  upon  valid  location  as  fully  described  in  the  certified 

cop  ...  of  the location  certificate  . . ,  filed  herewith,  and 

said    location  . .  ha  . . .  been   distinctly  marked    by  monuments  on    the 
ground  so  that  the  boundaries  may  be  readily  traced. 

In  conformity  with  estimate  furnished,  a  deposit  of  $ to  the 

credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  has  been  made  at  the 

National  Bank  (U.  S.  Depository)  or , , 

with  request  that  duplicate  certificate  be  forwarded  to  you. 

Send  order  to U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor, 

at , 

Very  respectfully, 


P.  O.  Address 

County 


Claimant. 
By.. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR* 

Office  of  U.  S.  Surveyor  General, 

Denver,  Colo., ,  19. 

To , 

U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor,  District  of  Colorado 


This  form  is  used  for  Colqradq, 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  149 

Sir: 

You  are  hereby  directed  to  survey  the  claim  of ,  upon  the 

,  in Mining  District, County,  Colorado. 

This  survey  will  be  designated  "  Survey  No ,    Land 

District,"  and  must  be  made  in  strict  conformity  with  the 


U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado. 


Mineral  Survey  No.  21000  A  and  B 
Denver  Land  District 


FIELD  NOTES 

of  the  Survey  of  the  Mining  Claim  of 
TIMOTHY  BROWN 

known  as  the 
Denver  and  Boston  Lodes  and  the  London  Mill  Site 

Coral  Mining  District 
Clear  Creek  County,  Colorado. 

Unsubdivided  Township  3  S.  and  Section  4,  Township  4  S.,  Range  73  W. 
6th  P.  M.     Surveyed  under  instructions  dated  September  i,  1919 

by  FRANK  JONES, 
U.S.  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Claim  Located ,  19 . . . 

Survey  commenced  September  5,  1919. 

Survey  completed  October  31,  1919. 

Address  of  claimant,  Box  567,  Denver,  Colorado 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 


Feet. 


333-02 

770.0 
896.67 

1400.0 


85.0 
300.0 


65.0 


250.0 
1400.0 


Survey  No.  21000  A. 


Denver  Lode 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  i. 

A  spruce  post-  5  ft.  long,  5  ins.  square,  set  2  ft.  in  the 
ground  with  mound  of  stone,  scribed  cross  (X)  at  corner 
point  and  D.  1-21000  A,  whence 

The  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4  T.  4  S.  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  bears 
S.  19°  30' E.  309  ft. 

Cor.  No.  i,  Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  claimant  un- 
known, bears  S.  19°  W.  142  ft. 

Position  of  Cor.  No.  4,  Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  bears 
N.  66°36'W.  259.93^. 

A  corner  of  the  location  bears  N.  88°  25'  E.  100  ft. 

A  cross  (X)  and  B.  R.  D.  1-21000  A.  chiseled  4  ft.  above 
the  ground  on  a  granite  cliff  20  ft.  high  bears  N.  45°  E. 
25.3ft. 

Thence  S.  88°  25'  W. 

Intersect  line  3-4,  Sur  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  at  S.  40° 
W.  146.77  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 

Road,  10  ft.  wide,  course  Southeast  and  Northwest. 

Cor.  No.  6,  Boston  lode,  of  this  survey. 

To.  Cor.  No.  2. 

Identical  with  a  corner  of  the  location. 

A  rock  in  place  6  X  4  X  2  ft.  above  the  general  surface, 
chiseled  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and  D.  2-21000  A. 
Thence  N.  i°  35'  W. 

Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  Southwest. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

Identical  with  position  for  a  corner  of  the  location. 

Not  set,  as  it  falls  in  the  center  of  the  creek,  4  ft.  wide, 
flowing  Southeasterly,  where  corner  could  not  be  es- 
tablished. 

Thence  N.  88°  25'  E. 

Witness  Corner  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  granite  stone,  27X12X8  ins.  set  14  ins.  in  the  ground, 
with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  cross  (X)  at  corner  point 
and  W.  C.  D.  3-21000  A,  whence 

A  pine  tree,  8  ins.  diam.  blazed  and  scribed  B.  T.  W.  C 
X  D.  3-21000  A  bears  N.  28°  E.  15  ft. 

Road,  10  ft.  wide,  course  Southeast  and  Northwest. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and  D.  4-21000  A  chiseled 
on  a  ledge  of  rock,  whence 

A  corner  of  the  location  bears  N.  88°  25'  E.  100  ft. 
Thence  S.  i°  35'  E. 


PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 


Feet. 


Survey  No.  21000  A.  — Continued. 


Denver  Lode.  —  Continued. 

Intersect  line  4-5,  Sur.  No.   1685,  Paris  lode,  at  N. 
62°  E.  263.08  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 
To  Cor.  No.  i,  the  place  of  beginning. 


73-17 
300.0 


323-56 

54.80 

368.51 

1091.83 

1156.44 

345-84 
300.0 

404.16 


Boston  Lode 

Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  i. 

A  pine  stump  hewed  to  5  ins.  square,  scribed  cross  (X) 
at  corner  point  and  B.  1-21000  A,  and  surrounded  by 
mound  of  stones,  whence 

The  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4  T.  4  S.  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  bears 
N.  3i°5o'E.  765-82  ft. 

Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  bears  N.  53°  8'  W. 
324.65  ft. 

Thence  S.  35°  W. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and  B.  2-21000  A  chiseled 
on  a  boulder  10  X  15  X  6  ft.  whence 

Cor.    No.    2    Golden   lode,    unsurveyed,    John    Smith, 
claimant,  bears  N.  44°  58'  W.  52.61  ft. 
Thence  N.  33°  W. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Golden  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  40°  E. 
11.40  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  2. 

Intersect  line  3-4  Golden  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  40°  E. 
103.12  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

Intersect  North  boundary  Sec.  4  at  East  1455.83  ft. 
from  the  position  for  the  N.  i  Cor.  said  section. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  pine  tree,  14  ins.  diam.  blazed  and  scribed  cross  (X) 
at  corner  point  and  B.  3-21000  A. 

Thence  N.  55°  W. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  2,  Denver  lode,  of  this  survey. 
Thence  N.  35°  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  5. 

A  granite  stone,  29  X  12  X  8  ins.  set  15  ins.  in  the 
ground  with  mound  of  stones,  chiseled  cross  (X)  at 
corner  point  and  B.  5-21000  A. 

Thence  S.  55°  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  6. 

On  line  1-2,  Denver  lode  of  this  survey. 

A  tubular  iron  post  with  flaring  base,  cement  core  and 
brass  cap  marked  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and  B. 
6-21000  A. 

Thence  S.  33  °  E. 


152 


PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 


Feet. 


Survey  No.  21000  A.  —  Continued. 


317.76 
440.83 
754-54 

1068 . 25 
I093-56 


250.0 
400.0 


250.0 


Boston  Lode.  —  Continued. 

Intersect  North  boundary  Sec.  4  at  West  826.46  ft. 
from  N.  E.  Cor.  said  section. 

Intersect  line  3-4,  Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  at  N.  40°  E. 
150.26  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

Intersect  line  1-2,  Sur  No.  1685,  Paris  lode,  at  N.  40°  E. 
116.82  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  2,  also 

Intersect  line  3-4,  Golden  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  40°  E. 
416.82  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

Intersect  line  1-2,  Golden  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  40°  E. 
325.11  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  2. 

To  Cor.  No.  i,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Variation  at  all  corners  14°  30'  E. 

Where  no  bearings  to  local  witness  objects  are  given  at 
the  several  corners  of  this  survey,  none  were  available. 

Lode  Lines 

As  near  as  can  be  determined  from  present  develop- 
ments the  vein  of  the  Denver  location  extends  935  ft. 
N.  88°  25'  E.  and  465  ft.  S.  88°  25'  W.  from  face  of  dis- 
covery cut. 

The  vein  of  the  Boston  location  extends  1000  ft.  S. 
33°  E.  and  125  ft.  N.  33°  W.,  thence  375  ft.  N.  55°  W.  from 
the  discovery  shaft.  \ 


Survey  No.  21000  B. 


London  Mill  Site 

Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  i. 

A  granite  stone  24  X  14  X  7  ins.  set  13  ins.  in  the 
ground  with  mound  of  stone  chiseled  cross  (X)  at  corner 
point  and  L.  M.  S.  1-21000  B,  whence 

The  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4  T.  4  S.  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  bears 
N.  7i°32'E.  i33i.22ft. 

Thence  S.  50°  W. 
Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  Southeast. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  pine  post  4  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  2  ft.  in  the 
ground  with  mound  of  stone,  scribed  cross  (X)  at  corner 
point  and  L.  M.  S.  2-21000  B. 

Thence  N.  40°  W. 


To  Cor.  No.  3. 

Identical  with  Cor.   No.  3, 
mill  site,  claimant  unknown. 


Sur.   No.   17556  B,  Aztec 


PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 


153 


Feet. 


160.0 
290.0 

4OO.O 


250 


Survey  No.  21000  B.  —  Continued. 


London  Mill  Site.  —  Continued. 

A  rock  in  place  showing  4  X  5  X  7  ft.  above  the  gen- 
eral surface,  chiseled  3-17556  B,  cross  (X)  at  corner 
point,  and  L.  M.  S.  3-21000  B. 

Thence  N.  50°  E. 
Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  Southeast. 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  17556  B,  Aztec  mill  site. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  granite  stone  24  X  15  X  6  ins.  set  14  ins.  in  the  ground, 
with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  cross  (X)  at  corner  point 
and  L.  M.  S.  4-21000  B,  whence 

Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  21000  A,  Boston  lode,  bears  N.  35° 
40' E.  350  ft. 

Thence  S.  40°  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  i,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Variation  at  all  corners  14°  30'  E. 

No  bearing  objects  available  at  the  several  corners  of 
this  survey. 


Area. 


Acres. 


Total  area  Denver  lode 

Area  in  conflict  with  — 

Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode i  .032 

Total  area  Boston  lode 

Area  in  conflict  with  — 

Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode °-9*9 

Golden  lode,  unsurveyed 2  . 160 

Denver  lode  of  this  survey i  .392 

Total  area  London  mill  site 


9.642 


10.330 


2.296 


The  surveys  of  the  Boston  lode  and  the  London  mill  site  are  identical 
with  their  respective  locations  as  staked  upon  the  ground. 

Location 

This  claim  is  located  in  the  Unsubdivided  T.  3  S.,  R.  73  W.,  and  the 
N.  E.  i  of  Sec.  4,  T.  4  S.,  R.  73  W.,  6th  P.  M. 

Expenditure  of  Five  Hundred  Dollars 

I  certify  that  the  value  of  the  labor  and  improvements  made  upon,  or 
for  the  benefit  of,  each  of  the  lode  locations  embraced  in  said  mining  claim 
by  the  claimant  or  his  grantors,  is  not  less  than  five  hundred  dollars,  and 
that  said  improvements  consist  of: 


154  PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 

The  discovery  cut  of  the  Denver  lode,  the  face  of  which,  being  the  dis- 
covery point,  is  on  the  center  line  465  k.  from  the  center  of  line  2-3,  5  ft. 
wide,  10  ft.  face,  running  S.  88°  25'  W.  20  ft.  to  mouth.  Value,  $200. 

No.  i.  The  discovery  shaft  of  the  Boston  lode  which  is  on  the  center 
line,  1000  ft.  from  the  center  of  line  1-2,  4X6  ft.,  25  ft.  deep. 

Value  $250. 

No.  2.  A  pit  on  the  center  line  775  ft.  from  the  center  of  line  1-2,4X4 
ft.,  10  ft.  deep.  Value,  $50. 

No.  3.  A  trench,  the  east  end  of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  6,  S.  22°  20' 
E.  425  ft.,  4  ft.  wide,  8  ft.  deep,  running  S.  57°  W.  130  ft.  Value,  $600. 

A  common  improvement,  being  a  cross  cut  tunnel  5  X  6  ft.,  the  mouth 
of  which,  situated  on  the  London  mill  site,  bears  N.  77°  08'  W.  950  ft.  from 
Cor.  No.  2  Boston  lode.  Tunnel  runs  thence  N.  43°  E.  350  ft.  to  breast. 

Value,  $3,500. 

This  improvement  is  in  course  of  construction  for  the  development  of 
the  Denver  and  Boston  lodes,  being  all  the  contiguous  lode  locations  owned 
in  common  within  the  range  of  benefit,  and  as  described  has  been  wholly 
constructed  subsequent  to  the  time  since  contiguity  and  common  owner- 
ship have  prevailed  as  between  said  lodes.  The  surface  embraced  in  this 
claim  ascends  rapidly  from  the  mouth  of  the  tunnel  towards  Cor.  No.  4, 
Denver  lode.  Therefore,  the  tunnel,  continued  with  laterals  run  there- 
from, will  cut  the  veins  of  said  locations  at  great  depth,  and  thus  afford  a 
most  advantageous  and  economical  means  of  development. 

An  undivided  one-half  interest  in  the  value  of  the  improvement  is  there- 
fore hereby  credited  as  patent  expenditure  to  each  lode.  No  portion 
thereof  or  interest  therein  has  heretofore  been  credited  as  patent  expenditure. 

Other  Improvements 

A  shaft  on  the  Boston  lode,  4X6  ft.,  30  ft.  deep,  which  bears  from  Cor. 
No.  2,  N.  23°  45'  W.  510  ft.  Claimant  unknown. 

A  cabin  on  the  Denver  lode,  the  N.  W.  Cor.  of  which  bears  from  Witness 
Corner  to  Cor.  No.  3,  S.  83°  25'  E.  445  ft.,  25  X  15  ft.,  course  of  long  sides 
East.  Claimant  unknown. 

A  compressor  house  on  the  London  mill  site,  the  S.  E.  Cor.  of  which 
bears  from  Cor.  No.  i,  S.  72°  25'  W.  205  ft.,  20  X  15  ft.,  course  of  long 
sides  S.  75°  E.  Claimant  herein. 

Instrument 

These  surveys  were  made  with  a  Buff  and  Berger  transit,  No.  2345.  The 
courses  were  deflected  from  the  true  meridian  as  determined  by  direct 
solar  observation. 

The  distances  were  measured  with  steel  tapes, 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  155 

Report 

The  boundary  lines  and  connections  of  these  surveys,  as  well  as  the  lode 
lines  of  the  two  lode  locations,  were  run  directly  upon  the  ground. 

The  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4,  T.  4  S.,  R  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  is  a  stone  properly 
marked. 

The  N.  £  Cor.  said  section  is  missing. 

The  N.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  4,  T.  4  S.,  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  is  a  stone  properly 
marked. 

The  N.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  4,  T.  4  S.,  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  bears  West  5,280  ft. 
from  the  N.  E.  Cor.  said  section. 

Sur.  No.  1685  Paris  lode: 

Cors.   Nos.  i  and  2  are  stones  properly  set  and  marked. 

Cor.  No.  6  is  a  post,  standing,  properly  set  and  scribed. 

Cors.  Nos.  3,  4  and  5  are  missing. 

Lines  1-2  and  6-1  were  found  correct  as  approved. 

Lines  2-3,  3-4  and  4-5  are  shown  as  approved. 

From  Cor.  No.  i,  the  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4,  T.  4  S,  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M.  bears 
S.  43°  34'  E.  216.71  ft.  instead  of  S.  42°  E.  218.0  ft.  as  approved. 

Sur.  No.  17556  B,  Aztec  mill  site: 

Cor.  No.  3,  identical  with  Cor.  No.  3  London  mill  site  of  this  claim,  and 
Cor.  No.  2  are  rocks  in  place  properly  marked. 

Line  2-3  was  found  to  be  S.  50°  W.  290  ft.  instead  of  S.  47°  W.  300  ft.  as 
approved. 

Final  Oaths  for  Surveys 


List  of  Names 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  by  Frank  Jones,  United 
States  Mineral  Surveyor,  to  assist  in  running,  measuring,  and  marking  the 
lines,  corners,  and  boundaries  described  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  of  the 
survey  of  the  mining  claim  of  Timothy  Brown,  known  as  the  Denver  and 
Boston  Lodes  and  the  London  Mill  Site  and  showing  the  respective 
capacities  in  which  they  acted. 

Keith  Perry,  Chainman. 


Final  Oaths  of  Assistants 

I,  Keith  Perry,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  assisted  Frank  Jones,  United 
States  Mineral  Surveyor,  in  marking  the  corners  and  surveying  the  boun- 
daries of  the  mining  claim  of  Timothy  Brown,  known  as  the  Denver 
and  Boston  Lodes  and  the  London  Mill  Site  represented  in  the  foregoing 
field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by  said  mineral  surveyor  and  under  his 


156  PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 

direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to  the  best  of  my 
knowledge  and  belief,  faithfully  and  correctly  executed,  and  the  corner  and 
boundary  monuments  established  according  to  law  and  the  instructions 
furnished  by  the  United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado. 

Keith  Perry,  Chainman. 

Subcribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  above-named  persons  before  me  this 
first  day  of  November,  1919. 

My  commission  expires  Jan.  15,  1923. 

JOHN  A.  WILSON. 
Notary  Public  in  and  for  Clear  Creek  County,  Colorado. 

Final  Oath  of  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor 

I,  Frank  Jones,  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that,  in 
pursuance  of  instructions  received  from  the  United  States  Surveyor  General 
for  Colorado,  dated  September  1,  1919,  I  have,  in  strict  conformity  to 
the  laws  of  the  United  States,  the  official  regulations  and  instructions 
thereunder,  and  the  instructions  of  said  Surveyor  General,  faithfully  and 
correctly  executed  the  survey  of  the  Mining  Claim  of  Timothy  Brown, 
known  as  the  Denver  and  Boston  Lodes  and  the  London  Mill  Site, 
situate  in  Coral  Mining  District,  Clear  Creek  County,  Colorado,  in 
Unsubdivided  T.  3  S.  and  in  Section  4,  Township  No.  4  S.  Range  No.  73 
W.  6th  P.  M.  and  designated  as  Survey  No.  21000  A  and  B,  as  represented 
in  the  foregoing  field  notes,  which  accurately  show  the  boundaries  of  said 
mining  claim  as  distinctly  marked  by  monuments  on  the  ground,  and 
described  in  the  attached  copy  of  each  location  certificate,  which  was  re- 
ceived by  me  from  the  Surveyor  General  with  said  instructions,  and  that 
all  the  corners  of  said  survey  have  been  established  and  perpetuated  in 
strict  accordance  with  the  law,  official  regulations  and  instructions  there- 
under; and  I  do  further  solemnly  swear  that  the  foregoing  are  the  true 
and  original  field  notes  of  said  survey  and  my  report  therein,  and  that  the 
labor  expended  and  improvements  made  upon  or  for  the  benefit  of  each  of 
the  lode  locations  embraced  in  said  mining  claim  by  claimant  or  his  grantors 
are  as  therein  fully  stated,  and  that  the  character,  extent,  location,  and 
itemized  value  thereof  are  specified  therein  with  particularity  and  full 
detail,  and  that  no  portion  of  or  interest  in  said  labor  or  improvements  so 
credited  to  this  claim  has  been  included  in  the  estimate  of  expenditures 
upon  any  other  claim. 

FRANK  JONES, 
U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  said  Frank  Jones,  U.  S.  Mineral  Sur- 


PATENT  FIELD   NOTES  157 

veyor,  before  me,  John  A.  Wilson,  a  Notary  Public  in  and  for  Clear 
Creek  County,  Colorado,  this  first  day  of  November,  1919. 
My  commission  expires  Jan.  15,  1923. 

JOHN  A.  WILSON. 

[Seal.] 

Location  Certificate,  Lode  Claim 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, 


County  of  Clear  Creek 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS:  That  Timothy  Brown 
the  undersigned  has  this  20th  day  of  March,  1918,  located  and  claimed, 
and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and  claim  by  right  of  discovery  and 
location,  in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May 
10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  regu- 
lations, 1,500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on  the  Denver 
lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles 
and  variations  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  150  feet  on  each  side  of 
the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so  far  as  can  be  determined  from 
present  developments;  and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface 
ground  within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  1,035  feet  running  N.  88°  25'  E.  from 
face  of  discovery  cut  and  465  feet  running  S.  88°  25'  W.  from  face  of  dis- 
covery cut,  said  discovery  cut  being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or 
deposit,  and  within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Coral  Mining  District,  County 
of  Clear  Creek  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and  bounds  as 
follows,  to  wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  i,  Thence  S.  88°  25'  W.  1500  ft.  to  Cor. 
No.  2. 

Thence  N.  1°  35'  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  N.  88°  25'  E.  1,500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence  S.  1°  35'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1  the  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  4  T.  4  S.  R.  73  W.  6th  P.  M. 
bears  South  290  ft. 

TIMOTHY  BROWN.     [Seal.] 

Date  of  Location,  March  20,  A.D.  1918. 
Date  of  Certificate,  March  20,  A.D.  1918. 


Location  Certificate,  Lode  Claim 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, 


County  of  Clear  Creek     f SS 
KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS:  That  Timothy  Brown 


158  PATENT  FIELD   NOTES 

the  undersigned  has  this  9th  day  of  April,  1918,  located  and  claimed, 
and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and.  claim  by  right  of  discovery  and 
location,  in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May 
10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  regu- 
lations, 1,500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on  the  Boston  lode, 
vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles  and 
variations  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  150  feet  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so  far  as  can  be  determined  from  present 
developments;  and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  1,000  feet  running  S.  33°  E.  from  center 
of  discovery  shaft  and  125  feet  running  N.  33°  W.  Thence  375  feet  run- 
ning N.  55°  W.  from  center  of  discovery  shaft,  said  discovery  shaft  be- 
ing situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within  the  lines  of 
said  claim,  in  Coral  Mining  District,  County  of  Clear  Creek  and  State 
of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to  wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  i,  Thence  S.  35°  W.  323.56  ft.  to  Cor. 
No.  2. 

Thence  N.  33°  W.  1,156.44  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  N.  55°  W.  345.84  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence  N.  35°   E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5. 

Thence   S.  55°   E.  404.16  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6. 

Thence  S.  33°  E.  1,093.56  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning 
Cor.  No.  4  is  identical  with  Cor.  No.  2  Denver  lode. 

TIMOTHY  BROWN.     [Seal] 

Date  of  Location,  April  9,  A.D.  1918. 

Date  of  Certificate,  April  9,  A.D.  1918. 

Location_Certificate  of  Mill  Site 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, 

County  of  Clear  Creek 
TO  ALL  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  MAY  CONCERN: 

Know  ye  that  I,  James  Franklin,  of  Denver,  Colorado,  do  hereby 
declare  and  publish  as  a  legal  notice  to  all  the  world  that  I  have  a  valid 
right  to  the  occupation,  possession  and  enjoyment  of  all  and  singular  that 
tract  or  parcel  of  land  not  exceeding  five  acres,  situate,  lying  and  being 
in  Coral  Mining  District,  in  the  County  of  Clear  Creek  in  the  State  of 
Colorado,  bounded  and  described  as  follows,  to  wit:  The  London  Mill 
Site,  beginning  at  Cor.  No.  i. 

Thence   S.  50°  W.  400  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Thence  N.  40°  W.  250  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  N.  50°  E.  400  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence   S.  40°  E.  250  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  159 

Cor.  No.  3  is  identical  with  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  17666  B,  Aztec  Mill 
Site  together  with  all  and  singular  the  hereditaments  and  appurte- 
nances thereunto  belonging  or  in  anywise  appertaining. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this  6th  day  of  January  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  ten. 

JAMES  FRANKLIN.     [Seal.] 

(4-687) 

Surveyor  General's  Certificate  of  Approval  of  Field  Notes 
and  Survey  of  Mining  Claim 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR, 
Office  of  U.  S.  Surveyor  General, 


19-.- 

I,  U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  ,  do  hereby  certify  that  the 

foregoing  and  hereto  attached  field  notes  and  return  of  the  survey  of  the 
mining  claim  of ,  known  as  the ,  situ- 
ate in  mining  district,  County,  ,  in 

Section ,  Township  No ,  Range  No ,  designated 

as  Survey  No ,  executed  by  ,  U.  S.  mineral 

surveyor, 19 ,  under  my  instructions  dated 

19 . . . ,  have  been  critically  examined  and  the  necessary  corrections  and 
explanations  made,  and  the  said  field  notes  and  return,  and  the  survey 
they  describe,  are  hereby  approved.  A  true  copy  of  the  location  certificate 
filed  by  the  applicant  for  survey  is  included  in  the  field  notes. 


U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for 


(4—688) 

United  States  Surveyor  General's  Final  Certificate  on 
Field  Notes 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR, 
Office  of  U.  S.  Surveyor  General, 


I,  U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  ,  do  hereby  certify 

that  the  foregoing  transcript  of  the  field  notes,  return,  and  approval  of  the 

survey  of  the  mining  claim  of   ,  known  as  the   , 

situate  in mining  district, County, ,  in 

Section ,  Township,  No ,  Range  No ,  and  desig- 


i6o 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 


nated  as  Survey  No ,  has  been  correctly  copied  from  the  originals  on 

file  in  this  office;  that  said  field  notes  furnish  such  an  accurate  description  of 
said  mining  claim  as  will,  if  incorporated  into  a  patent,  serve  fully  to 
identify  the  premises,  and  that  such  reference  is  made  therein  to  natural 
objects  or  permanent  monuments  as  will  perpetuate  and  fix  the  locus 
thereof. 

And  I  further  certify  that  five  hundred  dollars'  worth  of  labor  has  been 
expended  or  improvements  made  upon  said  mining  claim  by  claimant  or 

grantors,  and  that  said  improvements  consist  of , 

and  that  no  portion  of  said  labor  or  improvements  has  been  included  in 
the  estimate  of  expenditures  upon  any  other  claim. 

I  further  certify  that  the  plat  hereof,  filed  in  the  U.  S.  Land  Office  at 
is  correct,  and  in  conformity  with  the  foregoing  field  notes. 


U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for. 


The  office  of  the  Surveyor  General  in  Denver  makes  the 
following  requirement:  "In  order  to  enable  this  office  to 
determine  the  form  and  sufficiency  of  the  statement  of 
area,  a  report  must  be  filed  on  a  separate  blank  setting 
forth  the  claims  contemplated  to  be  excluded  in  the  appli- 
cation to  purchase  in.  whole  or  in  part  in  their  correct 
order."  Such  a  report  for  the  preceding  survey  would  be 
as  follows: 


Area 


Acres. 


Total  area  Denver  lode.  . . . 

Less  area  in  conflict  with 

Sur.  No.  1685,  Paris  lode. . . 


Net  area  Denver  lode. 


Total  area  Boston  lode.  .  .  . 
Less  area  in  conflict  with 
Sur.  No.  1685.  Paris  lode. . . 
Golden  lode,  unsurveyed. . . 
Denver  lode  of  this  survey . 


Net  area  Boston  lode. 
Net  area  Denver  lode, 


9.642 

1.032 

8.610 

10.330 

0.919 

2  .l6o 

1.392    =       4.471 


Net  area  lodes  embraced  in  this  survey. 


5-859 

8.610 

14.469 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  l6l 

Placer  Location  Certificate  by  Legal  Subdivisions 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  That  I,  T.  E.  Jenkins, 

the  undersigned  citizen  of  the  United  States,  resident  of  the  County  of 
Arapahoe,  State  of  Colorado,  having  complied  with  the  provisions  of 
Chapter  6,  Title  XXXII  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States, 
and  with  the  local  customs,  laws  and  regulations,  claim  by  right  of  dis- 
covery and  location,  as  a  placer  claim,  the  following  described  premises, 
situate,  lying  and  being  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  County  of  El  Paso 
and  State  of  Colorado,  to  wit:  The  S.  E.  %  of  the  S.  W.  %>  and  the  S. 
y2  of  the  S.  W.  y±  of  the  S.  W.  %  of  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.  To  be  known  as  the  Cumro  Placer.  Said  claim  was 
located  on  the  1st  day  of  May,  A.D.  1892;  date  of  Certificate,  June  4th, 
A.D.  i892. 

T.  E.  JENKINS. 

As  no  placer  notes  are  given  in  the  1909  "Manual  of  In- 
structions," the  following  is  taken  from  the  Manual  of  1895 : 

(Title  Page  to  Report  Under  Circular  "N"  of  September  23,  1882.) 

Report 

Under  General  Land  Office  Circular  "N"  of  September  23,  1882,  upon  the 
Placer  Mining  Claim  known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  claimed  by  T.  E.  Jenkins 
et  al.,  situate  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado, 
embracing  32.07  acres,  and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  half  of  the  S.  W. 
quarter  in  Sec.  17,  Town.  14  S.,  Range  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M. 

Examination  made  February  15th,  1909. 

By  A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor. 


Survey  No.  20001 

Cumro  Placer 

The  soil  embraced  in  this  claim  consists  of  decomposed  mineral- 
bearing  granite  on  the  mountain  slopes,  and  auriferous  sand  and 
gravel  along  the  creek  bottom,  all  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  loam 
and  alluvium  supporting  a  scant  growth  of  grass  and  sage  brush,  with 
scattering  pine,  spruce,  cedar  and  cotton-wood  timber. 

The  only  stream  passing  through  this  claim  is  Cumro  creek,  4  ft. 
wide,  and  about  2  ft.  deep,  which  crosses  the  extreme  southeast  corner. 

A  log  cabin,  the  west  corner  of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  13  S. 
40°  E.  120  ft.,  12  X  1 6  ft.,  course  of  long  sides  N.  44°  E. 


162  PATENT  FIELD  NOTES 

The  surface  and  underground  workings  on  this  claim  consist  of: 
A  tunnel,  the  mouth  of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  7  N.  67°  48'  E. 

582  ft.,  5X6  ft.,  running  N.  10°  44'  W.  515  ft.  to  breast. 
A  shaft,  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  28  S.  48°  30'  W.  305  ft.,  3X5 

ft.,  12  ft.  deep  in  earth  and  rock.     Placer  workings,  the  center  of  the 

northeasterly  end  of  which  bears  from  Cor.   No.  15   N.  46°  W. 

285  ft.,  averaging  40  ft.  wide  and  8  ft.  deep,  and  extending  S.  62°  W. 

1 20  ft.  along  the  bed  of  Cumro  creek. 

The  nearest  postoffice  to  the  claim  is  Jamestown,  a  mining  camp  of 
about  300  population,  located  on  Brush  creek  about  two  miles  south 
of  the  claim.  The  nearest  railroad  station  is  Tie  Siding,  a  spur  and 
flag  station  on  the  Denver,  Apex  and  Western  R.  R.,  at  the  confluence 
of  Cumro  and  Plum  creeks,  about  6  miles  southwesterly  from  the 
claim. 

Other  than  the  system  of  lode  deposits  adjoining  and  forming  a 
part  of  this  claim,  there  are  none  nearer  than  Carbonate,  situate 
about  four  miles  to  the  northeast. 

This  claim  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  placer  mining  purposes,  inas- 
much as  the  contour  of  the  surface  and  the  character  and  nature  of 
the  soil  are  such  that  it  can  be  most  advantageously  and  cheaply 
worked  by  hydraulic  giants  and  the  tailings  be  rapidly  and  easily  dis- 
posed of.  Cumro  creek  carries  about  50  cu.  ft.  of  water  per  second 
during  the  dry  season,  being  an  abundance  of  water  for  working  the 
claim.  As  yet  no  water  has  been  taken  upon  the  claim  for  its  devel- 
opment, except  in  washing  the  placer  workings  hereinbefore  described; 
but  by  a  survey  it  has  been  found  that  by  a  ditch  not  over  one  mile 
in  length,  water  can  be  taken  from  Cumro  creek  onto  the  highest  por- 
tions of  the  claim.  It  being  the  express  intention  of  the  claimants  to 
work  the  claim  in  this  manner. 

The  works  and  expenditures  made  by  the  claimants  for  the  devel- 
opment of  the  claim  consist  of  the  placer  workings  described  under 
paragraph  c  of  this  report. 

There  are  no  mines,  salt  licks,  salt  springs,  or  mill  seats  upon  this 
claim. 

Oath  of  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor 

Under  General  Land  Office  Circular  "N"  of  September  23,  1882 

I,  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that  in 
pursuance  of  an  order  received  from  the  U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Colo- 


PATENT  FIELD  NOTES  163 

rado,  dated  February  6th,  1909, 1  have  made,  under  the  provisions  of  Gen- 
eral Land  Office  Circular  "N,"  approved  September  23,  1882,  a  personal 
and  thorough  examination,  upon  the  premises,  of  the  placer  mining  claim 
of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al.,  known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  situate  in  Pike's 
Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  embracing  32.07  acres 
and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  Y^  of  the  S.  W.  %  of  Sec.  17  in  Town- 
ship No.  14  S.,  Range  No.  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M.,  and  that  my  report  of 
such  examination,  hereto  attached,  is  specific  and  in  detail,  and  is  a  full  and 
true  statement  of  the  facts  upon  all  the  points  specified  in  said  Circular. 

A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Subscribed'  and  sworn  to  by  the  said  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Mineral  Sur- 
veyor, before  me,  a  notary  public  in  and  for  El  Paso  County,  Colorado, 
this  20th  day  of  February,  1909. 

B.  F.  CLARK, 

Notary  Public. 
My  commission  expires  December  20,  1910. 


Corroborative  Affidavit  under  Paragraph  62,  General  Mining 

Circular,  Approved  June  24,  1899 
STATE  OF  COLORADO,  1 

County  of  El  Paso          JSS 

W.  H.  Wilson  and  J.  P.  Thompson,  being  first  duly  sworn,  severally 
depose  and  say  that  he  is  personally  and  well  acquainted  with  the 
placer-mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al.,  known  as  the  Cumro  placer, 
situate  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  em- 
bracing 32.07  acres  and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  %  of  the  S.  W.  % 
of  Sec.  17,  in  Township  No.  14  S.,  Range  No.  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M. ; 
and  also  with  the  character  of  all  the  land  included  in  said  claim,  and 
has  been  so  acquainted  for  10  and  12  years  last  past;  that  his  knowl- 
edge of  said  claim  and  land  is  derived  from  prospecting  the  ground  and 
working  the  claim  and  is  such  as  to  enable  him  to  testify  understand- 
ingly  with  regard  thereto;  that  he  has  carefully  read  the  foregoing  report 
of  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Mineral  Surveyor,  and  that  to  his  own  personal 
knowledge  said  report  is  in  all  respects  true  and  accurate. 

W.  H.  WILSON. 
J.  P.  THOMPSON. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  above-named  persons  before  me  this 
20th  day  of  February,  1909. 

(Seal.)  B.  F.  CLARK, 

Notary  Public. 
My  commission  expires  December  20,  1910. 


CHAPTER  VII 

LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 
Office  of  United  States  Surveyor  General 

The  province  of  the  office  of  surveyor  general  for  any 
district  is  to  supervise  the  surveys  of  the  public  land  in 
that  district. 

The  agricultural  land  is  subdivided  into  townships  6 
miles  square,  each  township  again  into  36  sections,  each 
i  mile  square,  containing  640  acres,  which  can  be  still 
further  subdivided  to  suit  the  convenience  of  persons  desir- 
ing to  obtain  title  thereto.  This  surveying  work  is  done 
by  contract  made  between  the  surveyor  appointed  a  deputy 
surveyor,  and  the  Government,  the  price  paid  the  deputy 
being  from  $5  to  $7  per  mile  for  subdivision,  $7  to  $11  per 
mile  for  township  exteriors,  and  from  $9  to  $13  per  mile 
for  connection  and  meander  lines.  After  these  surveys  are 
once  made  and  approved  by  the  surveyor  general  and  the 
General  Land  Office,  the  surveyor  general  has  no  more 
authority  in  the  matter,  unless,  on  account  of  fraudulent 
surveys  or  some  similar  cause,  the  surveys  in  question  are 
suspended,  and  new  and  correct  surveys  are  made. 

In  surveying  mineral  claims,  an  entirely  different  method 
is  followed.  The  surveying  is  done  by  United  States 
mineral  surveyors  employed  by  the  owner  of  the  claim  to 
be  patented.  These  mineral  surveyors  are  appointed  by 
the  surveyor  general,  who,  if  he  sees  fit,  may  require  the 
applicant  to  pass  an  examination.  Section  2334  of  the  re- 

164 


LAND   OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  165 

vised  statute,  making  provision  for  these  appointments, 
being  in  part  as  follows: 

Sec.  2334.  The  Surveyor  General  of  the  United  States 
may  appoint  in  each  land  district  containing  mineral  lands 
as  many  competent  surveyors  as  shall  apply  for  appoint- 
ment to  survey  mining  claims.  The  expenses  of  the  sur- 
vey of  vein  or  lode  claims,  and  the  survey  and  subdivision 
of  placer  claims  into  smaller  quantities  than  one  hundred 
and  sixty  acres,  together  with  the  cost  of  publication  of 
notices,  shall  be  paid  by  the  applicants,  and  they  shall  be 
at  liberty  to  obtain  the  same  at  the  most  reasonable  rates, 
and  they  shall  also  be  at  liberty  to  employ  any  U.  S.  mineral 
surveyor  to  make  the  survey.  The  Commissioner  of  the 
General  Land  Office  shall  also  have  power  to  establish  the 
maximum  charges  for  surveys  and  publication  of  notices 
under  this  chapter;  and,  in  case  of  excessive  charges  for 
publication,  he  may  designate  any  newspaper  published 
in  a  land  district  where  mines  are  situated  for  the  publica- 
tion of  mining  notices  in  such  district,  and  fix  the  rates  to 
be  charged  by  such  paper;  and,  to  the  end  that  the  Com- 
missioner may  be  fully  informed  on  the  subject,  each  appli- 
cant shall  file  with  the  register  a  sworn  statement  of  all 
charges  and  fees  paid  by  such  applicant  for  publication 
and  surveys,  together  with  all  fees  and  money  paid  the 
register  and  the  receiver  of  the  land  office,  which  state- 
ment shall  be  transmitted,  with  the  other  papers  in  the 
case,  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office. 

Before  appointment  of  a  mineral  surveyor  is  made  he  is 
required  to  file  a  bond  of  $5,000  for  the  faithful  perform- 
ance of  his  duties. 

Upon  receipt  by  the  surveyor  general  of  the  application 
for  survey  order,  together  with  the  certified  copy  of  loca- 
tion certificate  and  duplicate  certificate  of  deposit  for  the 


1 66  LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 

necessary  amount  on  account  of  office  work,  the  applica- 
tion and  copy  of  location  certificates  are  examined  on  the 
following  points: 

Application  for  survey  order  must  give  — 

Name  of  claimant; 

Name  of  claim; 

Name  and  address  of  mineral  surveyor  to  whom  order  is 
to  be  sent; 

Postoffice  address  of  claimant; 

Signature  of  the  claimant  or  his  attorney;  typewritten 
signatures  will  not  be  accepted. 

The  examination  of  the  copy  of  the  location  certificate 
consists  of  a  traverse  of  the  boundary  lines  of  the  claim, 
which  must  close. 

Claim  must  be  tied  to  some  permanent  or  fixed  monu- 
ment, or  so  described  that  the  locus  of  the  claim  can  be 
determined  (by  giving  section,  or  mining  district  in  which 
claim  is  located). 

The  certificate  must  give  — 

Name  of  claim; 

Name  of  locators; 

Date  of  location; 

Date  and  place  (book  and  page)  of  record; 

Certificate  of  county  clerk,  with  his  signature,  seal  and 
date,  regarding  correctness  of  document. 

All  dates  must  be  consistent. 

In  case  of  a  lode  claim,  the  lode  line  must  be  described 
and  must  fit  within  the  boundaries  of  the  claim,  and  not 
be  in  excess  of  the  statutory  limit  from  any  side  line,  nor 
over  1,500  feet  in  length. 

In  case  of  placer  claims,  the  acreage  must  be  calcul- 
ated, and  not  over  20  acres  allowed  for  each  individual 
locator. 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  167 

In  case  of  mill  sites,  not  more  than  5  acres  may  be  in- 
cluded in  the  exterior  boundaries. 

If  these  papers  are  correct,  the  order  for  survey  is  mailed 
to  the  mineral  surveyor  designated,  who  should  then  pro- 
ceed to  make  the  survey  and  return  the  field  notes,  pre- 
pared on  the  proper  blanks,  to  the  surveyor  general,  to- 
gether with  a  plat  of  the  claim  prepared  on  tracing  linen 
on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  an  inch. 

The  three  blanks,  title  page,  affidavit  of  the  mineral  sur- 
veyor and  affidavit  of  assistants,  are  examined  to  see  that 
they  agree  clerically  with  each  other  and  with  the  applica- 
tion for  survey  order  regarding  names,  dates,  etc.  This  is 
done  by  the  chief  examiner,  who  also  examines  the  field 
notes  for  clerical  errors,  notes  that  all  intersections  with 
lines  of  conflicting  surveys  are  properly  given,  that  the  area 
statement  is  complete,  and  that  the  improvements  are 
properly  described  and  actually  benefit  the  claims  to  which 
they  are  credited. 

The  field  notes  are  then  taken  up  for  examination  on 
the  connected  sheets,  which  are  diagrams  showing  all  ap- 
proved mineral  surveys.  The  sheet  examination  consists 
of  platting  the  claim  on  this  diagram,  ascertaining  that  all 
conflicting  approved  surveys  are  shown  in  the  field  notes 
and  that  all  such  claims  are  shown  in  their  correct  posi- 
tions. After  the  sheet  examination,  the  intersections,  con- 
flicting areas,  lode  line,  etc.,  are  checked.  Should  errors 
be  discovered  in  the  field  notes  at  any  stage,  the  notes  are 
returned  to  the  mineral  surveyor  for  correction.  This 
may  be  done  many  times,  till  the  final  draft  is  found  to  be 
correct.  When  all  is  found  to  be  correct,  the  plat,  as  ap- 
proved, and  transcript  of  notes  are  prepared,  and  upon 
date  of  approval  two  copies  of  the  plat  and  a  transcript  of 
the  field  notes  are  mailed  to  the  claimant,  or  attorney,  one 


1 68  LAND  OFFICE  AND   RECORDS 

copy  of  the  plat  mailed  to  the  local  land  office,  and  one  copy 
of  the  plat  and  the  original  field  notes  retained  in  office  of 
the  surveyor  general.  The  mineral  surveyor  is  notified  at 
date  of  approval  of  field  notes. 

The  following  numbered  paragraphs  are  from  the  Regu- 
lations of  the  General  Land  Office. 

36.  The  surveyors  general  should  designate  all  sur- 
veyed mineral  claims  by  a  progressive  series  of  numbers, 
beginning  with  Survey  No.  37,  irrespective  as  to  whether 
they  are  situated  on  surveyed  or  unsurveyed  lands,  the 
claim  to  be  so  designated  at  date  of  issuing  the  order  there- 
for, in  addition  to  the  local  designation  of  the  claim;  it 
being  required  in  all  cases  that  the  plat  and  field  notes  of  the 
survey  of  a  claim  must,  in  addition  to  the  reference  to 
permanent  objects  in  the  neighborhood,  describe  the  locus 
of  the  claim  with  reference  to  the  lines  of  public  surveys 
by  a  line  connecting  a  corner  of  the  claim  with  the  nearest 
public  corner  of  the  United  States  surveys,  unless  such 
claim  be  on  unsurveyed  lands  at  a  distance  of  more  than 
two  miles  from  such  public  corner,  in  which  latter  case  it 
should  be  connected  with  a  United  States  mineral  monu- 
ment. Such  connecting  line  must  not  be  more  than  two 
miles  in  length,  and  should  be  measured  on  the  ground 
direct  between  the  points,  or  calculated  from  actually  sur- 
veyed traverse  lines,  if  the  nature  of  the  country  should 
not  permit  direct  measurement.  If  a  regularly  established 
survey  corner  is  within  two  miles  of  a  claim  situated  on  un- 
surveyed lands,  the  connection  should  be  made  with  such 
corner  in  preference  to  a  connection  with  a,  United  States 
mineral  monument.  The  connecting  line  or  traverse  line 
must  be  surveyed  by  the  mineral  surveyor  at  the  time 
of  his  making  the  particular  survey,  and  be  made  a  part 
thereof. 


LAND  OFFICE  AND   RECORDS  169 

Placer  Claims 

58.  The  proceedings  to  obtain  patents  for  placer  claims, 
including  all  forms  of  mineral  deposits,  excepting  veins  of 
quartz  or  other  rock  in  place,  are  similar  to  the  proceedings 
prescribed  for  obtaining  patents  for  vein  or  lode  claims; 
but  where  a  placer  claim  shall  be  upon  surveyed  lands,  and 
conforms  to  legal  subdivisions,  no  further  survey  or  plat 
will  be  required.     Where  placer  claims  cannot  be  conformed 
to  legal  subdivisions,  survey  and  plat  shall  be  made  as  on 
unsurveyed  lands. 

59.  The  proceedings  for  obtaining  patents  for  veins  or 
lodes  having  already  been  fully  given,  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary to  repeat  them  here,  it  being  thought  that  careful 
attention  thereto  by  applicants  and  the  local  officers  will 
enable  them  to  act  understandingly  in  the  matter,  and 
make  such  slight  modifications  in  the  notice,  or  otherwise, 
as  may  be  necessary  in  view  of  the  different  nature  of 
the  two  classes   of   claims.      Placer   claims   being    fixed, 
however,  at  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  acre,   or  frac- 
tional part  of  an  acre. 

60.  In  placer  applications,  in  addition  to  the  recitals  neces- 
sary in  and  to  both  vein  or  lode  and  placer  applications,  the 
placer  application  should  contain,  in  detail,  such  data  as 
will  support  the  claim  that  the  land  applied  for  is  placer 
ground  containing  valuable  mineral  deposits  not  in  vein  or 
lode  formation,  and  that  title  is  sought  not   to    control 
water  courses  or  to  obtain  valuable  timber,  but  in  good 
faith  because  of  the  mineral  therein.     This  statement,  of 
course,  must  depend  upon  the  character  of  the    deposit 
and  the  natural  features  of  the  ground,  but  the  following 
details  should  be  covered  as  fully  as  possible:  If  the  claim 
be  for  a  deposit  of  placer  gold,  there  must  be  stated  the 
yield  per  pan,  or  cubic  yard,  as  shown  by  prospecting  and 


170  LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 

development  work,  distance  to  bedrock,  formation  and  ex- 
tent of  the  deposit,  and  all  other  facts  upon  which  he  bases 
his  allegation  that  the  claim  is  valuable  for  its  deposits  of 
placer  gold.  If  it  be  a  building  stone  or  other  deposit 
than  gold  claimed  under  the  placer  laws,  he  must  de- 
scribe fully  the  kind,  nature,  and  extent  of  the  deposit, 
stating  the  reasons  why  same  is  by  him  regarded  as  a  valu- 
able mineral  claim.  He  will  also  be  required  to  describe 
fully  the  natural  features  of  the  claim;  streams,  if  any, 
must  be  fully  described  as  to  their  course,  amount  of  water 
carried,  fall  within  the  claim;  and  he  must  state  kind  and 
amount  of  timber  and  other  vegetation  thereon  and  adapta- 
bility to  mining  or  other  uses. 

If  the  claim  be  all  placer  ground,  that  fact  must  be 
stated  in  the  application  and  corroborated  by  accompany- 
ing proofs;  if  of  mixed  placers  and  lodes,  it  should  be  so  set 
out,  with  a  description  of  all  known  lodes  situated  within 
the  boundaries  of  the  claim.  A  specific  declaration,  such 
as  is  required  by  section  2333,  Revised  Statutes,  must  be 
furnished  as  to  each  lode  intended  to  be  claimed.  All  other 
known  lodes  are,  by  the  silence  of  the  applicant,  excluded 
by  law  from  all  claim  by  him,  of  whatsoever  nature,  pos- 
sessory or  otherwise. 

While  this  data  is  required  as  a  part  of  the  mineral  survey- 
or's report  under  paragraph  167,  in  case  of  placers  taken 
by  special  survey,  it  is  proper  that  the  application  for  patent 
incorporate  these  facts  under  the  oath  of  the  claimant. 

Inasmuch  as  in  case  of  claims  taken  by  legal  subdivi- 
sions, no  report  by  a  mineral  surveyor  is  required,  the  claim- 
ant, in  his  application,  in  addition  to  the  data  above  re- 
quired, should  describe  in  detail  the  shafts,  cuts,  tunnels,  or 
other  workings  claimed  as  improvements,  giving  their  di- 
mensions, value,  and  the  course  and  distance  thereof  to  the 
nearest  corner  of  the  public  surveys. 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  171 

As  prescribed  by  paragraph  25,  this  statement  as  to  the 
description  and  value  of  the  improvements  must  be  corro- 
borated by  the  affidavits  of  two  disinterested  witnesses. 

Applications  awaiting  entry,  whether  published  or  not, 
must  be  made  to  conform  to  these  regulations,  with  respect 
to  proof  as  to  the  character  of  the  land.  Entries  already 
made  will  be  suspended  for  such  additional  proofs  as  may 
be  deemed  necessary  in  each  case. 

Local  land  officers  are  instructed,  that  if  the  proofs  sub- 
mitted in  placer  applications  under  this  paragraph  are  not 
satisfactory  as  showing  the  land  as  a  whole  to  be  placer  in 
character,  or  if  the  claims  impinge  upon  or  embrace  water 
courses  or  bodies  of  water,  and  thus  raise  a  doubt  as  to 
the  bona  fides  of  the  location  and  application,  or  the 
character  and  extent  of  the  deposit  claimed  thereunder, 
to  call  for  further  evidence,  or,  if  deemed  necessary,  re- 
quest the  specific  attention  of  the  Chief  of  Field  Service 
thereto,  in  connection  with  the  usual  notification  to  him 
under  the  circular  instructions  of  April  24,  1907,  and  to 
suspend  further  action  on  the  application  until  a  report 
thereon  is  received  from  the  field  officer. 

MiU  Sites 

61.  Land  entered  as  a  mill  site  must  be  shown  to  be 
non-mineral.     Mill  sites  are  simply  auxiliary  to  the  work- 
ing of  mineral  claims,  and  as  section  2337,  which  provides 
for  the  patenting  of  mill  sites,  is  embraced  in  the  chapter 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  relating  to  mineral  lands,  they  are 
therefore  included  in  this  circular. 

62.  To  avail  themselves  of  this  provision  of  law,  parties 
holding  the  possessory  right  to  a  vein  or  lode  claim,  and  to 
a  piece  of  non-mineral   land   not   contiguous   thereto,  for 
mining  or  milling   purposes   not   exceeding   the   quantity 


172  LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 

allowed  for  such  purpose  by  section  2337,  or  prior  laws, 
under  which  the  land  was  appropriated,  the  proprietors  of 
such  vein  or  lode  may  file  in  the  proper  land  office  their 
application  for  a  patent,  under  oath,  in  manner  already  set 
forth  herein,  which  application,  together  with  the  plat  and 
field  notes,  may  include,  embrace,  and  describe,  in  addition 
to  the  vein  or  lode,  such  non-contiguous  mill  site,  and  after 
due  proceedings  as  to  notice,  etc.,  a  patent  will  be  issued 
conveying  the  same  as  one  claim.  The  owner  of  a  patented 
lode  may,  by  an  independent  application,  secure  a  mill  site 
if  good  faith  is  manifest  in  its  use  or  occupation  in  connec- 
tion with  the  lode,  and  no  adverse  claim  exists. 

63.  Where  the  original  survey  includes  a  lode  claim  and 
also  a  mill  site,  the  lode  claim  should  be  described  in  the 
plat  and  field  notes  as  "Sur.  No.  37,  A,"  and  the  mill  site 
as  "Sur.  No.  37,  B,"  or  whatever  may  be  its  appropriate 
numerical  designation;    the  course  and  distance  from  a 
corner  of  the  mill  site  to  a  corner  of  the  lode  claim  to  be 
invariably  given  in  such  plat  and  field  notes,  and  a   copy 
of  the  plat  and  notice  of  application  for  patent  must  be 
conspicuously  posted  upon  the  mill  site  as  well  as  upon  the 
vein  or  lode  for  the  statutory  period  of  sixty  days.     In  mak- 
ing the  entry  no  separate  receipt  or  certificate  need  be 
issued  for  the  mill  site,  but  the  whole  area  of  both  lode  and 
mill  site  will  be  embraced  in  one  entry,  the  price  being 
five  dollars  for  each  acre  and  fractional  part  of   an    acre 
embraced  by  such  lode  and  mill-site  claim. 

64.  In  case  the  owner  of  a  quartz  mill  or  reduction  works 
is  not  the  owner  or  claimant  of  a  vein  or  lode,  the  law  per- 
mits him  to  make  application  therefor  in  the  same  manner 
prescribed  herein  for  mining  claims,  and,  after  due  notice  and 
proceedings,  in  the  absence  of  a  valid  adverse  filing,  to  enter 
and  receive  a  patent  for  his  mill  site  at  said  price  per  acre. 


LAND  OFFICE  AND   RECORDS  173 

65.  In  every  case  there  must  be  satisfactory  proof  that 
the  land  claimed  as  a  mill  site  is  not  mineral  in  character, 
which  proof  may,  where  the  matter  is  unquestioned,  con- 
sist of  the  sworn  statement  of  two  or  more  persons  capable, 
from  acquaintance  with  the  land,  to  testify  understandingly. 

Adverse  Claims 

82.  In  order  that  the  " boundaries"  and  "extent"  of  the 
claim  may  be  shown,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  adverse 
claimant  to  file  a  plat  showing  his  entire  claim,  its  relative 
situation  or  position  with  the  one  against  which  he  claims, 
and  the  extent  of  the  conflict:  Provided,  however,  That  if 
the  application  for  patent  describes  the  claim  by  legal  sub- 
divisions, the  adverse  claimant,  if  also  claiming  by  legal 
subdivisions,  may  describe  his  adverse  claim  in  the  same 
manner  without  further  survey  or  plat.  If  the  claim  is  not 
described  by  legal  subdivisions,  it  will  generally  be  more 
satisfactory  if  the  plat  thereof  is  made  from  an  actual 
survey  by  a  mineral  surveyor,  and  its  correctness  officially 
certified  by  him. 

Appointment  by  Surveyor  General  and  Charges 

91.  With  regard  to  the  platting  of  the  claim  and  other 
office  work  in  the  surveyor  general's  office,  that  officer  will 
make  an  estimate  of  the  cost  thereof,  which  amount  the 
claimant  will  deposit  with  any  assistant  United  States 
treasurer  or  designated  depository  in  favor  of  the  United 
States  Treasurer,  to  be  passed  to  the  credit  of  the  fund 
created  by  "  individual  depositors  for  surveys  of  the  public 
lands,"  and  file  with  the  surveyor  general  duplicate  cer- 
tificates of  such  deposit  in  the  usual  manner. 

92.  The  surveyors  general  will  endeavor  to  appoint  sur- 


174  LAND   OFFICE   AND   RECORDS 

veyors  to  survey  mining  claims,  so  that  one  or  more  may 
be  located  in  each  mining  district  for  the  greater  con- 
venience of  miners. 

93.  The  usual  oaths  will  be  required  of  these  surveyors 
and  their  assistants  as  to  the  correctness  of  each  survey 
executed  by  them. 

The  duty  of  the  surveyor  ceases  when  he  has  executed 
the  survey  and  returned  the  field  notes  and  preliminary 
plat  thereof  with  his  report  to  the  surveyor  general.  He 
will  not  be  allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the 
papers  in  support  of  an  application  for  patent,  or  otherwise 
preform  the  duties  of  an  attorney  before  the  Land  Office  in 
connection  with  a  mining  claim. 

The  surveyors  general  and  local  land  officers  are  ex- 
pected to  report  any  infringement  of  this  regulation  to  this 
office. 

94.  Should    it    appear    that    excessive    or    exorbitant 
charges  have  been  made  by  any  surveyor  or  any  publisher, 
prompt  action  will  be  taken  with  the  view  of  correcting 
the  abuse. 

Surveys  of  Mining  Claims 
General  Provisions 

115.  Under  section  2334,  United  States  Revised  Stat- 
utes, the  United  States  surveyor  general  "may  appoint  in 
each  land  district  containing  mineral  lands  as  many  com- 
petent surveyors  as  shall  apply  for  appointment  to  survey 
mining  claims." 

1 1 6.  Persons  desiring  such  appointments  should  there- 
fore file  their  applications  with  the  surveyor  general  for 
the  district  wherein  appointment  is  asked,  who  will  furnish 
all  information  necessary. 

117.  All  appointments  of  mineral  surveyors  must  be  sub- 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  175 

mitted  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  for 
approval. 

1 1 8.  The  surveyors  general  have  authority  to  suspend 
or  revoke  the  commissions  of  mineral  surveyors  for  cause. 
Before  final  action,  however,  the  matter  should  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  for 
approval. 

119.  Such  surveyors  will  be  allowed  the  right  of  appeal 
from  the  action  of  the  surveyor  general  in  the  usual  man- 
ner.    Such  appeal  should  be  filed  with  the  surveyor  general, 
who  will  at  once  transmit  the  same,  with  full  report,  to  the 
General  Land  Office. 

120.  Neither   the   surveyor   general   nor   the   Commis- 
sioner of  the  General  Land  Office  has  jurisdiction  to  settle 
differences,  relative  to  the  payment  of  charges  for  field 
work,  between  mineral  surveyors  and  claimants.     These 
are  matters  of  private  contract  and  must  be  enforced  in  the 
ordinary  manner,  i.e.,  in  the  local  courts.     The  Department 
has,  however,  authority  to  investigate  charges  affecting  the 
official  actions  of  mineral  surveyors,  and  will,  on  sufficient 
cause  shown,  suspend  or  revoke  their  appointment. 

121.  The   surveyors  general  should  appoint  as  many 
competent  mineral  surveyors  as  apply  for  appointment,  in 
order  that  claimants  may  have  a  choice  of  surveyors,  and 
be  enabled  to  have  their  work  done  on  the  most  advan- 
tageous terms. 

122.  The  schedule  of  charges  for  office  work  should  be 
as  Ibw  as  is  possible.     No  additional  charges  should  be 
made  for  orders  for  amended  surveys,  unless  the  necessity 
therefor  is  clearly  the  fault  of  the  claimant,  or  considerable 
additional  office  work  results  therefrom. 

123.  In  cases  where  the  error  in  the  original  survey  is 
due  to  the  carelessness  or  neglect  of  the  surveyor  who 


1 76  LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 

made  it,  he  should  be  required  to  make  the  necessary  cor- 
rections in  the  field  at  his  own"  expense,  and  the  surveyor 
general  should  advise  him  that  the  penalty  for  failure  to 
comply  with  instructions  within  a  specified  time  will  be 
the  suspension  or  revocation  of  his  commission. 

124.  Mineral   surveyors   will   address   all   official   com- 
munications to  the  surveyor  general.     They  will,  when  a 
mining  claim  is  the  subject  of  correspondence,  give  the  name 
and  survey  number.     In  replying  to  letters  they  will  give 
the  subject  matter  and  date  of  the  letter.     They  will 
promptly  notify  the  surveyor  general  of  any  change  in 
postoffice  address. 

125.  Mineral  surveyors  should  keep  a  complete  record 
of  each  survey  made  by  them  and  the  facts  coming  to  their 
knowledge  at  the  time,  as  well  as  copies  of  all  their  field 
notes,  reports,  and  official  correspondence,  in  order  that 
such  evidence  may  be  readily  produced  when  called  for  at 
any  future  time.     Field  notes  and  other  reports  must  be 
written  in  a  clear  and  legible  hand,  or  typewritten  in  non- 
copying  ink,  and  upon  the  proper  blanks  furnished  gratu- 
itously by   the   surveyor    general's    office    upon   applica- 
tion   therefor.     No   interlineations  or   erasures    will    be 
allowed. 

126.  No  return  by  a  mineral  surveyor  will  be  recog- 
nized as  official,  unless  it  is  over  his  signature  as  a  United 
States  mineral  surveyor,   and  made  in  pursuance  of  a 
special  order  from  the  surveyor  general's  office.    After  he 
has  received  an  order  for  survey  he  is  required  to  make 
the  survey  and  return  correct  field  notes  thereof  to  the  sur- 
veyor general's  office  without  delay. 

127.  The  claimant  is  required,  in  all  cases,  to  make 
satisfactory  arrangements  with  the  surveyor  for  the  pay- 
ment for  his  services  and  those  of  his  assistants  in  making 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  177 

the  survey,  as  the  United  States  will  not  be  held  respon- 
sible for  the  same. 

128.  A  mineral  surveyor  is  precluded  from  acting, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  as  attorney  in  mineral  claims. 
His  duty  in  any  particular  case  ceases  when  he  has  exe- 
cuted the  survey  and  returned  the  field  notes  and  prelimi- 
nary plat,  with  his  report,  to  the  surveyor  general.  He 
will  not  be  allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the 
papers  in  support  of  his  application  for  patent,  or  other- 
wise perform  the  duties  of  an  attorney  before  the  Land 
Office  in  connection  with  a  mining  claim.  He  is  not  per- 
mitted to  combine  the  duties  of  surveyor  and  notary  public 
in  the  same  case  by  administering  oaths  to  the  parties  in 
interest. 

It  is  preferable  that  both  preliminary  and  final  oaths  of 
assistants  should  be  taken  before  some  officer  duly  author- 
ized to  administer  oaths,  other  than  the  mineral  surveyor. 
However,  in  cases  where  great  delay,  expense,  or  incon- 
venience would  result  from  a  strict  compliance  with  this 
rule,  the  mineral  surveyor  is  authorized  to  administer  the 
necessary  oaths  to  his  assistants,  but  in  each  case  where 
this  is  done,  he  will  submit  to  the  proper  surveyor  general 
a  full  written  report  of  the  circumstances  which  required 
his  stated  action;  otherwise  he  must  have  absolutely  noth- 
ing to  do  with  the  case,  except  in  his  official  capacity  as 
surveyor.  He  will  not  employ  chainmen  interested  therein 
in  any  manner. 

In  the  Appendix  will  be  found  a  copy  of  the  "Manual  of 
Instructions  for  the  Survey  of  the  Mineral  Lands  of  the 
United  States,"  1909. 

The  Surveyor  General  of  Colorado  has  issued  the  follow- 
ing circular  letter  and  requires  mineral  surveyors  to  comply 
strictly  therewith: 


178  LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 

In  your  future  work  beforej;his  office  you  will  comply 
in  detail  with  the  requirements  contained  in  amended  para- 
graph 147  of  Mining  Circular,  and  to  insure  uniformity  in 
your  returns  will  pay  particular  attention  to  the  following 
instructions: 

As  said  amendment  requires  that  all  conflicting  surveys 
shall  be  shown  according  to  the  boundaries  as  each  is 
marked,  defined  and  accurately  established  upon  the 
ground  without  regard  to  whether  or  not  patents  have  been 
issued  for  the  claims  in  question,  you  will  be  required  to 
determine  in  each  case  that  the  monuments  of  conflicting 
claims  as  found  upon  the  ground  are  the  official  monu- 
ments of  the  official  surveys,  or  occupy  the  original  posi- 
tion of  the  same.  If  this  cannot  be  determined  it  will  be 
necessary  to  revert  to  the  record  and  show  said  claims  in 
their  approved  and  patented  positions. 

A  strict  compliance  with  paragraph  149  of  the  Mining 
Circular,  which  is  in  part  as  follows,  will  be  required: 

"If  in  running  the  exterior  lines  of  a  claim  the  survey 
is  found  to  conflict  with  the  survey  of  another  claim,  the 
distances  to  the  points  of  intersection  and  the  courses 
and  distances  along  the  line  intersected  from  an  established 
corner  of  such  conflicting  claim  to  such  points  of  intersec- 
tion, should  be  described  in  the  field  notes.".  .  . 

This  will  necessitate  the  re-running  by  you  of  each  line 
of  a  conflicting  survey  which  intersects  the  exterior  lines 
of  the  claim  being  surveyed,  and  a  report  upon  the  course, 
and,  if  necessary,  the  length  of  the  same. 

The  section  and  quarter  section  in  which  a  survey  is 
located  will  be  determined,  assuming  the  subdivision  field 
notes  as  returned  by  the  mineral  surveyor  to  be  correct. 

You  will  further  be  required  in  the  field  notes,  when 
connections  are  given  to  a  conflicting  or  neighboring  sur- 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  179 

vey,  to  state  whether  or  not  said  connection  is  given  to 
the  position  of  the  claim  as  staked  or  as  approved  by 
this  office. 

An  additional  note  added  at  the  end  of  the  field  notes, 
under  heading  " Report,"  will  be  required,  stating: 

i st.  How  the  lines  of  the  survey,  connections  to  con- 
flicting surveys  and  to  the  corner  of  the  public  survey  or 
U.  S.  Location  Monument,  were  determined. 

2nd.  A  description  of  the  section  corner  or  U.  S.  Loca- 
tion Monument  to  which  connection  is  given  in  the  field 
notes. 

$rd.  A  full  description  of  all  corners  of  conflicting 
claims  to  which  connections  are  given  in  the  field  notes, 
together  with  a  statement  of  how  and  by  what  visible  evi- 
dence you  are  able  to  identify  the  same  as  being  the  official 
monuments  of  the  claim  in  question. 

4th.  A  statement  showing  how  the  courses  and  lengths 
of  the  intersecting  boundary  lines  of  conflicting  surveys 
were  determined. 


The  following  circular  letter  is  also  of  interest: 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR, 

Office  of 
United  States  Surveyor  General,  for  the  District  of  Colorado. 

Denver,  Colo.,  May  25,  1892. 
To  Applicants  for  Mineral  Survey  Orders 

in  the  District  of  Colorado: 

You  are  informed  that  in  numerous  cases  the  certified  copies  of  location 
certificates  filed  in  this  office  with  applications  for  mineral  survey  orders 
are  so  defective  that  orders  cannot  be  based  thereon.  This  is  a  very  im- 
portant matter,  and  locators  cannot  exercise  too  much  care  in  denning 
their  locations  at  the  outset,  inasmuch  as  the  act  of  Congress  of  May  10, 
1872,  provides  "That  all  records  of  mining  claims  hereafter  made  shall 
contain  the  name  or  names  of  the  locators,  the  date  of  location,  and  such  a, 


l8o  LAND   OFFICE  AND   RECORDS 

description  of  the  claim  or  claims  located  by  reference  to  some  natural 
object  or  permanent  monument  as  will  identify  the  claim." 

It  is  also  provided  by  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado,  section  2400, 
that  "Any  location  certificate  of  a  lode  claim  which  shall  not  contain  the 
name  of  the  lode,  the  name  of  the  locator,  the  date  of  location,  the  number 
of  linear  feet  claimed  on  each  side  of  the  discovery  shaft,  the  general  course 
of  the  lode  and  such  description  as  shall  identify  the  claim  with  reasonable 
certainty,  shall  be  void." 

One  or  more  of  these  requirements  is  often  omitted  in  location  certifi- 
cates submitted  to  this  office,  and  you  are  therefore  advised,  before  filing 
your  application,  to  see  that  your  location  has  been  made  in  conformity 
with  law  and  regulations,  and  that  the  claim  for  which  patent  is  sought  is 
properly  described. 

A  fruitful  source  of  delay  is  the  failure  of  applicants,  their  agents  or 
attorneys,  to  thoroughly  examine  the  copies  of  location  certificates  received 
from  the  county  clerk,  comparing  the  same  with  the  original,  to  see  that 
clerical  errors  have  been  avoided.  The  discovery  of  such  errors  in  this 
office  necessitates  the  return  of  the  document  for  correction^  causes  delay 
in  the  issuance  of  the  order  for  survey,  and,  by  allowing  the  intervention 
of  other  orders  with  prior  numbers,  retards  the  approval  of  the  survey 
often  for  many  weeks.  You  are  therefore  requested,  before  filing  a  copy 
of  a  location  certificate  in  this  office,  to  examine  the  same  carefully  and  see- 

That  the  distances  given  each  way  from  the  discovery  do  not  aggregate 
more  than  1,500  feet,  and  equal  the  length  of  the  claim  along  the  vein,  as 
determined  from  the  description  by  metes  and  bounds  thereof.  That  not 
more  than  the  statutory  limit  is  claimed  on  either  side  of  the  discovery, 
that  the  discovery  is  not  described  in  one  place  as  a  shaft  and  in  another 
as  a  cut  or  tunnel;  that  the  end  lines  are  parallel;  that  the  courses  and 
distances  given  as  the  boundaries  of  the  claim  close;  that  the  dates  are 
correct  and  consistent;  that  the  name  of  the  claim  is  legibly  written;  that 
the  certificate  of  the  county  clerk  is  properly  sealed,  dated,  signed,  cor- 
rectly gives  the  name  of  the  claim  and  designates  the  instrument,  as  a  loca- 
tion, amended,  additional  or  relocation  certificate,  as  the  case  may  be. 
The  importance  of  attending  to  these  details  in  the  matter  of  location  will 
be  the  more  readily  perceived  when  it  is  understood  that  a  failure  to  give 
the  subject  proper  attention  may  invalidate  the  claim. 

E.  C.  HUMPHREY, 
United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado. 

Records 

As  the  mineral  surveyor  and  others  are  constantly  re- 
quired to  consult  the  records  on  file  in  the  surveyor  gen- 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS  l8l 

eral's  office,  it  will  be  well  to  give  an  account  of  the  methods 
used  in  the  Colorado  office: 

All  claims  are  indexed  alphabetically  and  numerically. 
In  the  alphabetical  index  there  is  no  information  except 
the  name  of  the  claim,  its  number  and  land  district.  In  the 
numerical  index  is  given  the  number  of  the  claim,  the  name 
or  names,  the  claimant,  surveyor,  date  of  filing,  plat  book 
number,  field  book  number,  date  of  patent  or  cancellation, 
township  and  section,  and,  under  remarks,  any  further 
information.  The  plat  books,  of  which  there  are  over  two 
hundred  at  present,  each  contain  about  one  hundred  fac- 
similies  of  the  plats  of  approved  claims.  These  plats  show 
at  a  glance  the  position  of  the  claim  and  its  conflicts,  the 
net  area  being  colored,  ties,  intersections,  improve- 
ments, etc.,  and  are  probably  the  most  consulted  by 
those  desiring  information.  For  additional  information  the 
bound  field  notes  filed  by  the  mineral  surveyor  are  used. 
In  addition,  all  correspondence  with  the  General  Land 
Office,  if  any,  is  kept  on  file  and  may  be  consulted  if  re- 
quired. The  so-called  connected  sheets  each  embrace  a 
square  mile  on  which  all  claims  in  the  area  embraced  are 
platted  on  a  scale  of  300  feet  to  the  inch.  Notes  from  any 
of  these  records  may  be  made  by  anyone  interested  or 
entitled  to  information,  or  copies,  certified  or  otherwise, 
will  be  made  in  the  surveyor  general's  office  for  a  nominal 
fee. 

The  mineral  surveyor,  as  a  rule,  finds  it  necessary  to 
keep  a  complete  record  of  the  claims  in  his  district  for  the 
benefit  of  his  clients,  and  is  required  by  the  General  Land 
Office  to  keep  a  complete  record  of  all  official  work  done  by 
himself.  In  this  way  every  mineral  surveyor's  office  is  a 
more  or  less  complete  reproduction  in  miniature  of  the  sur- 
veyor general's  office,  as  far  as  his  own  district  is  con- 


182  LAND   OFFICE  AND   RECORDS 

cerned.     The  writer's  method  of  keeping  records  is  as  fol- 
lows: 

The  card  catalogue  system  is  employed  throughout  where 
possible.  Each  claim  is  catalogued  alphabetically  on  cards 
(with  a  number  of  names  of  claims  on  each  card),  and  also 
catalogued  numerically  with  one  number  to  each  card. 
This  latter  card  contains  data  as  follows: 

Sur.  No.  16721.    Name  Silver  Star. 

Surveyor  John  Smith.  Date  March  20,  1903. 

Notes  Scrap  Book  101.  Plats  Vol.  12. 

Maps. 

N.  W.  Sec.  31,  T.  3  S.,  R.  73  W.  Patent  June  20,  1905. 

District  Montana. 

Claimant  Henry  Jones. 

Area  5.045  acres. 

Remarks 

These  constitute  the  index  cards. 

The  skeleton  field  notes,  an  example  of  which  is  given 
below,  are  also  copied  on  a  card  which  is  catalogued 
numerically.  (These  should  contain  the  metes  and  bounds 
of  the  claim,  the  section  ties  and  ties  to  other  claims;  it  is 
well  to  have  a  note  of  the  corners,  whether  they  be  stones, 
posts,  etc.) : 

16721  Silver  Star. 

i  S.  E.  25-3-74  N.  38°  51'  W.  1961.7- 

1-2  S.  50°  30'  E.  150  i  =  stone 

2-3  S.  30°  30'  W.  1500  2  =  tree 

3-4  N.  50°  30'  W.  150  3  =  stone 

4-1  N.  30°  30'  E.  1500  4  =  stone 

1-6-15950  Golden  lode  =  N.    5°  38'  E.     20.6 

3-2-1820  Bear  lode      =  N.  30°  10'  W.     75.8 

The  cards  have  all  the  advantages  common  to  the  card 
system  in  general,  and  also  the  advantage  over  books,  that 
several  people  can  work  in  the  same  office  without  get- 
ting in  each  other's  way  by  wanting  the  same  volume  of 


LAND  OFFICE  AND   RECORDS  183 

notes  at  the  same  time,  or  having  to  copy  the  desired 
notes  out  of  a  book.  Then,  too,  the  cards  can  be  taken 
into  the  field,  and  thus  copying  of  notes  is  avoided.  While 
the  skeleton  field  notes  of  old  claims  have  to  be  copied,  in 
the  case  of  new  claims  the  published  notes  of  the  claim  are 
simply  pasted  on  the  cards,  after  checking,  and  afterwards 
any  further  information  likely  to  be  required  is  added. 
The  official  plats  of  the  claim  are  also  copied  and  bound 
up  in  plat  books  in  every  way  similar  to  those  in  the  sur- 
veyor general's  office,  but  as  a  rule  without  the  intersec- 
tions. On  these  plats  the  areas  actually  patented  are 
colored. 

The  carbon  copies  of  all  field  notes  made  or  acquired 
are  bound  together.  In  addition,  the  connected  sheets  for 
these  sections  required  in  the  Clear  Creek  and  Gilpin  dis- 
tricts have  been  copied  in  the  surveyor  general's  office  and 
transferred  to  protractor  sheets  exactly  like  those  used  in 
that  office. 

In  order  to  give  an  idea  of  larger  areas  of  country  than 
that  given  by  one  section,  there  is  also  another  set  of  maps 
in  which  nine  sections  are  combined  in  one  sheet  and  the 
claims  colored  to  show  at  a  glance  what  area  each  has 
patented.  These  sheets  of  nine  square  miles  each  are 
arranged  in  a  roller  map  case. 

If  ordinary  notebooks  are  used  for  field  notes,  they  are 
paged  consecutively  and  card  catalogued.  Thus,  in  the 
system  used,  page  1213  means  notebook,  volume  12,  page  13. 
•  The  writer  is  at  present  using  a  semi-loose-leaf  system. 
The  notebook  consists  of  a  " filler"  of  twenty  notebook 
pages,  ruled  vertically  and  horizontally.  At  each  end  of 
the  book  are  two  pages  of  cross-section  paper.  The 
printed  headings  are  as  follows: 


1 84 
Helpers . 


LAND  OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 


JAMES  UNDERBILL,  Idaho  Springs,  Colorado 


B.  S. 

station. 

Angle. 

H.I. 

Remarks. 

A.  ver. 

B.  ver. 

! 

The  pages  are  perforated  near  the  binding  edge  and 
also  punched  for  loose-leaf  binder.  In  the  field  the  "  fillers  " 
are  slipped  into  a  leather  holder  made  for  the  purpose. 
The  book  is  used  as  any  other  notebook,  and,  when  used 
in  the  field,  has  none  of  the  disadvantages  of  the  loose-leaf 


At 
station. 

B.  S. 

station. 

Angle. 

Vert, 
angle. 

Slope 
dist. 

Hor. 

dist. 

Vert, 
dist. 

A.  ver. 

B.  ver. 

LAND   OFFICE  AND  RECORDS 


Property . 
Owner  . . 
Date... 


At 
station. 

Mag. 
course. 

True 
course. 

Vert, 
angle. 

Slope 
dist. 

Hor. 

dist. 

Vert, 
dist. 

To 
station. 

system.  When  the  surveys  are  completed  the  leaves  are 
torn  out  at  the  perforations.  The  leaves  thus  become 
loose  leaves  and  are  filed  in  loose-leaf  binders. 

A  convenient  form  for  the  heading  of  the  ordinary  note- 
book is  as  follows: 


H.I. 

Mag. 
course. 

True 

course. 

To 
station. 

Remarks. 

l86  LAND  OFFICE   AND   RECORDS 

All  figuring  is  done  on  sheets,  of  paper  of  equal  size,  and 
filed,  each  claim  by  itself,  in  congress  envelopes. 

Carbon  copies  of  all  location  certificates  are  filed  in  an 
arch  letter  file. 

The  Globe- Wernicke  and  similar  filing  cabinets  afford  the 
best  means  of  preserving  these  various  devices,  with  the 
exception  of  the  large  plats. 

The  connected  sheets  are  kept  in  a  case  made  especially 
for  them. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  AS  UNITED 
STATES  MINERAL  SURVEYOR 

In  Colorado,  this  examination  consists  of  problems  in 
calculation  of  closing  line  in  a  twelve  or  thirteen-sided 
placer,  together  with  calculation  of  area  by  Double  Merid- 
ian Distance  Method,  calculation  of  lode  line  to  fit  an 
irregular  claim,  calculation  of  ties,  intersections  and  areas 
in  an  actual  approved  survey,  together  with  writing  up  a 
complete  set  of  field  notes.  A  problem  on  the  subdivision 
of  a  section  of  the  public  survey  is  usually  added.  The  ap- 
plicant is  also  required  to  determine  a  correct  meridian 
from  solar  observation  and  must  do  this  with  his  own 
transit.  There  are,  of  course,  other  problems,  but  they 
differ  in  no  way  from  those  numerous  examples  that  have 
'been  given  and  explained  in  the  course  of  this  work.  A 
few  examples  will  be  given  in  detail,  however,  to  illustrate 
special  cases.  One  favorite  problem  which  is  of  consider- 
able importance  is  the  first  one  mentioned  above,  and  is  as 
follows: 

Placer  Calculations 

Given.  The  courses  and  lengths  of  lines  i  to  13  of  a 
certain  placer.  (Fig.  40.)  It  is  desired  to  amend  the  sur- 
vey making  Cors.  Nos.  2  and  1 2  identical  with  the  corners 
of  the  original  survey,  the  courses  of  lines  1-2  and  12-13 
to  remain  the  same,  and  the  course  of  line  13-1  to  be  S.  33° 
34'  E.,  the  new  placer  to  contain  an  area  of  35  acres.  Re- 
quired, the  lengths  of  lines  12-13  and  1-2. 

187 


188 


EXAMINATION   FOR   COMMISSION 


<*5                  O                           O  V)  H                    H 
00      •      •   O»     •      «      •  OO    ri-  t^     •      •   r-~ 

? 

c 

Q 

O              VO           •      •   *>•  f-  r-»     •      •   TJ- 
O»             »o          •     •   M   O   *•»    •     •   to 

^-               O^                 •    co  PO  O      •      •    to 

r>»           01         •     •  vo  oo  w     •     *  to 

to                 M              .           t^OO    CS       •       •    O% 
tO                 •        •     M     t>»               •        •     H 
N                 •        •     M                          •        • 

to 
t^. 

<N 

5 

OO      -OOTJ--      •      -HQ      • 

<N     O        •     <7»   M     IO       •        •        -VOO 

to  < 

CO 

£  $  S 

..    . 

i 

^ 

t>.  cs     •  to   O  to    •     •     •  tooo     • 

C»    t^      •    CO  O     <N       •       •       .    1000       • 
OO  OO              <N     H     M        •        •        •     IO   N 
IO  to          t^.  O4    to      •       •       •    <N    <N 

oo  o^      to  to  to    •     •     •  vo  to 
CO  "    w      •      '      • 

M 

co  i 

«  0 

t^  « 

?  g  ? 

^.  CS  M 
N  00  Tj- 
•O  CS  M 
0  ^  <N 

r  1  <<  H 

o» 

t 

% 

t 

1 

j 

5 

M    O**  w    toOO    CO  CO  O  to    C^    O    to  to 

to  O   oj    co  O">  M   r^  ^j-  (N    M   o^  O   to 

t^-VO    t^OO    t^OO    to  M    M    cOtO    to  IO 

to  O   O    O   toto                      •   M 

*£ 

i 

1 

t^    M     O     IH   OO     M        •        •        •        •« 

o  oo  CTioo  o  rj-    •    •    •    •  a*    •    • 

HH                                                     ...... 

M 

• 

<u 

^* 

Q 

^j 

" 

*4-   C\    fT\rf\ 

^    2     ^*   M              T?   CO 

o 

H    O)  rj-  t^»          MM 

tc 

. 

M                     tO                          •  00     M     O                  'to 

M 

i 

1 

M                       00                            •     M      CS   <O                   •     Tf 

tO                   •    co  co                 •  OO 

to 

w 

M  C>  M 
M  t-»  r}- 

t^OO  OO 
MO  M 

3 

jj 

M  tO            00   00     CS        •        •        •     10    M        • 
tOOO              t***    HH     O        '        •        •     H     H 

M 

to 

0^3  ^ 

o  to  ^> 

rj-  co         O    w    to     •      •      •    co  t^     • 
M  tO           to  COOO       •       •       •    O  00       • 
M               00          rj-     .      .      .  vo 

to 

II  II  II 

j 
« 

!  ' 

1 
i 

| 

oo    co  t^to   to  to  es    cs   t^oo    co  O%  t^» 
O    O    CT>O%O    ^Mto    COM    co  tovo 

M 

o>  o  oo 

Tj-  CO 

cs 

I 
i 

| 

i 

1 

O\  O    toto  to    IOMOO    to<N    O    Mto 

0 

t^*»  t^>.  t^.oo  o^  ^>.oo  M  rooo  ^*  o  to 

OOtOt^M     Mt>.Mt^.   tOOO     M     t^   M 

co  55  S;  co  55  55  55  eo  co  co  S5  55  OQ 

i 

.c 

i 

1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    I    1    1    1 

H  N  co  Tf  IOVD  t>-oo  o^  o  M  <N  co 

M     M     H     H 

EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 


189 


In  figuring  the  missing  course  and  distance  of  line  13-1, 
reference  should  be  made  to  the  latitudes  and  departures 


FIG.  40 

of  courses   i   to   13,  included  in  computing  the  area  by 
Double  Meridian  Distances. 

The  sum  of  the  north  latitudes  is  found  to  be  2235.61, 
and  the  sum  of  the  south  latitudes  is  found  to  be  1401.16, 
which  latter  subtracted  from  the  north  latitudes  leaves  a 
north  latitude  of  834.45.  In  like  manner,  subtracting  the 
sum  of  the  east  departures,  2466.42,  from  the  sum  of  the 
west  departures,  2701.97,  leaves  a  west  departure  of  235.55. 


log  834. 45         =2.9214003 
log  235. 55         =2.3720831 


log  834. 45         =2.9214003 
log  cos  15°  46'  =  9.9833449 


log  867. 07         =2.9380554 
S.  15°  4*6' E.  867.07^. 


log  cot  15°  46'  =  0.5493172 
Missing  course 

In  the  triangle  ABC  draw  AC  parallel  to  DE,  whose 
course  is  given  as  S.  33°  34'  E.  Line  AB  we  have  found  to 
be  S.  15°  46'  E.  867.07  feet. 

A  =   17°  48' 

A  =  33°  34'   B  =  87°  19'   C  =  33°  34'  180°  oo'   B  =  103°  05' 
15°  46'       15°  46'       87°  19'  120°  53'    C=  59°  07' 


17°  48' 


103°  05' 


120    53 


59 


i 80°  oo' 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 

sin  59°  07'  :  867.07  =  sin  103°  05'  :  ? 
sin  59°  07'  :  867.07  =  sin    17°  48'  :  ? 

log  867.  07  =2.938054  log  867.  07  =2.938054 

log  sin  103°  05'    =  9.988578  log  sin  17°  48'      =  9.485289 

colog  sin  59°  07'  =  0.066404  colog  sin  59°  07'  =  0.066404 

log  984.  09  =2.993036  log  308.  85  =2.489747 

Area  =  \  (867.07  X  308.85  X  sin  103°  05') 

log  867.  07  =      2.938054 

log  308.  85  =      2.489747 

log  sin  103°  05'  =      9.988578 

colog  87120  =—5.059882 

log  2.994  =      0.476261 

Construct  the  triangle  ACF.     Line  AF  is  a  prolongation 
of  line  12-13,  and  line  CF  is  a  prolongation  of  line  1-2. 

A  =  103°  55' 

A  =    70°  21'        C  =    33°  34'     180°  oo'        F  =  87°  19'         C  =    59°  07' 
33°  34'  87°  19'     120°  53'  70°  21'         F=    16°  58' 


103°  55'  120°  53'       59°  of  16°  58'  180°  oo' 

sin  16°  58'  :  984.09  =  sin  103°  55'  :  ? 
sin  16°  58'  :  984.09  =  sin    59°  07'  :  ? 

log  984.  09  =2.993035  log  984.  09  =2.993035 

log  sin  103°  55'  '=  9.987061  log  sin  59°  07'      =  9.933596 

colog  sin  16°  58'  =  0.534892  colog  sin  16°  58'  =  0.534892 

log  3273  -32  =3-5I4Q88  log  2894.  17  =3.461523 

Area  =  £  (984.09  X  2894.  17  X  sin  103°  55') 

log  984.  09  =      2.993035 

log  2894.  17  =      3.461524 

log  sin  103°  55'  =      9.987061 

colog  87120  =—5.059882 

log  31  -732  =      1-501502 

The  area  of  the  placer  was  found  to  be  27.873  acres. 
The  area  of  the  quadrilateral  AD  BE  is  therefore  the  dif- 
ference between  35  acres,  the  required  acreage,  and  27.873 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 


191 


acres,  which  is  7.127  acres.  The  area  of  the  triangle  ABC 
was  found  to  be  2.994  acres;  then  the  area  of  the  quadri- 
lateral ADCE  is  the  difference  between  7.127  acres  and 
2.994  acres,  or  4.133  acres.  The  area  of  the  triangle  ACF 
has  been  found  to  be  31.732  acres.  Therefore  the  area  of 
the  triangle  DEF  is  31.732  acres  +  4.133  acres,  or  35.865 
acres. 

By  geometry  - 
31.732:    984.092  =  35.865  :D& 
31.732  13273 -32*  =  35 -865  :  EF2 
31.732:2894.172  =  35.865  :DF* 


log  984.  op2     =5.986070 
log  35  -865      =1.554671 

7-54074I 
log  31.732      =  1.501502 

2)6.039239 
log  1046.21    =  3.019619 

log  2894.  i72  =  6.923046 
log  35.  865      =1.554671 


log  3273 -322  =  7-029978 
log  35. 865      =  1.554671 

8 . 584649 
log  31. 732      =1.501502 


2)7.083147 
log  3479 -95    =3-54i573 


log  31.  732 


8.477717 
1.501502 


2)6.976215 
log  3076  .86    =  3  .  488107 

£C  =  3o8.85 
EC  =  206  .  63 

^£  =  514.48 


1-2    =  1108.73 

BE  =    514.48 


AF  =  2894.17 
AD=    182.69 


£^  =  3479.95 
CF  =  3273.32 

EC=    206.63 

12-13  =    259.04 
AD  =    182.69 


I2-D 


73 


E-2  =  1623.21 

Another  method  of  working  this  problem  is  as  follows: 
The  area  of  the  quadrilateral  ADCE  has  been  found  as  in 
the  previous  figuring.  The  following  formula  will  give  the 
altitude : 

Let  x  =  altitude 

Let  K  =  cot  E  -  cot  A 


192  EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 

Let  A  =  area  of  ADCE  (4.  135  acres  =  180,033  sq.  ft.) 
Let  D  =  984.09  ft.  (line  AC) 


-  D) 

nat  cot  59°  07'  =  o  .  59809  log  984  .  09        =  2  .  9930348 

nat  cot  76°  05'  =  0.24778  log  to  square    =  2.9930348 

K  =  o  .  35031  log  968433  .12  =  5.  9860696 


0.35031 


X  l8o°33  X  0.35031  +  968433.12  -  984.09) 


log  200  =        0.3010300  126135.00 

log  180033  .00  =      5  .  2553533  Z>2  =    968433  .  12 

log  0.3503  1      =-1.5444525 

1094678.12 
log  126135        =      5.1008358 

The  square  root  of  1,094,678.12  is  found  as  follows: 
log   1094678.12  =  6.0392436  1046.21 

2)6.0392436  984.09 

3.0196218  =  log  1046.21  62.12 

log  62.  12  =     1.793231 

log  0.35031        =-1.544452 

log  177  -33  =      2-  248779  =  * 

In  the  right  triangle  A  Do,  we  have  Do  =  177.33  feet,  the 
angle  D  =  76°  21'  -  56°  26'  =  13°  55'. 

log  177-33         =2.248779  log  177-33         =2.248779 

log  tan  13°  55'  =  9.394073  log  cos  13°  55'  =  9.987061 

log43-94  =1.642852  log  182.  69         =2.261718 

It  is  seen  here  that  line  AD,  182.69,  checks  with  the 
former  work. 

In  the  right  triangle  CEn,  we  have  Cn  =  177.33  feet,  and 
the  angle  E  =  59°  of. 

log  177-33         =2.248779  log  177-33        =2.248779 

log  cot  59°  07'  =  9-776769  log  sin  59°  07'  =  9-9335Q6 

log  106.06         =  2.025548  log  206.62        =2.315183 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 


193 


Line  CE,  206.62,  also  checks  line  CE  in  the  first  method. 

984.09  =  AC 
43.94  =  ^0 


940.15  =  oC  =  Dn 
106.06  =  nE 


1046.21  =  DE 


Calculation  of  Lode  Line 


Given  the  boundaries  of  a  claim,  calculate  the  lode  line 
parallel  to  the  side  lines,  and  the  points  at  which  the  lode 
line  intersects  the  end  lines.  No  point  on  the  lode  line  to 
be  in  excess  of  150  feet  from  either  side  line.  Lode  line 
to  be  1,500  feet  long. 

The  boundaries  are  as  follows:  Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  i, 
thence  E.  702  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  58°  E.  800  ft. 
to  Cor.  No.  3;  thence  S.  30°  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4; 
thence  N.  58°  W.  800  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5;  thence  W.  702  ft. 
to  Cor.  No.  6;  thence  N.  30°  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  i,  the 


FIG.  41 

place  of  beginning.     (See  Fig.  41,  which  shows  conditions 
necessarily  greatly  exaggerated.)     The  side  b  is  drawn 


IQ4  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

parallel  to  the  end  lines  in  the  triangle  whose  sides  are 
a,  b  and  c. 


800  +  a  +  702  —  c  =  1500 


c  — 


a  sin 


1502  +  a  -  c  =  1500  "   sin  60° 

c  —  a  =  2 

a  sin  88° 

— : T~o d  =  2 

sm  60° 

a  sin  88°  -  a  sin  60°  =  2  sin  60° 
2  sin  60° 


sin  88°  -  sin  60° 

sin  60°  =  o .  86603  log  i .  73  206  =      o .  238698 

2  log  o.  13336  = —1.125025 

1-73206  'log  12. 99      =      1.113673 

sin  88°  =  0.99939 
sin  60°  =  0.86603 

0.13336 


In  the  triangle  whose  side  a  we  have  found  to  be  12.99 
the  sides  b  and  c  are  found  as  follows: 

sin  60°  :  12.99  =  sin  32°  :  ? 
sin  60°  :  12.99  =  sin  88°  :  ? 

log  12. 99       =1.113673  log  12. 99       =1.113673 

log  sin  32°      =9.724210  log  sin  88°      =9.999735 

colog  sin  60°  =  0.062469  colog  sin  60°  =  0.062469 

log  7. 95          =0.900352  log  14- 99        =1.175877 

800+  12.99  +  702  —  14-99  =  I5°°  =  lode  line 

800.0  702.0  687.01 

12.99  14.99  812.99 

812.99  687.01  1500.00 

The  distance  of  the  lode  line  at  its  intersection  with 
line  6-1  is  found  to  be  157.95  feet  fr°m  Cor.  No.  6,  and 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 


195 


142.05  feet  from  Cor.  No.  i,  by  adding  the  distance  7.95 
feet  (V)  in  one  case,  and  subtracting  in  the  other,  to  and 
from  150  feet. 


N  09'aQ'30'W.  2759-46- 


In  the  triangle  DEL  draw  DE  perpendicular  to  the  side 
line.  Multiplying  the  side  LD  (157.95)  by  the  sine  of  the 
angle  L,  60°,  we  get  the  distance  of  the  lode  line  from  line 
5-6,  which  is  136.80  feet. 


196  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

Subdivision  of  Section 

Given  the  boundaries  of  a  section  (Fig.  42)  to  determine 
the  boundaries  of  the  S.  E.  J  of  the  N.  W.  J,  the  S.  i  of 
the  N.  E.  }  and  the  N.  E.  }  of  the  S.  E.  J  sections. 

S.  86°  if  E.  5735.7  feet. 
N.  3°  33'  30"  W.  5439-2  feet. 
N.  78°  43'  30"  W.  2792.8  feet. 
N.  89°  28'  30"  W.  2759.46  feet. 
S.  i°  19'  E.  2812.1  feet. 
S.  o°  58'  E.  2817.4  feet. 

General  Figuring 

In  Fig.  43  we  have  an  example  of  a  problem  given  the 
writer  in  his  examination  for  a  commission  as  United 


SUR.NO.  9666  ST.  Louis  LODE. 

hn  Doe  &  Rrchoi-d  Roe  Clo  i  m  ant«^.' 

Surveyed   .Sepl-  I  Ofh+o  (EtH     1687. 
y  H.Q  GilKeraon.    US    Dep  Mm  Ourveyof*. 


FIG.  43 

States  deputy  mineral  surveyor.  Given  the  boundaries 
of  the  conflicting  claims,  the  traverse  as  made  on  the 
ground,  of  lode  line  of  St.  Louis  Lode,  and  the  ties  to  con- 


EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  -  197 

flicting  claims,  section  corner  and  improvements,  calcu- 
late boundaries  of  St.  Louis  Lode  (cutting  off  at  intersec- 
tion of  end  line  with  Sur.  No.  8556  Denver  Lode),  section 
tie  directly,  ties  to  conflicting  claims,  and  conflicts  in  each 
case,  also  ties  to  improvements.  Then  write  up  the  notes, 
giving  imaginary  bearings  from  corners  and  imaginary 
dimensions  to  improvements.  Do  not  exclude  Surs.  Nos. 
8733  and  8853,  New  York  and  Chicago  lodes,  and  state 
why. 

South  Dakota* 

Following  is  a  partial  list  of  questions  asked  in  South 
Dakota: 

1.  I  run  360  feet  on  a  descent  of  i  foot  in  15  feet,  thence 
240  feet  on  an  ascent  of  11°  from  the  horizontal,  thence 
400  feet  on  a  descent  of  i  foot  in  16  feet,  thence  250  feet 
up  an  ascent  of  35°. 

Required  total  horizontal  distance,  also  difference  of 
level  of  the  initial  and  terminal  points.  State  a  full  solu- 
tion with  sketch. 

2.  From  initial  point  I  run  S.  12°  E.  650  feet,  and  am 
intercepted  by  a  pond.     From  650-foot  point  I  run  S.  82° 
E.,  a  distance  sufficient  to  clear  pond,  thence  S.  28°  W.  420 
feet  to  flag  on  line  in  advance  of  pond,  thence  S.  12°  E.  460 
feet  to  terminal  point. 

Required  the  length  of  line  from  initial  to  terminal 
point.  State  a  full  solution  with  sketch. 

3.  I  run  S.  38°  E.  and  at  380  feet  turn  off  a  base  N.  82° 
E.  520  feet,  from  the  eastern  extremity  of  which  a  flag  on 
line  in  advance  of  river  bears  S.  8°  E. 

What  is  the  distance  of  flag  from  initial  point?  State 
a  full  solution  with  sketch. 

*  These  questions  kindly  furnished  by  Professor  Mark  Ehle,  Rapid  City, 
South  Dakota. 


198  ,  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

4.  Course  No.  2  of  Delta  mining  claim  is  broken  into 
by  a  rock  bluff,  unfavorable  to*accurate  chainage.     To  ob- 
tain the  bearing  and  length  of  this  line,  I  run  from  one 
extremity  on  a  random  line  S.  28°  E.  610  feet,  thence  N. 
82°  E.  260  feet,  thence  S.  12°  W.  to  a  point  which  from  the 
data  so  far  obtained  I  find  to  be  on  my  random  line;  thence 
I  continue  the  first  random  340  feet  farther  and  arrive  at 
a  point  from  which  the  other  extremity  of  said  course  No.  2 
bears  S.  62°  W.,  no  feet  distant. 

What  is  the  bearing  and  length  of  course  No.  2  ?  What 
angle  do  I  deflect  from  the  course  S.  12°  W.  in  order  to 
line  in  with  the  first  random  ?  State  a  full  solution  with 
sketch. 

5.  The  two  extremities  of  a  straight  line  forming  a  por- 
tion of  the  boundary  of  a  mining  claim  are  not  conveniently 
accessible,  but  a  convenient  base  can  be  had,  from  each 
extremity  of  which  both  extremities  of  said  boundary  can 
be  seen. 

ist.   Illustrate  this  condition  with  sketch. 

2nd.  State  the  measurements,  both  linear  and  angular, 
which  are  absolutely  essential  to  a  solution. 

$rd.  State  briefly  the  trigonometric  solutions  and  their 
respective  purposes,  with  their  respective  formulae. 

4/A.  Trace  the  process  to  a  final  resulting  course  and 
distance. 

A  numerical  example  is  not  asked. 

6.  State  a  convenient  formula  applicable  to  what  is 
known  as  a  "broken  base,"  using  the  number  of  minutes 
in  the  deflection  angle  of  the  second  component. 

7.  Given  the  following  consecutive  courses  of  a  mining 
claim : 

From  Cor.  No.  i  to  Cor.  No.  2,  =  S.   28°  40'  W.  503  feet; 
From  Cor.  No.  2  to  Cor.  No.  3,  =  N.  70°  30'  W.  476  feet; 


EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  199 

From  Cor.  No.  3  to  Cor.  No.  4,  =  N.   9°  35'    E.  485  feet; 
From  Cor.  No.  4  to  Cor.  No.  5,  =  ?  343  feet; 

From  Cor.  No.  5  to  Cor.  No.  i,  =  N.  79°  50'  E.  ?       feet; 

ist.   Required  bearing  of  line  4-5  and  length  of  line  5-1. 

2nd.  If  by  actual  survey  of  all  the  sides,  it  is  found 
that  the  line  5-1  is  N.  79°  55'  E.  395  feet,  state  a  traverse 
showing  the  closing  errors;  then 

$rd.  Balance  the  survey  on  the  assumption  that  the 
measurements  have  equal  weights. 

4th.  Deduce  the  resulting  courses  and  distances  of  the 
closing  survey  for  record. 

$th.  Compute  the  area  of  the  figure  so  enclosed,  by  the 
method  of  D.  M.  D.  State  full  solution  with  sketch. 

8.  An  incline  descends  on  a  dip  of  30°.     It  is  determined 
to  sink  a  shaft  to  intercept  incline,  the  shaft  to  be  at  a 
point  450  feet  from  mouth  of  incline;    the  surface  from 
mouth  to  shaft  descending  at  a  rate  of  i  foot  in  75. 

How  deep  will  the  shaft  be? 

9.  What  is  azimuth? 

10.  Observe  Polaris  at  greatest  elongation  at  a  place  in 
latitude  45°  30'  N.     Apparent  of  the  star  is  88°  44'  10". 

What  is  the  star's  azimuth  ? 

State  the  formula  and  whole  process. 

What  are  the  two  hour  angles  corresponding  to  eastern 
and  western  elongations  respectively,  counting  from  cul- 
mination, round  with  the  sun  to  24  hours,  and  their  equiva- 
lents in  mean  solar  time  ? 

11.  If  in  the  last  example  the  star  is  observed  at  eastern 
elongation  and  its  magnetic  bearing  at   that  instant  is 
N.  13°  20'  W. 

'What  is  the  magnetic  declination? 
Is  it  to  be  called  East  or  West  ? 
State  process  and  reason  therefor. 


200  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

12.  U.   S.   Revised   Statutes   (2320)   limit  lode  claims 
located  after  May  10,  1872,  t5  300  feet  on  each  side  of 
the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface;    suppose  you  were 
called  upon  to  make  an  official  survey  of  such  a  location 
under  order  from  this  office,  and  found  it  to  be  350  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface,  and 
you  found  nothing  in  the  location  certificate  to  dictate  to 
the  contrary;    what  would  be  your  action  in  respect  to 
such  a  location?     Why?     Suppose  such  a  location  was  200 
feet  on  one  side  of  the  vein  and  400  feet  on  the  other; 
what  would  your  action  be?     Why? 

13.  A  lode  claim  located  since  May  10,  1872,  shows  a 
length  of  1,529  feet  along  the  center  of  the  vein  at  the 
surface.     What  would  be  your  action  in  this  case  ?     Why  ? 

14.  The  boundaries  of  a  lode  location  have  the  follow- 
ing consecutive  courses,  namely: 

S.  42°  W.  800  feet; 
S.  22°  W.  600  feet; 
N.  8o°W.  90  feet; 
S.  62°  W.  200  feet; 
N.  22°  E.  600  feet; 
N.  42°  E.  800  feet; 
N.  62°  E.  190  feet;  thence  to  place  of  beginning. 

What  would  your  action  be  on  this  location  if  required 
to  make  an  official  survey  ?  Why  ? 

15.  I  run  N.  89°  56'  W.  on  a  random  line  between  Sees. 
30  and  31,  and  at  73.20  chains  intersect  the  west  boundary 
of  township  at  a  point  22  links  north  of  the  corner  of  Sees. 

25>  3°>  31  and  36- 

ist.   What  is  the  course  of  the  return  or  true  line? 

2nd.   The  position  of  the  J  section  corner? 

$rd.  State  a  short  rule  for  obtaining  the  return  course 
in  these  cases,  applicable  when  the  fallings  are  within 
limits,  and  apply  to  the  above  case. 


EXAMINATION   FOR  COMMISSION  2OI 

1 6.  An  order  to  officially  survey  a  mineral  claim  is 
issued  to  you  from  this  office  under  date  March  12,  1900; 
said  order  is  based  upon  a  location  certificate  dated  Janu- 
ary 10,  1899.     Upon  proceeding  with  survey,  you  find  the 
location  as  marked  on  the  ground  does  not  conform  to 
the  location  as  recorded,  and  upon  informing  your  client 
to  that  effect  he  provides  you  with  a  certified  amended 
certificate  of  location  dated  March  30,  1900. 

What  action  would  you  take  in  the  matter  of  survey? 

17.  Describe  fully  your  instrument,  stating  its  make, 
age  and  condition;    also  its  capabilities  as  to  power,  illu- 
mination and  graduation,  and  its  attachments  of  conveni- 
ence for  safe  and  accurate  work. 

What  measure  of  length  have  you  ? 

1 8.  If  your  telescope  has  a  level,  state  briefly  in  writing 
how  you  would  adjust  it  and  the  horizontal  hair. 

19.  The  usual  method  for  adjusting  the  vertical  hair  in 
a  transit  for  collimation,  may  or  may  not  place  that  hair 
truly  in  the  center  of  the  telescope.     In  a  well  constructed 
instrument  the  displacement  will  be  small;    in  such  case, 
what  sensible  effect  has  this  displacement  upon  observa- 
tions, seeing  that  the  motion  of  the  slide  will  not  project 
this  hair  truly  along  the  axis  of  the  telescope? 

20.  It  is  required  that  you  determine  the  true  meridian 
by  direct  solar  observation.     You  will  make  the  observa- 
tion in  the  presence  of  the  examiner,  who  will  then  fur- 
nish you  with  a  copy  of  the  nautical  almanac.     From  the 
data  then  at  hand  you  will  make  all  necessary  calcula- 
tions, handing  in  the  same  complete. 

21.  In  latitude  30°  N.  the  sun's  declination  20°  S.  with 
hour  angle  5  hours;  the  refraction  in  declination  is  8' 


So". 


Assuming  no  index  error,  which  would  be  the  correct 


202  EXAMINATION   FOR   COMMISSION 

reading  to  set  off  on  the  declination  arc,  proper  for  the 
above  date? 

22.  In  latitude  44°  N.  the  hour  angle  of  the  sun  6  hours, 
I  start  a  line  due  north  by  solar;  but  find  after  running  a 
mile  in  the  course  so  started,  that  I  have  set  off  6'  too 
much  latitude. 

What  is  the  nature  and  amount  of  error  in  course  thus 
induced  ? 

If  in  the  above  the  hour  angle  is  3  hours,  what  is  the 
nature  and  amount  of  error? 

If  the  latitude  is  correctly  set  off,  but  instead  of  a  dec- 
lination of  10°  S.,  I  set  off  10°  10'  S.,  the  hour  angle  of  the 
sun  being  3  hours,  what  then  is  the  nature  and  amount  of 
the  error  thus  introduced? 

State,  if  you  can,  the  differential  formulae  applicable  to 
these  cases. 

California  * 

/ 

The  customary  manner  of  appointment  in  this  and  the 

adjoining  states  is  as  follows: 

"The  surveyor  who  wishes  an  appointment,  makes  ap- 
plication to  the  surveyor  general,  detailing  his  qualifica- 
tions. This  application,  together  with  the  recommenda- 
tion from  some  mineral  surveyor  of  good  standing  within 
that  district,  is  then  forwarded  to  the  surveyor  general's 
office,  and  in  due  time  the  appointment  is  made.  The 
customary  riling  of  the  bonds  completes  the  appointment 
of  the  United  States  mineral  surveyor. 

"If  the  surveyor  desires  an  appointment  in  any  other 
state  or  territory,  a  recommendation  from  the  surveyor 
general  of  the  state  in  which  the  original  appointment  was 
made  is  all  that  is  necessary.  Of  course,  new  and  separate 

*  Kindness  of  Henry  J.  Jory,  Los  Angeles,  California, 


EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  203 

bonds  must  be  filed  for  each  state  or  territory  in  which 
commission  is  held." 

Oregon  * 

The  examination  in  Oregon  is  about  as  follows: 

1.  Fifteen  or  twenty  questions  covering  the  Land  Office 
rulings,  the  proper  markings  for  corners  of  government 
land  surveys,  the  methods  of  taking  latitude  by  the  sun 
and  Polaris,   the  maximum  number  of  acres  allowed  in 
quartz  claim,  placer  and  mill  site,   the  kind  of  corners 
which  may  be  set  in  making  patent  surveys,  and  various 
details  of  procedure  in  executing  such  surveys. 

2.  Given  the  notes  of  a  quartz  claim  (metes,  bounds 
and  ties)  and  the  location  of  the  same,  make  out  notes 
and  preliminary  plat  of  same  as  if  surveyed  for  patent. 
This  is  the  office  work  that  the  deputy  will  have  to  do  in 
making  an  actual  survey. 

3.  Given  the  plat  of  the  locations  of  four  claims  form- 
ing one  group,  and  overlapping  each  other,  with  a  section 
corner  located  on  one  of  the  center  ones  (this  plat  is  fur- 
nished by  the  surveyor  general),  make  out  notes  of  a  sur- 
vey for  U.  S.  patent  of  the  group,  with  plat,  calculations, 
etc.     The  claims  are  given  on  the  plat  furnished  as  longer 
than  1,500  feet  and  wider  than  600  feet,  so  there  is  a  test 
of  ability  in  getting  them  within  the  required  limits  and 
at  the  same  time  not  leaving    any  fractions. 

4.  An  instrumental  examination.     Applicant  is  required 
to  take  a  transit  and  determine  latitude  and  meridian  by 
sun  and  Polaris,  checking  upon  an  established  meridian, 
and  also  to  report  the  courses  from  a  given  point  to  a 
number  of  points  whose  bearing  is  known. 

Parts  2  and  3  are  severe  tests  of  applicant's  ability,  and 

*From  H.  G.  Moulton,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  Grant's  Pass, 
Oregon. 


204  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

the  examination  as  a  whole  is  an  exceedingly  thorough  one. 
It  is  the  aim  of  the  office  to  get  the  best  available  men  of 
the  state  as  surveyors,  and  the  examination  is  in  every  way 
a  fair  one  and  free  from  " catch"  questions. 

While  this  is  all  the  information  that  the  writer  has 
been  able  to  obtain  on  the  subject  of  examinations  for 
commission  as  United  States  mineral  surveyor,  it  is  safe  to 
say  that  in  no  state  is  the  examination  more  difficult  than 
in  Colorado  or  Oregon.  If  the  applicant  is  able  to  pass 
the  examination  in  either  of  these  two  states,  the  chances 
are  that  he  will  be  able  to  pass  in  any  state  where  an 
examination  is  held. 

THE  PATENTING  OF  MINERAL  LAND* 

The  layman  who  desires  to  secure  United  States  patent 
on  his  mining  property  is  not  always  cognizant  of  the 
proper  procedure  and  approximate  expense  involved,  and 
frequently  either  delays  action,  fearing  that  the  matter  is 
more  formidable  than  it  really  is,  or  else  takes  unwar- 
ranted steps  due  to  his  ignorance  of  the  conditions  in- 
volved. The  following  forms  have  been  devised  by  me 
with  a  view  of  obviating  the  above-mentioned  difficulties, 
and  I  claim  that  they  put  the  matter  of  patents  in  as  con- 
cise and,  at  the  same  time,  as  complete  a  form  as  the  laity 
can  desire. 

Preliminary  Steps  in  Obtaining  United  States  Patent 
to  Mineral  Claims 

1.  Obtain  from  the  county  recorder  a  certified  copy 
of  the  location  notice  of  each  claim  upon  which  patent  is 
sought. 

2.  Deposit  in  any  United  States  depository  to  the  credit 

*  Kindness  of  Henry  J.  Joy,  Los  Angeles,  California. 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION  205 

of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  a  sum  sufficient  to 
cover  the  expenses  of  the  work  in  the  surveyor  general's 

office.     In  this  state  this  is  $ *  for  lode  claims,  and 

$ *  for  placers,  with  reduction  for  groups. 

3.  Forward  the  certified  copies  of  location  notices,  to- 
gether with  the  duplicate  certificate  of  deposit  to  the  United 

States  surveyor  general  at ,  together 

with  an  application  for  official  survey  upon  a  blank  issued 
by  the  general  land  office  for  this  purpose,  a  copy  of  which 
may  be  had  at  this  office. 

4.  In  due  time  the  surveyor  general  issues  to  the  mineral 
surveyor  named  in   the   application,  a   survey  order,   in 
which  a  serial  number  is  given  to  the  particular  survey 
authorized.     This  is  the  surveyor's  warrant  for  entering 
upon  any  lands  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  survey. 
No  survey  is  official  unless  in  pursuance  of  an  order  from 
the  surveyor  general  of  the  district. 

5.  The  United  States  mineral  surveyor  designated  there- 
upon makes  a  complete  survey  of  the  premises,  locating  and 
fixing  the  corners  of  all  the  claims,  locating  the  discovery 
points,  all  the  shafts,  cuts,  tunnels,  buildings,  and  ma- 
chinery, with  reference  to  the  nearest  corner  of  the  claim. 
Also  runs  ties  to  the  nearest  section  corners,  or  quarter- 
section  corners,  or  if  upon  unsurveyed  land,  then  to  the 
nearest   mineral   monument.     Assistants  must  be   sworn 
in  to  faithful  service  both  before  and  after  the  survey, 
before  an  officer  qualified  to  administer  oaths.     Neither 
the  claimants  themselves,  nor  agents  thereof,  may  act  as 
assistants  in  mineral   surveys.     An  underground  survey 
must  generally  be  made  in  order  to  plat  the  same  upon 
the  map,  in  plan  only.     All  corner  stones  or  posts  must 
be  up  to  government  standard,  and  chiseled  or  scribed  with 
the  claim  initials,  number  of  corner  and  survey  number. 


206  EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 

6.  Plat  and  Field  Notes  from  the  Mineral  Surveyor  to 
the  Surveyor  General.  —  These  very  commonly  take  double 
the  time  of  the  actual  field  work,  as  they  must  be  prepared 
with  absolute  accuracy  and  fidelity  to  detail  as  required  by 
the  department.     They  must  show,  in  addition  to  the  data 
previously  mentioned,  the  distances  intersected  on  all  the 
section   lines,    complete   calculation   of   areas   by   double 
meridian  distances,  the  sectional  subdivisions  made  frac- 
tional, the  errors  found  in  previous  contiguous  surveys,  and 
many  other  minor  details. 

7.  Examination  of  the  Above  by  the  Surveyor  General.  — 
The  returns  by  the  mineral  surveyor  must  await  their 
turn  in  the  surveyor  general's  office  before  coming  up  for 
approval.     This  may  take  two  or  three  months,  or  longer. 
The  returns  are  then  examined  by  a  skilled  force  of  clerks 
and  deputies,  all  calculations,  ties,  boundaries,  intersections, 
etc.,  are  rechecked,  and  the  notes  and  plat  searched  for 
irregularities.     If  any  are  found,  the  notes  are  returned  to 
the  surveyor  for  correction,  and  when  again  received,  must 
generally  await  their  turn  for  approval.     In  extreme  cases 
it  has  taken  several  years  to  obtain  the  approval  of  a  sur- 
vey.    Three  months  is  about  the  average  time. 

8.  Upon  the  approval  of  the  survey,  the  surveyor  gen- 
eral prepares  an  approved  copy  of  the  plat  for  claim  in  the 
survey,  and  three  extra  copies.     One  copy  is  retained,  one 
forwarded  to  the  General  Land  Office  at  Washington,  one  to 
the  local  land  office,  and  the  other,  with  transcript  of  the  field 
notes,  is  returned  to  the  claimants.     Each  plat  contains  the 
official  approval  of  the  surveyor  general  and  his  certificate 
of  $500  improvements,  as  returned  by  the  mineral  surveyor 

Upon  receipt  by  the  claimants  or  their  attorneys  of  the 
plats  and  transcripts,  the  matter  is  in  shape  for  the  patent 
application  proper. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  207 

Method  of  Procedure  in  Patent  Applications  for  Lode 
Claims 

Upon  receipt  of  the  approved  plats  and  transcript  of 
notes  from  the  surveyor  general,  these  are  turned  over  to 
the  attorney  engaged  to  prepare  the  necessary  papers  in 
the  case.  (United  States  mineral  surveyors  are  not  allowed 
by  the  rules  of  the  department  to  act  as  attorneys  in  mineral 
cases.) 

1.  There  is  prepared  the  notice  of  application  for  United 
States  patent,  according  to  the  specified  form,  describing 
the  ground  claimed.     This  is  prepared  in  triplicate,  and 
one  copy,  attached  to  the  plat  and  transcript  of  notes,  is  at 
once  posted  on  the  claim  in  the  presence  of  two  witnesses. 

These  witnesses  then  subscribe  to  this  posting  before 
notary  public,  in  the  form  specified  for  proof  of  posting 
notice  and  the  diagram  of  the  claim.  They  also  attach 
their  names  as  witnesses  to  the  notice  of  application  for 
patent. 

2.  There  is  then  prepared  by  the  attorney  the  following 
papers,  constituting  the  first  set. 

Application  for  patent  in  regular  form  and  describing 
premises. 

The  abstract  of  title.  (This  must  be  shown  to  be  in 
applicant.) 

The  proof  of  citizenship.  (Affidavits  showing  applicant 
to  be  United  States  citizen.) 

Proof  of  non-abandonment,  i.e.,  that  assessment  work 
was  done  for  year  preceding  the  application. 

Agreement  of  publisher.  (That  he  will  not  hold  United 
States  responsible  for  costs.) 

Publication  notice.  (This  is  identical  with  notice  of  ap- 
plication for  patent,  except  that  it  is  not  signed  by  appli- 


208  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

cant,  but  left  blank  for  signature  of  the  register  of  the 
district.) 

3.  These  papers,  together  with  the  extra  plat,  transcript 
of  notes,  and  the  proof  of  posting,  are  then  filed  with  the  re- 
gister of  the  land  district,  who  attaches  his  signature  and  the 
serial  number  of  the  publication  notice,  and  either  delivers 
same  to  the  attorney  or  forwards  it  direct  to  the  printer. 

4.  This  publication  notice  is  published   for   sixty-one 
consecutive  days  in  a  daily,  or  nine  consecutive  times  in 
a  weekly  newspaper.     During  this  time  plats,  notices  and 
transcripts  must  remain  posted. 

5.  After  expiration  of  period  of  publication,  attorney 
prepares  the  second  set  of  papers,  as  follows: 

Proof  of  continuous  posting  (by  two  witnesses  before 
notary). 

Proof  of  publication  (certificate  from  the  publisher,  giving 
dates  and  number  of  times  published). 

Proof  of  no  suit  pending  (attested  by  clerk  of  county 
wherein  claims  exist). 

Proof  of  sums  paid  (made  by  applicant,  detailing 
amounts  paid  to  surveyor,  the  filing  fees,  publisher's  ac- 
count, and  amount  tendered  received  for  acreage.) 

Formal  application  to  purchase. 

The  filing  of  this  paper  completes  the  requisites  of 
entry  and  payment  and  the  register's  proof  of  posting 
notice,  and  final  certificate  of  entry  completes  the  patent 
application. 

All  papers  except  a  copy  of  the  plat  are  forwarded  by 
the  local  land  office  to  the  department  at  Washington  and 
patent  is  issued  within  one  year,  except  when  the  depart- 
ment is  overcrowded. 

No  assessment  work  need  be  done  after  the  issuance  of 
the  receiver's  receipt. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION  2OQ 

The  government  price  for  lode  claims  is  $5  for  each  acre 
or  fraction  thereof. 

All  affidavits  must  be  made  before  an  officer  legally 
qualified  to  administer  oaths,  and,  with  few  minor  excep- 
tions, must  be  made  within  the  land  district. 

A  corporation  may  apply,  if  its  citizenship  is  properly 
supported.  Alien  corporations  may  not  patent,  and  sums 
paid  by  them  are  forfeited. 

Receiver's  receipt  is  obtained  six  to  eight  months  after 
survey. 

Any  other  details  desired  can  be  supplied. 

Estimate  to  Claimant  Not  to  Be  Made  by  the  Mineral 
Surveyor 

As  per  request  I  am  pleased  to  submit  you  a  detailed 
estimate  of  the  minimum  cost  of  obtaining  United  States 

patent  to  the  following  mining  claims,  viz. :   

together  with  a  general  statement  of  the  method  of  pro- 
cedure, which  may  serve  to  guide  you  in  the  matter. 

1.  ( )  Certified  copies  of  the  location  notices  —  one 

for  each  claim  —  to  be  obtained  from  the  county  recorder 

at   t  and  forwarded  to  the  United 

States  surveyor  general  at J  together 

with  an  application  for  official  survey,  drawn  up  on  a 
special  blank,  which  can  be  furnished  by  this  office.     This 
must  be  signed  with  the  name  and  address  of  applicant  or 
his  attorney.     $ * 

2.  This  application  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certifi- 
cate of  deposit  from  any  bank,  designated  as  a  United 
States  depository,  showing  that  there  has  been  deposited 
by  the  claimant,  to  the  credit  of  the  treasurer  of  the  United 
States,  a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  office  work  on 
plats,  transcripts,  etc.,  in  the  surveyor  general's  office.     In 


210  EXAMINATION  FOR  COMMISSION 

this  state  the  cost  is  $ *  for  the  first  claim, 

and  $ *  for  each  successive  claim  or  fraction. 

Total,  $ * 

No  survey  order  will  be  issued  unless  money  is  de- 
posited and  unless  application  is  accompanied  by  satis- 
factory location  certificates.  (See  special  sheet  in  regard 
thereto.) 

3.  Official  survey  by  United  States  mineral  surveyor,  in- 
cluding all  expenses  for  traveling,  assistants,  incidentals,  not- 
ary fees  (all  assistants  appearing  twice  under  oath  in  addi- 
tion to  their  affidavit  of  improvements) ,  also  all  office  work 
on  plats  and  field  notes,  and  full  returns  to  the  survey- 
or general   until   the  final   approval   of   the    survey. 

$ * 

4.  Attorney  work,  preparation  of  the  patent  application 
and  all  papers  in  the  case,  as  listed  in  the  circular  entitled 
"Method  of  Procedure,"  including  the  taking  of  affidavits 
and  all  notary  fees.     $ * 

5.  Abstract  of  title,  as  shown  by  the  records  of  the 
county  recorder,  cost  depending  upon  number  of  claims, 
number  of  transfers,  etc.,  and  very  variable.     In  this  case 
about! ...  .* 

6.  Publication  of  the  notice  of  application  for  patent. 
This  must  be  advertised  in  the  nearest  newspaper  to  the 
claim,  satisfactory  to  or  designated  by  the  register  of  the 
local  land  office.     Amount  charged  is  very  variable  and  is 

a  matter  for  special  contract.    About   $ * 

Sixty-one  consecutive  days  in  daily,  or  nine  consecutive 
weeks. 

7.  Fees  for  filing  application  for  patent  at  the  district 

land  office,  in  this  case  at § 

Payment  must  be  made  to  the  receiver  when  first  set  of 
papers  are  filed.     $ * 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION  211 

8.  Proof  of  posting  plats,  etc.,  and  proof  that  plats, 
etc.,  have  remained  posted.     Two  witnesses  must  in  each 
case  subscribe  to  these  affidavits.     Cost  is  very  variable, 
depending  on  distance  witnesses  must  cover  in  going  to 
claim  and  to  notary.     About  $ * 

9.  Certificate  of  no  suit  pending,  proof  of  non-abandon- 
ment, proofs  of  sums  paid,  and  miscellaneous  affidavits,  if 
necessary.     About  $ * 

10.  Purchase  price  from  United  States  government  for 
the  land.     Amount  to  be  paid  to  the  receiver  of  the  district 
land  office  by  the  claimant  for  the  acreage  as  returned  by 
the  mineral  surveyor.     Fractional  acres  are  charged  as  full 
acres.     Rate  is  $5  per  acre  for  lode  claims  and  mill  sites 

and  $2.50  per  acre  for  placers.    About v 

acres  at  $ * 

Estimated  total,  $ * 

If  any  adverses  or  protests  be  filed,  costs  are  at  once  in- 
creased largely,  and  no  approximate  estimates  can  be  made. 

Notation  to  Accompany  Surveyor's  Estimate 

Many  of  the  ordinary  location  notices  upon  which  claims 
are  held  are  not  deemed  " sufficient"  by  the  surveyor  gen- 
eral, and  survey  orders  will  not  be  issued  upon  them  with- 
out amendment. 

Satisfactory  location  certificates  must  in  general  be 
drawn  up  after  a  certain  recognized  government  form,  and 
state  with  great  explicitness  the  locality  and  boundaries  of 
the  claim.  The  surveyor  general  is  authorized  to  refuse 

*  To  be  filled  in  in  accordance  with  the  list  of  charges  adopted  by  the 
surveyors  general  in  each  state  or  territory, 
t  County  in  which  claim  is  located, 
t  Capital  of  state  or  territory. 
§  Land  district  office  in  state  or  territory. 


212  EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION 

survey  orders  on  notices  that  are  vague,  indefinite,  faulty, 
or  that  will  not  serve  to  fix  the  boundaries  of  the  claim 
upon  the  public  domain. 

Furthermore,  the  surveyor  is  expressly  prohibited  from 
including  any  ground  outside  of  the  original  boundaries 
of  the  claim,  even  though  said  ground  may  be  vacant  at 
the  time  of  survey,  and  neither  side  line  may  be  over  300 
feet  distant  from  the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface. 
Any  attempt  to  evade  these  requirements  will  probably 
cause  a  disapproval  of  the  survey.  Even  if  they  are  suc- 
cessfully evaded  in  the  plat  and  field  notes,  the  entire 
application  is  subject  to  protest  and  cancellation  in  the 
land  office. 

This  last  requirement,  together  with  the  well-recognized 
principle  that  the  end  lines  must  be  made  parallel,  often 
serves  to  cut  off  ground  from  the  claim  which  cannot  be 
included  in  the  patent  application. 

Very  often  this  ground  is  valuable  and  must  be  made 
the  subject  of  another  survey  and  application,  with  its 
attendant  cost. 

It  is,  therefore,  generally  advisable,  in  all  cases  where 
claims  have  not  already  been  surveyed  for  amended  loca- 
tion, to  make  a  preliminary  survey  of  the  claims,  taking 
up  all  fractions  and  vacant  ground,  shifting  the  original 
locations,  if  necessary,  so  that  the  side  lines  and  discovery 
point  present  the  proper  relations  to  each  other.  Formal 
amended  certificates  are  then  filed,  disposing  of  the  ground 
in  exactly  the  manner  desired  in  the  patent.  A  survey 
order  may  at  once  be  obtained  from  these  certificates,  and 
a  survey  based  upon  such  re-location  generally  meets  with 
prompt  approval. 

None  whatever  of  the  original  rights  are  lost  by  this 


EXAMINATION  FOR   COMMISSION  213 

amendment,  but,  on  the  contrary,  this  simple  procedure 
does  away  with  nearly  all  of  the  protests,  adverses,  apex 
litigation,  and  other  difficulties  attendant  upon  the  exer- 
cise of  mining  rights. 

H.  J.  JORY. 


APPENDIX 


The  following  extracts  are  from  the 

MANUAL   OF  INSTRUCTIONS   FOR  THE   SURVEY 

OF  THE   MINERAL  LANDS   OF  THE  UNITED 

STATES 

Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1909. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

General  Land  Office, 

Washington,  D.  C.,  September  n,  1908. 
To  United  States  Mineral  Surveyors. 

Sirs:  These  regulations  are  chiefly  compiled  from  the  practice  of  the 
various  surveying  districts,  no  changes  or  additions  being  made,  except 
where  necessary  to  secure  uniformity  and  to  conform  to  present  interpre- 
tations of  the  law. 

You  are  expected  to  strictly  comply  with  these  instructions,  and  no 
survey  will  be  accepted  or  approved  by  the  surveyor  general  until  all  the 
requirements  herein  have  been  fully  met. 
Very  respectfully, 

FRED  DENNET, 
Commissioner. 
Approved,  October  6,  1908. 
FRANK  PIERCE, 

First  Assistant  Secretary. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 
Appointments 

i.  Under  section  2334,  United  States  Revised  Statutes,  the  United 
States  surveyor  general  "may  appoint  in  each  land  district  containing 
mineral  lands  as  many  competent  surveyors  as  shall  apply  for  appointment 
to  survey  mining  claims." 

214 


APPENDIX  215 

2.  Capable  persons  desiring  such  appointments  should  therefore  file 
their  applications  with  the  surveyor  general  for  the  district  wherein  appoint- 
ment is  asked,  who  will  furnish  all  information  necessary. 

3.  Mineral  surveyors  may,  at  the  same  time,  be  appointed  in  more  than 
one  State  or  land  district.     (20  L.  D.,  163.) 

4.  The  surveyors  general  have  authority  to  suspend  or  revoke  the 
appointments  of  mineral  surveyors  for  cause.     The  surveyors,  however, 
will  be  allowed  the  right  of  appeal  from  the  action  of  the  surveyor  general 
in  the  usual  manner.    The  appeal  must  be  filed  with  the  surveyor  general, 
who  will  at  once  transmit  the  same,  with  a  full  report,  to  the  General 
Land  Office.     (20  L.  D.,  283.) 

5.  Neither  the  surveyor  general  nor  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
Land  Office  has  jurisdiction  to  settle  differences,  relative  to  the  payment 
of  charges  for  field  work,  between  mineral  surveyors  and  claimants.     These 
are  matters  of  private  contract  and  must  be  enforced  in  the  ordinary  man- 
ner, i.e.,  in  the  local  courts.     The  department  has,  however,  authority  to 
investigate  charges  affecting  the  official  actions  of  mineral  surveyors,  in- 
cluding combinations  to  fix  prices  for  survey  work,  and  will,  on  sufficient 
cause  shown,  suspend  or  revoke  the  appointment  of  the  surveyor. 

6.  Where  error  in  the  original  survey  appears  to  be  the  fault  of  the 
mineral  surveyor  who  made  the  survey,  he  should  be  required  to  make  the 
necessary  corrections  in  the  field  as  speedily  as  practicable;  and  upon  his 
failure  or  refusal,  without  satisfactory  reason,  to  comply  with  instructions 
within  a  specified  time,  he  should  be  called  upon  to  show  why  his  appoint- 
ment should  not  be  suspended  or  revoked  for  willful  neglect  or  incom- 
petency.     In  the  event  he  fails  or  refuses  to  comply  with  the  instructions, 
the  mineral  claimant  will  be  notified  and  given  a  reasonable  time  to  apply 
for  an  amended  survey. 

7.  These  instructions  are  subject  to  the  limitations  of  section  2324,  United 
States  Revised  Statutes,  so  far  as  the  same  refers  to  local  laws  and  customs. 

8.  The  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  is  ex-officio  United 
States  surveyor  general  for  Arkansas  and  Florida,  and  all  surveys  in  Okla- 
homa are  made  under  his  direction  as  Commissioner. 

Bonds 

9.  All  bonds  of  mineral  surveyors  must  be  submitted  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  General  Land  Office  for  approval. 

10.  The  appointment  of  a  mineral  surveyor  is  not  for  any  fixed  period, 
the  continuation  thereof  depending  upon  the  character  of  the  service  ren- 
dered.    The  surveyor  general  will,  therefore,  not  appoint  mineral  surveyors 
for  a  specified  term.     While  under  the  act  of  March  2,  1895  (28  Stat.,  807), 
mineral  surveyors'  bonds  are  examined  every  two  years  as  to  their  suffi- 


2l6  APPENDIX 

ciency,  and  new  bonds  required  every  four  years  from  their  dates,  the 
latter  requirement  is  not  because  the  term  has  then  expired. 

11.  A  mineral  surveyor  is  not  authorized  to  perform  any  work  under 
his  appointment  until  his  official  bond  shall  have  been  accepted  by  the 
Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office.     The  bond  shall  be  in  a  sum 
not  less  than  $5,000,  and  will  become  effective,  and  the  liability  of  the 
principal  and  surety  will  begin,  with  the  acceptance  of  the  bond  by  the 
Commissioner. 

12.  Bonds  cannot  be  cancelled,  nor  can  the  surety  thereto  withdraw, 
to  the  extent  of  relieving  the  surety  of  liability  for  defaults  during  the 
time  the  principal  performed  his  duties  thereunder.     The  most  that  may 
be  done  is  to  relieve  the  surety  of  future  responsibility  by  requiring  a  new 
bond,  or  by  the  retirement  from  office  of  the  principal,  by  formal  notice 
from  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office. 

13.  Mineral  surveyors'  bonds  will  be  examined  every  two  years  by  the 
surveyor  general  as  to  their  sufficiency,  and  every  four  years  such  bonds 
shall  be  renewed  as  provided  by  the  act  of  March  2,  1895  (28  Stat.,  807). 
Only  corporate  sureties  will  be  accepted. 

14.  If  at  any  time  the  surveyor  general  deems  the  surety  on  a  bond 
insufficient,  he  will  report  the  matter  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
Land  Office  for  instructions,  notifying  the  mineral  surveyor  of  his  action, 
and  the  mineral  surveyor  will  be  required  to  renew  his  bond  within  sixty 
days  under  penalty  of  revocation  of  his  appointment,  unless  satisfactory 
explanation  of  delay  is  offered  therefor.     Unsatisfactory  service,  also,  will 
be  deemed  sufficient  cause  for  a  revocation  of  an  appointment,  but  the 
surveyor  general's  action  therein,  subject  to  appeal,  will  require  the  approval 
of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office. 

15.  The  acceptance  of  a  bond  will  be  based  upon  an  evident  desirability 
or  necessity  therefor,  and,  prior  to  an  acceptance  of  such  bond,  the  prin- 
cipal will  be  required  to  make  satisfactory  explanation  to  the  surveyor 
general,  supporting  his  tender  of  same. 


INSTRUCTIONS   TO   MINERAL   SURVEYORS 
General 

1.  All  official  communications  must  be  addressed  to  the  surveyor  gen- 
eral.    You  will  always  refer  to  the  date  and  subject-matter  of  the  letter 
to  which  you  reply,  and  when  a  mineral  claim  is  the  subject  of  correspond- 
ence, you  will  give  the  name  and  survey  number. 

2.  You  should  keep  a  complete  record  of  each  survey  made  by  you, 
and  of  the  facts  coming  to  your  knowledge  at  the  time,  as  well  as  copies 
of  all  your  field  notes,  reports,  and  official  correspondence,  in  order  that 


APPENDIX  217 

r 
such  evidence  may  be  readily  produced  when  called  for  at  any  future  tune. 

3.  Field  notes  and  other  reports  must  be  written  in  a  clear  and  legible 
hand,  or  typewritten,  in  non-copying  ink,  and  upon  the  proper  blanks 
gratuitously  furnished  you  by  the  surveyor  general's  office  upon  applica- 
tion.   No  interlineations  or  erasures  will  be  allowed,  and  no  abbrevi- 
ations or  symbols  must  be  used,  except  such  as  are  indicated  in  the  speci- 
men field  notes. 

4.  No  return  by  you  will  be  recognized  as  official  unless  it  is  over  your 
signature  as  a  United  States  mineral  surveyor  and  made  in  pursuance  of 
a  special  order  from  the  surveyor  general's  office.     After  you  have  received 
an  order  for  survey,  you  are  required  to  make  the  survey  and  return  correct 
field  notes  thereof  to  the  surveyor  general's  office  without  delay. 

5.  The  claimant  is  required,  in  all  cases,  to  make  satisfactory  arrange- 
ments with  you  for  the  payment  for  your  services  and  those  of  your  assist- 
ants in  making  the  survey,  as  the  United  States  will  not  be  held  responsible 
for  the  same.     You  will  call  the  attention  of  applicants  for  mineral-survey 
orders  to  the  requirements  of  paragraph  12  of  the  circular,  Appendix  A. 
(Sec.  2334,  U.  S.  Rev.  Stats.,  par.  90,  Mining  Circular,  May  21,  1907.) 

6.  You  will  promptly  notify  the  surveyor  general's  office  of  any  change 
in  your  post  office  address.     (20  L.  D.,  163.) 

7.  You  are  precluded  from  acting,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  as  at- 
torney in  mineral  claims.     Your  duty  in  any  particular  case  ceases  when 
you  have  executed  the  survey  and  returned  the  field  notes  and  preliminary 
plat,   with   your   report,   to   the   surveyor  general.     You    will    not    be 
allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the  papers  in  support  of  his 
application  for  patent,  or  otherwise  perform  the  duties  of  an  attorney 
before  the  land  office  in  connection  with  a  mining  claim.     You  are  not 
permitted  to  combine  the  duties  of  surveyor  and  notary  public  in  the  same 
case  by  administering  oaths  to  the  parties  in  interest.     It  is  preferable 
that  both  preliminary  and  final  oaths  of  assistants  should  be  taken  before 
some  officer  duly  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  other  than  the  mineral 
surveyor.     In  cases,  however,  where  great  delay,  expense,  or  inconvenience 
would  result  from  a  strict  compliance  with  this  rule,  you  are  authorized 
to  administer  the  necessary  oaths  to  your  assistants,  but  in  each  case 
where  this  is  done,  you  will  submit  to  the  proper  surveyor  general  a  full 
written   report   of  the  circumstances  which  required  your  stated  action; 
otherwise  you  must  have  absolutely  nothing  to  do  with  the  case,  except 
in  your  official  capacity  as  surveyor. 

The  Field  Work 

8.  The  survey  made  and  reported  must,  in  every  case,  be  an  actual 
survey  on  the  ground  in  full  detail,  made  by  you  in  person  after  the  receipt 


2l8  APPENDIX 

of  the  order,  and  without  reference  to  any  knowledge  you  may  have  pre- 
viously acquired  by  reason  of  having  made  the  location  survey  or  other- 
wise, and  must  show  the  actual  facts  existing  at  the  tune.  This  precludes 
you  from  calculating  the  connections  to  corners  of  the  public  survey  and 
mineral  monuments,  or  any  other  lines  of  your  survey  through  prior  sur- 
veys, unless  it  is  satisfactorily  shown  in  your  report  that  you  have  retraced 
such  lines  and  found  them  to  be  correct.  (6  L.  D.,  718;  7  L.  D.,  81.) 

The  term  survey  in  these  instructions  applies  not  only  to  the  usual 
field  work,  but  also  to  the  examinations  required  for  the  preparation  of 
your  affidavits  of  $500  expenditure,  descriptive  reports  on  placer  claims, 
and  all  other  reports. 


Survey  and  Location 

9.  The  survey  of  a  mining  claim  may  include  several  contiguous  loca- 
tions owned  in  common,  but  such  survey  must,  in  conformity  with  statu- 
tory requirements,  distinguish  the  several  locations,  and  exhibit  the  boun- 
daries of  each.     (5  L.  D.,  199;  6  L.  D.,  808;   29  L.  D.,  585.) 

10.  The  survey  must  be  made  in  strict  conformity  with,  or  be  embraced 
within,  the  lines  of  the  location  upon  which  the  order  is  based.     If  the 
survey  and  location  are  identical,  that  fact  must  be  clearly  and  distinctly 
stated  in  your  field  notes.     If  not  identical,  a  bearing  and  distance  must 
be  given  from  each  established  corner  of  the  survey  to  the  corresponding 
corner  of  the  location,  and  the  location  corner  must  be  fully  described,  so 
that  it  can  be  identified.     The  lines  of  the  location,  as  found  upon  the 
ground,  must  be  laid  down  upon  the  preliminary  plat  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  contrast  and  show  the  relation  to  the  lines  of  survey,     (i  L.  D.,  581.) 

The  survey  will  be  given  but  one  number.  A  location  under  the  mining 
laws  can  legally  be  made  only  of  a  tract  or  piece  of  land  embraced  within 
one  set  of  boundary  lines;  and  two  or  more  tracts  merely  cornering  with 
each  other  cannot  legally  be  embraced  in  a  single  location.  (33  L.  D.? 
560;  35  L.  D.,  485.) 

11.  In  accordance  with  the  principle  that  courses  and  distances  must 
give  way  when  in  conflict  with  fixed  objects  and  monuments,  you  will  not 
under  any  circumstances  change  the  corners  of  the  location  for  the  purpose 
of  making  them  conform  to  the  description  in  the  record.     If  the  difference 
from  the  location  be  slight,  it  may  be  explained  in  the  field  notes. 

The  act  of  Congress  of  May  10,  1872,  expressly  provides  that  "the  loca- 
tion must  be  distinctly  marked  upon  the  ground  so  that  its  boundaries  can 
be  readily  traced,"  and  "that  all  records  of  mining  claims  hereafter  made 
shall  contain  the  name  or  names  of  the  locators,  the  date  of  the  location, 
and  such  a  description  of  the  claim  or  claims  located,  by  reference  to  some 


APPENDIX  219 

natural  object  or  permanent  monument,  as  will  identify  the  claim."  (Sec. 
2324,  U.  S.  Rev.  Stats.) 

These  provisions  of  the  law  must  be  strictly  complied  with  in  each  case 
to  entitle  the  claimant  to  a  survey  and  patent,  and,  therefore,  should  a 
claimant  under  a  location  made  subsequent  to  the  passage  of  the  act  of 
May  10,  1872,  who  has  not  complied  with  said  requirements  in  re- 
gard to  marking  the  location  upon  the  ground  and  recording  the  same, 
apply  for  a  survey,  you  will  decline  to  make  it.  (i  L.  D.,  582.)  You 
will  then  report  the  facts  to  the  surveyor  general  and  await  further  in- 
structions. 

Should  the  survey  be  applied  for  under  a  location  made  prior  to  May  10, 
1872,  under  section  2332,  United  States  Revised  Statutes,  in  making  the 
survey  thereof  you  will  be  governed  by  the  special  instructions  accom- 
panying the  order  for  survey. 

No  mining  claim  located  subsequent  to  May  10,  1872,  should  exceed  the 
statutory  limit  in  width  on  each  side  of  the  center  of  vein,  or  1,500  feet  in 
length,  and  all  surveys  must  close  within  50/100  feet  in  1,000  feet,  and  the 
error  must  not  be  such  as  to  make  the  location  exceed  the  statutory  limit; 
and  in  absence  of  other  proof  the  discovery  point  is  held  to  be  the  center 
of  the  vein  on  the  surface.  The  course  and  length  of  the  vein  should  be 
marked  upon  the  plat  and  specifically  described  in  the  field  notes. 

Lode  Line  and  End  Lines 

It  was  held  (syllabus)  in  35  L.  D.,  22,  that  — 

"  There  is  no  warrant  in  the  mining  laws  for  extending,  arbitrarily  and 
without  any  basis  of  fact  therefor,  the  vein  or  lode  line  of  a  location  in  an 
irregular  and  zigzag  manner  for  the  purpose  of  controlh'ng  the  length  or 
situation  of  the  exterior  lines  of  the  location  to  suit  the  convenience,  real 
or  imagined,  of  the  locator.  , 

"The  end  lines  of  a  lode  location  must  be  straight  and  parallel  to  each 
other  and  when  at  right  angles  with  the  side  lines  may  not  exceed  600  feet 
in  length. 

"The  mining  laws  contemplate  that  the  end  lines  of  a  lode  claim  shall 
have  substantial  existence  in  fact,  and  in  length  shall  reasonably  comport 
with  the  width  of  the  claim  as  located." 

Instrument 

12.  All  mineral  surveys  must  be  made  with  a  transit,  either  with  or 
without  solar  attachment,  by  which  the  meridian  can  be  determined  inde- 
pendently of  the  magnetic  needle,  and  all  courses  must  be  referred  to  the 
true  meridian.  The  variation  should  be  noted  at  each  comer  of  the  survey. 


220  APPENDIX 

The  True  Meridian 

13.  The  true  course  of  at  least  one  line  of  each  survey  must  be  ascer- 
tained by  astronomical  observations,  i.e.,  either  Polaris  or  sun  observations, 
made  at  the  time  of  the  survey;   the  data  for  determining  the  same  and 
details  as  to  how  these  data  were  arrived  at  must  be  given.     Or,  in  lieu  of 
the  foregoing,  the  survey  must  be  connected  with  some  line,  the  true  course 
of  which  has  been  previously  established  beyond  question,  and  in  a  similar 
manner  by  yourself,  and,  when  such  lines  exist,  it  is  desirable  in  all  cases 
that  they  should  be  used  as  a  proof  of  the  accuracy  of  subsequent  work. 
In  this  connection  you  will  be  governed  by  the  instructions  for  methods  of 
obtaining  a  true  meridian. 

Connections 

14.  Connect  corner  No.  i  of  each  location  embraced  in  your  survey  by 
course  and  distance  with  nearest  corner  of  the  public  survey  or  with  a 
United  States  mineral  monument  if  the  claim  lies  within  2  miles  of  such 
corner  or  monument.    If  both  are  within  the  required  distance,  you  must 
connect  with  the  nearest  corner  of  the  public  survey.     (7  L.  D.,  475;  para- 
graph 36,  Mining  Circular,  May  21,  1907.) 

(a)  You  will  make  surveys  and  connection  of  mineral  claims  in  suspended 
townships,  so  long  as  they  remain  suspended,  in  the  same  manner  as  though 
the  claims  were  upon  unsurveyed  land,  except  as  hereinbefore  specified, 
by  connecting  them  with  independent  mineral  monuments.  At  the  same 
time  you  will  note  the  position  of  any  public  land  corner  which  may 
be  found  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  claim,  so  that,  in  case  of  the  release 
of  the  township  plat  from  suspension,  the  position  of  the  claim  can  be 
shown  on  the  plat. 

(&)  A  mineral  survey  must  not  be  returned  with  its  connection  made 
"only  with  a  corner  of  the  public  survey,  where  the  survey  of  the  township 
within  which  it  is  situated  is  under  suspension,  nor  connected  with  a  min- 
eral monument  alone  when  situated  within  the  limits  of  a  township  or 
within  2  miles  of  a  corner  thereof,  the  regularity  and  correctness  of  the 
survey  of  which  is  unquestioned. 

If  a  mining  claim  is  situated  within  the  limits  of  a  township,  the  regu- 
larity and  correctness  of  the  survey  of  which  is  unquestioned,  but  no  corner 
of  the  public  survey  can  be  found  within  2  miles  of  the  claim  after  diligent 
search,  connection  may  be  made  with  a  mineral  monument,  the  mineral 
monument  to  be  connected  with  a  regularly  established  survey  corner. 

(c)  In  making  an  official  survey  hereafter  you  will  establish  corner 
No.  i  of  each  location  embraced  in  your  survey  at  the  corner  nearest  the 
corner  of  the  public  survey  or  mineral  monument,  unless  good  cause  is 


APPENDIX  221 

shown  for  its  being  placed  otherwise.  If  connections  are  given  to  both  a 
corner  of  the  public  survey  and  mineral  monument,  corner  No.  i  should 
be  placed  at  the  end  nearest  the  corner  of  the  public  survey. 

15.  When  a  boundary  line  of  a  mineral  claim  intersects  a  section  line, 
give  courses  and  distances  from  the  points  of  intersection  to  the  corners 
of  the  public  surveys  at  each  end  of  the  half  mile  of  section  line  so  intersected. 

Mineral  Monuments 

1 6.  In  case  your  survey  is  situated  in  a  district  where  there  are  no 
corners  of  the  public  survey  and  no  monuments  within  the  prescribed 
limits,  you  will  proceed  to  establish  a  mineral  monument,  in  the  location 
of  which  you  will  exercise  the  greatest  care  to  insure  permanency  as  to  site 
and  construction. 

The  site,  when  practicable,  should  be  some  prominent  point,  visible  for 
a  long  distance  from  every  direction,  and  should  be  so  chosen  that  the 
permanency  of  the  monument  will  not  be  endangered  by  snow,  rock  or 
landslides,  or  other  natural  causes.  Its  position  with  reference  to  latitude 
and  longitude  should  be  determined  and  stated  as  accurately  as  the  instru- 
ments used  will  permit. 

17.  The  monument  should  consist  of  a  stone  not  less  than  30  inches 
long,  20  inches  wide,  and  6  inches  thick,  set  half  way  in  the  ground,  with  a 
conical  mound  of  stone  4  feet  high  and  6  feet  base  alongside.    The  letters 
U.  S.  M.  M.,  followed  by  the  consecutive  number  of  the  monument  in  the 
district,  must  be  plainly  chiseled  upon  the  stone.     If  impracticable  to 
obtain  a  stone  of  required  dimensions,  then  a  post  8  feet  long,  6  inches 
square,  set  3  feet  in  the  ground,  scribed  as  for  a  stone  monument,  protected 
by  a  well-built  conical  mound  of  stone  of  not  less  than  3  feet  high  and  6 
feet  base  around  it,  may  be  used.     The  exact  point  for  connection  must 
be  indicated  on  the  monument  by  a  +  chiseled  thereon;  if  a  post  is  used, 
then  a  tack  must  be  driven  into  the  post  to  indicate  the  point.     Any  neces- 
sary departure  from  the  prescribed  material  and  size  of  monument  must  be 
fully  explained. 

1 8.  From  the  monument,  connections  by  course  and  distance  must  be 
taken  to  two  or  three  bearing  trees  or  rocks,  and  to  any  well-known  and 
permanent  objects  in  the  vicinity,  such  as  the  confluence  of  streams,  promi- 
nent rocks,  buildings,  shafts,  or  mouths  of  adits.     Bearing  trees  must  be 
properly  scribed  BT  and  bearing  rocks  chiseled  BR  together  with  the 
number  of  the  mineral  monument;    the  exact  point  on  the  tree  or  stone 
to  which  the  connection  is  taken  should  be  indicated  by  a  cross  or  other 
unmistakable  mark.     Bearings  should  also  be  taken  to  prominent  moun- 
tain peaks,  and  the  approximate  distance  and  direction  ascertained  from 
the  nearest  town  or  mining  camp.     A  detailed  description  of  the  mineral 


222  APPENDIX 

monument,  with  a  topographical  map  of  its  location,  should  be  furnished 
the  General  Land  Office. 

Where  practicable,  it  is  desired  that  mineral  surveyors  connect  by 
course  and  distance  with  mineral  monuments  in  the  vicinity  other  than 
those  prescribed  for  connections  as  being  within  the  limitation  of  distance. 
The  purpose  of  this  is  to  enable  the  General  Land  Office  to  locate  the  various 
mineral  monuments  established  and  used  prior  to  the  extension  of  the 
public  subdivisional  surveys  over  the  land. 

Corners 

19.  Corners  may  consist  of  — 

(1)  A  stone  at  least  24  inches  long  set  12  inches  in  the  ground,  with  a 
conical  mound  of  stone  i\  feet  high,  2  feet  base  alongside,  and  state  kind 
of  stone  set  for  corner.     A  stone  should  always  be  used  for  a  corner  when 
possible. 

(2)  A  post  at  least  3  feet  long  by  4  inches  square,  set  18  inches  in  the 
ground  and  surrounded  by  a  substantial  mound  of  stone  or  earth. 

(3)  A  rock  in  place. 

Should  it  become  necessary  to  vary  from  these  instructions,  your  returns 
must  contain  a  full  statement  of  the  reason  for  establishing  a  corner  differ- 
ing from  those  prescribed. 

20.  All  corners  must  be  established  in  a  permanent  and  workmanlike 
manner,  and  the  corner  and  survey  number  must  be  neatly  chiseled  or 
scribed  on  the  sides  facing  the  claim.     The  exact  corner  point  must  be 
permanently  indicated  on  the  corner.     When  a  rock  in  place  is  used  its 
dimensions  above  ground  must  be  stated,  and  a  cross  chiseled  at  the  exact 
corner  point. 

21.  In  case  the  point  for  the  corner  be  inaccessible  or  unsuitable,  you 
will  establish  a  witness  corner,  which  must  be  marked  with  the  letters 
WC  in  addition  to  the  corner  and  survey  number.     The  witness  corner 
should  be  located  upon  a  line  of  the  survey  and  as  near  as  possible  to  the 
true  corner  with  which  it  must  be  connected  by  course  and  distance.     The 
reason  why  it  is  impossible  or  impracticable  to  establish  the  true  corner 
must  always  be  stated  in  the  field  notes,  and  in  running  your  next  course 
state  whether  you  start  from  the  true  place  for  corner  or  from  witness 
corner. 

22.  The  identity  of  all  corners  should  be  perpetuated   by  taking  the 
courses  and  distances  to  bearing  trees,  rocks,  and  other  objects,  as  pre- 
scribed in  the  establishment  of  mineral  monuments,  and  when  no  bearings 
are  given,  state  "no  bearings  available."     Permanent  objects  should  be 
selected  for  bearings  whenever  possible. 

23.  If  an  official  mineral  survey  has  been  made  in  the  vicinity,  within 


APPENDIX  223 

a  reasonable  distance,  a  further  connecting  line  should  be  run  to  some 
corner  thereof;  and  in  like  manner  all  conflicting  surveys  and  locations 
should  be  so  connected,  and  the  corner  with  which  connection  is  made  in 
each  case  described.  Such  connections  will  be  made  and  conflicts  shown 
according  to  the  boundaries  of  the  neighboring  or  conflicting  claims  as 
each  is  marked,  denned,  and  actually  established  upon  the  ground.  You 
will  fully  and  specifically  state  in  your  returns  how  and  by  what  visible 
evidences  you  were  able  to  identify  on  the  ground  the  several  conflicting 
surveys  and  those  which  appear  according  to  their  returned  tie  or  boun- 
dary lines  to  conflict,  if  they  were  so  identified,  and  report  errors  or  dis- 
crepancies found  by  you  in  any  such  surveys.  In  the  survey  of  contiguous 
claims  which  constitute  a  consolidated  group,  where  corners  are  common, 
bearings  should  be  mentioned  but  once. 

Tubular  iron  posts  with  flaring  base,  cement  core,  and  brass  cap  for 
marking  with  steel  stamps,  have  been  adopted  for  agricultural  public-land- 
survey  corners,  and  it  is  believed  that,  wherever  possible,  the  establishment 
of  similar  corners  for  mineral  surveys  would  add  greatly  to  the  value  of 
the  survey  made.  Such  corners  are  identified  at  a  glance,  may  be  accu- 
rately set,  are  difficult  to  move,  easily  found,  and  are  indestructible.  Their 
use  is  recommended. 


Topography 

24.  Note  carefully  all  topographical  features  of  the  claim,  taking  dis- 
tances on  your  lines  to  intersections  with  all  streams,  gulches,  ditches, 
ravines,  mountain  ridges,  roads,  trails,  etc.,  with  their  widths,  courses,  and 
other  data  that  may  be  required  to  map  them  correctly.  If  the  claim  lies 
within  a  townsite,  locate  all  municipal  improvements,  such  as  blocks,  streets 
and  buildings. 


Conflicts 

25.  If,  in  running  the  exterior  lines  of  a  claim,  the  survey  is  found  to 
conflict  with  the  survey  of  another  claim,  the  distances  to  the  points  of 
intersection,  and  the  courses  and  distances  along  the  line  intersected  from 
an  established  corner  of  such  conflicting  claim  to  such  points  of  intersec- 
tion, should  be  described  in  the  field  notes:  Provided,  That  where  a  corner 
of  the  conflicting  survey  falls  within  the  claim  being  surveyed,  such  corner 
should  be  selected  from  which  to  give  the  bearing,  otherwise  the  corner 
nearest  the  intersection  should  be  taken.  The  same  rule  should  govern 
in  the  survey  of  claims  embracing  two  or  more  locations  the  lines  of  which 
intersect. 


224  APPENDIX 

Lode  and  Mill  Site 

26.  A  lode  and  mill-site  claim  in  one  survey  will  be  distinguished  by 
the  letters  A  and  B  following  the  number  of  the  survey.     The  corners  of 
the  mill  site  will  be  numbered  independently  of  those  of  the  lode.     Corner 
No.  i  of  the  mill  site  must  be  connected  with  a  comer  of  the  lode  claim  as 
well  as  with  a  corner  of  the  public  survey  or  mineral  monument. 

Field  Notes 

27.  In  order  that  the  results  of  your  survey  may  be  reported  in  a  uni- 
form manner,  you  will  prepare  your  field  notes  and  preliminary  plat  in 
strict  conformity  with  the  specimen  field  notes  and  plats,  which  are  made 
part  of  these  instructions.     They  are  designed  to  furnish  you  all  the  needed 
information  concerning  the  manner  of  describing  the  boundaries,  corners, 
connections,  intersections,  conflicts,  and  improvements,  and  stating  the 
variation,  area,  location,  and  other  data  connected  with  the  survey  of  min- 
eral claims,  and  certain  forms  of  affidavits  for  the  surveyor  and  his  assistants. 

28.  When  a  placer  claim  includes  lodes,  or  when  several  contiguous 
placer  or  lode  locations  are  included  as  one  claim  in  one  survey,  you  will 
give  to  the  corners  of  each  location  constituting  the  same  a  separate  con- 
secutive numerical  designation,  beginning  with  corner  No.  i  in  each  case. 
In  the  former  case,  you  will  first  describe  the  placer  claim  in  your  field 
notes. 

29.  Throughout  the  description  of  the  survey,  after  each  reference  to 
the  lines  or  corners  of  a  location,  give  the  name  thereof,  and  if  unsurveyed 
state  the  fact.     If  reference  is  made  to  a  location  included  in  a  prior  official 
survey,  the  survey  number  must  be  given,  followed  by  the  name  of  the 
location.     Describe  your  corners  once  only. 

30.  The  total  area  of  each  location  in  a  group  embraced  by  its  exterior 
boundaries,  and  also  the  area  in  conflict  with  each  intersecting  survey  or 
claim,  should  be  stated.     The  area  claimed  will  not  be  stated.     But  when 
locations  of  the  survey  conflict  with  each  other  such  conflicts  should  only 
be  stated  in  connection  with  the  location  from  which  the  conflicting  area 
is  excluded. 

The  field  notes  and  plat  of  survey  should  not  show  exclusions,  or  at- 
tempt to  specify  the  net  area  of  the  claim.  These  are  matters  for  the 
applicant  to  state  in  connection  with  his  application  for  patent,  and  the 
notices  posted  and  published.  The  field  notes  should  merely  show  the 
total  and  net  areas  of  conflict,  so  that  any  exclusion  desired  may  be  readily 
made. 

31.  You  will  state  particularly  whether  the  claim  is  upon  surveyed  or 
unsurveyed  public  lands,  giving  in  the  former  case  the  quarter  section, 


APPENDIX  225 

township,  and  range  in  which  it  is  located,  and  in  the  latter,  the  township 
and  range  as  near  as  can  be  determined.  When  upon  surveyed  lands  the 
section  lines  should  be  indicated  by  full  lines  and  the  quarter-section  lines 
by  dotted  lines. 

32.   The  title  page  must  contain  the  post  office  address  of  the  claimant 
or  his  authorized  agent. 


Expenditure  of  $500 

33.  In  making  out  your  certificate  of  the  value  of  the  improvements, 
you  will  follow  the  form  prescribed  in  the  specimen  field  notes. 

34.  Only  actual  expenditures  and  mining  improvements  made  by  the 
claimant  or  his  grantors,  having  a  direct  relation  to  the  development  of 
the  claim,  can  be  included  in  your  estimate.     "Labor  or  improvements, 
within  the  meaning  of  the  statute,  are  deemed  to  have  been  had  on  a  min- 
ing claim,  whether  it  consists  of  one  location  or  several,  when  the  labor  is 
performed  or  the  improvements  are  made  for  its  development,  that  is,  to 
facilitate  the  extraction  of  the  metals  it  may  contain."     (6  L.  D.,  222.) 

35.  The  expenditures  required  may  be  made  from  the  surface  or  in 
running  a  tunnel,  drifts,  or  crosscuts,  for  the  development  of  the  claim. 
Improvements  of  any  other  character,  such  as  buildings,  machinery,  or 
roadways,  must  be  excluded  from  your  estimate  unless  you  show  clearly 
that  they  are  associated  with  actual  excavations,  such  as  cuts,  tunnels, 
shafts,  etc.,  are  essential  to  the  practical  development  of,  and  actually 
facilitate  the  extraction  of  mineral  from  the  claim. 

36.  You  will  locate  all  mining  and  other  improvements  upon  the  claim 
by  courses  and  distances  from  corners  of  the  survey,  or  from  points  on  the 
indicated  lode  line,  or  side  lines,  specifying  with  particularity  and  detail 
the  dimensions  and  character  of  each,  and  the  improvements  upon  each 
location  should  be  numbered  consecutively,  the  point  of  discovery  being 
always  No.  i.     Improvements  made  by  a  former  locator,  who  has  aban- 
doned his  claim,   cannot  be  included  in  the  estimate,   but   should   be 
described  and  located  by  separate  statement,  in  the  notes  and  on   the 
plat. 

37.  You  will  give  in  detail  the  value  of  each  mining  improvement  in- 
cluded in  your  estimate  of  expenditures,  and  when  a  tunnel  or  other  im- 
provement has  been  made  for  the  development  of  other  claims  in  connection 
with  the  one  for  which  survey  is  made,  you  must  give  the  name,  ownership, 
and  sur/ey  number,  if  any,  of  each  claim  to  be  credited,  and  the  value  of 
the  interest  credited  to  each  claim. 

38.  In  case  of  a  lode  and  mill  site  in  the  same  survey,  an  expenditure 
of  $500  is  required  to  be  shown  upon  the  lode  claim  only. 


226  APPENDIX 

Common  Improvements,  Etc. 

39.  When  a  survey  embraces  several  locations  held  in  common  con- 
stituting one  entire  claim,  whether  lode  or  placer,  ac.  expenditure  of  $500 
for  each  location  embraced  in  the  survey  will  be  sufficient. 

It  was  held  (syllabus)  in  35  L.  D.,  361,  that  — 

"Where  several  contiguous  mining  claims  are  held  in  common  and  ex- 
penditures are  made  upon  an  improvement  intended  to  aid  in  the  common 
development  of  all  of  the  claims  so  held,  and  which  is  of  such  character  as 
to  redound  to  the  benefit  of  all,  such  improvement  is  properly  called  a 
common  improvement. 

"Each  of  a  group  of  contiguous  mining  claims  held  in  common  and 
developed  by  a  common  improvement  has  an  equal,  undivided  interest  in 
such  improvement,  which  is  to  fee  determined  by  a  calculation  based  upon  the 
number  of  claims  in  the  group  and  the  value  of  the  common  improvement. 

"There  is  no  authority  in  the  law  for  an  unequal  assignment  of  credits 
out  of  the  cost  of  an  improvement  made  for  the  common  benefit  of  a  num- 
ber of  mining  claims,  or  the  apportionment  of  a  physical  segment  of  an 
improvement  of  that  character  to  any  particular  claim  or  claims  of  the 
number,  such  an  arbitrary  judgment  of  credits,  as  the  exigencies  of  the  case 
may  seem  to  require,  being  utterly  at  variance  with  the  essential  idea  in- 
herent in  the  term,  a  common  improvement. 

"In  any  patent  proceedings  where  a  part  of  a  group  of  mining  claims  is 
applied  for  and  reliance  is  had  upon  a  common  improvement,  the  land 
department  should  be  fully  advised  as  to  the  total  number  of  claims  em- 
braced in  the  group,  as  to  their  ownership,  and  as  to  their  relative  situa- 
tions, properly  delineated  upon  an  authenticated  map  or  diagram.  Such 
information  should  always  be  furnished  in  connection  with  the  first  pro- 
ceeding involving  an  application  of  credit  from  the  common  improvement, 
and  should  be  referred  to  and  properly  supplemented  in  each  subsequent 
patent  application  in  which  a  like  credit  is  sought  to  be  applied." 

Improvements  Succeed  Locations,  Etc. 

It  was  held  (syllabus)  in  36  L.  D.,  551,  that  — 

"  A  common  improvement  or  system,  offered  for  patent  purposes,  although 
of  sufficient  aggregate  value  and  of  the  requisite  benefit  to  all  the  mining 
claims  of  a  group,  cannot  be  accepted  as  it  then  stands  in  full  satisfaction 
of  the  statutory  requirement  as  to  such  of  the  claims  the  location  of  which 
it  preceded,  the  law  requiring  that  an  expenditure  of  at  least  $500  shall 
succeed  the  location  of  every  claim. 

"If  the  requisite  benefit  to  the  group  is  shown,  or  to  the  extent  of  such 
of  the  claims  as  are  so  benefited,  and  the  elements  of  contiguity  and  com- 


APPENDIX  227 

mon  interest  in  the  claims  concerned  appear;  if  the  improvement  repre- 
sents a  total  value  sufficient  for  patent  purposes  for  the  number  of  claims 
so  involved;  if  for  each  claim  located  after  the  partial  construction  of  the 
improvement  the  latter  has  been  subsequently  extended  so  as  to  represent 
an  added  value  of  not  less  than  $500,  each  is  entitled  under  the  law  to  a 
share  of  the  value  of  the  common  improvement  in  its  entirety,  no  claim 
receiving  more  or  less  than  another  from  that  source,  participating  therein 
without  distinction  or  difference,  and  as  to  each  the  statutory  requirement 
is  satisfied." 

40.  The  explanatory  statement  in  such  cases  should  be  given  in  your 
field  notes,  or  affidavit,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  description  of  the  improve- 
ments included  in  the  estimate  of  expenditure,  and  should  be  as  full  and 
explicit  as  the  facts  in  the  case  warrant,  dealing  only  with  the  improve- 
ments, conditions,  and  circumstances  as  they  actually  existed  at  the  time 
of  making  the  survey  or  examination. 

41.  If  the  value  of  the  labor  and  improvements  upon  a  mineral  claim  is 
less  than  $500  at  the  time  of  survey,  you  are  authorized  to  file  thereafter 
supplemental  proof,  showing  $500  expenditure  made  prior  to  the  expira- 
tion of  the  period  of  publication.     The  information  on  which  to  base  this 
proof  must  be  derived  by  the  surveyor,  who  makes  the  actual  survey, 
from  a  careful  examination  upon  the  premises. 

42.  You  will  file  with  your  field  notes  a  preliminary  plat  made  on  trac- 
ing cloth,  protracted  on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  an  inch,  if  practicable,  in 
conformity  with  the  specimen  plat  herewith.     In  preparing  plats  make  the 
top  north.     Copy  of  your  calculations  of  areas  by  double  meridian  dis- 
tances and  of  all  triangulations  or  traverse  lines  must  also  be  furnished. 
The  lines  of  the  claim  surveyed,  on  this  plat  and  on  all  plats  of  approved 
surveys,  should  be  heavier  and  show  a  contrast  with  conflicting  claims. 


Errors 

43.  Where  error  in  an  original  survey  appears  prior  to  the  issuance  of 
patent,  the  surveyor,  who  made  such  survey,  will  be  required  to  make 
the  necessary  corrections  in  the  field  within  a  specified  time;  and  failure  or 
refusal,  without  satisfactory  reason  therefor,  to  comply  with  instructions 
will  be  followed  by  suspension  or  revocation  of  appointment.  The  mineral 
claimant  will  be  notified  of  the  action  taken  and  given  a  reasonable  tune  to 
apply  for  an  amended  survey. 

Whenever  a  survey  is  reported  in  error  by  a  surveyor,  the  surveyor 
who  made  the  survey  will  be  required  promptly  to  examine  same  upon  the 
ground,  and,  if  found  in  error,  will  report  the  errors  in  detail,  under  oath, 
to  the  surveyor  general's  office.  If  he  should  report  his  survey  correct,  a 


228  APPENDIX 

joint  survey  with  the  surveyor  who  reported  the  errors  will  be  ordered  to 
settle  the  difference. 

Joint  Survey 

44.  A  joint  survey  must  be  made  within  ten  days  after  the  date  of  order, 
unless  satisfactory  reasons  are  submitted,  under  oath,  for  a  postponement, 

45.  The  field  work  must  in  every  sense  of  the  term  be  a  joint  and  not  a 
separate  survey,  and  the  observations  and  measurements  taken  with  the 
same  instrument  and  chain,  previously  tested  and  agreed  upon. 

46.  The  surveyor  found  in  error  will  make  out  the  field  notes  of  the 
joint  survey,  which,  after  being  duly  signed  and  sworn  to  by  both  parties, 
must  be  transmitted  to  the  surveyor  general's  office. 

Amended  Surveys 

47.  Inasmuch  as  amended  surveys  are  ordered  only  by  special  instruc- 
tions from  the  General  Land  Office,  and  tne  conditions  and  circumstances 
peculiar  to  each  separate  case,  and  the  object  sought  by  the  required  amend- 
ment, alone  govern  all  special  matters  relative  to  the  manner  of  making 
such  survey  and  the  form  and  subject-matter  to  be  embraced  in  the  field 
notes  thereof,  but  few  general  rules  applicable  to  all  cases  can  be  laid  down. 

48.  The  amended  survey  must  be  made  in  strict  conformity  with,  or  be 
embraced  within,  the  lines  of  the  original  survey.     If  the  amended  and 
original  surveys  are  identical,  that  fact  must  be  clearly  and  distinctly  stated 
in  your  field  notes.     If  not  identical,  a  bearing  and  distance  must  be  given 
from  each  established  corner  of  the  amended  survey  to  the  corresponding 
corner  of  the  original  survey.     The  lines  of  the  original  survey,  as  found 
upon  the  ground,  must  be  laid  down  upon  the  preliminary  plat  in  such  man- 
ner as  to  contrast  and  show  their  relation  to  the  lines  of  the  amended  survey. 

49.  The  field  notes  of  the  amended  survey  must  be  prepared  on  the 
same  size  and  form  of  blanks  as  are  the  field  notes  of  the  original  survey, 
and  the  word  " amended"  must  be  used  before  the  word  "survey"  wherever 
it  occurs  in  the  field  notes. 


Descriptive  Reports  on  Placer  Claims 

50.  By  General  Land  Office  circular,  approved  May  21,  1907,  paragraph 
60,  you  are  required  to  make  a  full  examination  of  all  placer  claims  at  the 
time  of  survey,  and  file  with  your  field  notes  a  descriptive  report,  in  which 
you  will  describe: 

(a)  The  quality  and  composition  of  the  soil,  and  the  kind  and  amount 
of  timber,  and  other  vegetation. 


APPENDIX  229 

(6)  The  location  and  size  of  streams,  and  such  other  matter  as  may 
appear  upon  the  surface  of  the  claims. 

(c)  The  character  and  extent  of  all  surface  and  underground  workings, 
Whether  placer  or  lode,  for  mining  purposes,  locating  and  describing  them. 

(d)  The  proximity  of  centers  of  trade  or  residence. 

(e)  The  proximity  of  well-known  systems  of  lode  deposits  or  of  indi- 
vidual lodes. 

(/)  The  use  or  adaptability  of  the  claim  for  placer  mining,  and  whether 
water  has  been  brought  upon  it  in  sufficient  quantity  to  mine  the  same,  or 
whether  it  can  be  procured  for  that  purpose. 

(g)  What  works  or  expenditures  have  been  made  by  the  claimant  or  his 
grantors  for  the  development  of  the  claim,  and  their  situation  and  location 
with  respect  to  the  same  as  applied  for. 

(h)  The  true  situation  of  all  mines,  salt  licks,  salt  springs,  and  mill 
seats,  which  come  to  your  knowledge,  or  report  that  none  exist  on  the 
claim,  as  the  facts  may  warrant. 

(i)  Said  report  must  be  made  under  oath,  and  duly  corroborated  by  one 
or  more  disinterested  persons. 

51.  Descriptive  reports,  as  above,  on  placer  claims  taken  by  legal  sub- 
divisions will  not  be  made,  as  mineral  surveyors  have  no  duties  to  perform 
touching  such  claims.     (Sec.  2331,  U.  S.  Rev.  Stats.,  and  paragraph  58, 
Mining  Circular,  approved  May  21,  1907.) 

Practice 

52.  Claimants,  their  attorneys,  or  parties  in  interest  shall  not  be  em- 
ployed as  assistants  in  making  mineral  surveys. 

53.  Your  field  work  must  be  accurately  and  properly  performed  and 
your  returns  made  in  conformity  with  the  foregoing  instructions.     Errors 
in  the  survey  must  be  corrected  at  your  own  expense,  and  if  the  time  re- 
quired in  the  examination  of  your  returns  is  increased  by  reason  of  your 
neglect  or  carelessness,  you  will  be  required  to  make  an  additional  deposit 
for  office  work.     You  will  be  held  to  a  strict  accountability  for  the  faithful 
discharge  of  your  duties,  and  you  will  be  required  to  observe  fully  the 
requirements  and  regulations  in  force  as  to  making  mineral  surveys.     If 
found  incompetent  as  a  surveyor,  careless  in  the  discharge  of  your  duties, 
or  guilty  of  a  violation  of  said  regulations,  your  appointment  will  be  promptly 
revoked. 

A  mineral  surveyor  is  within  the  purview  of  section  452  of  the  Revised 
Statutes,  which  prohibits  officers,  clerks,  and  employees  in  the  General 
Land  Office  from  directly  or  indirectly  purchasing  or  becoming  interested 
in  the  purchase  of  any  of  the  public  lands,  upon  penalty  of  forfeiture  of  his 
official  position.  (36  L.  D.,  61.) 


230  APPENDIX 

Circular  to  Applicants 

Applicants  for  mineral  survey  orders  will  observe  the  following  require- 
ments in  the  conduct  of  their  business  with  the  surveyor  general's  office, 
the  same  being  based  upon  the  United  States  mining  laws,  and  circular 
and  special  instructions  from  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office : 

1.  All  applications   for   survey  orders,   descriptive   reports  on  placer 
claims,  or  certificates  of  $500  expenditures,  should  be  addressed  to  the 
surveyor  general,  and  be  signed  by  the  claimants,  their  agents  or  attor- 
ney. 

2.  Each  application  should  contain: 

(a)  The  name  of  the  claimant  in  full,  and  as  it  is  desired  to  appear  in 
the  application  for  patent. 

(&)  The  name  of  each  location  embraced  in  the  claim. 

(c)  The  name  of  the  land  and  mining  districts  in  which  the  claim  is 
located. 

(d)  The  name  of  the  mineral  surveyor  to  whom  it  is  desired  the  order 
shall  be  issued. 

(For  form  of  application  see  page  148.) 

3.  The  applicant  is  required  to  file  with  each  application  for  survey 
order  a  copy  of  the  record  of  location  of  the  claim,  properly  certified  by  the 
recorder  of  the  county  or  mining  district  where  the  claim  is  situate. 

4.  The  mineral  surveyor  is  required  to  survey  the  claim  in  strict  conform- 
ity with  or  within  the  lines  of  the  location  upon  which  the  order  of  survey 
is  based.     The  applicant  is  therefore  advised,  before  filing  his  application, 
to  see  that  his  location  has  been  made  in  compliance  with  the  law  and  regu- 
lations, and  that  it  properly  describes  the  claim  for  which  patent  is  to  be 
sought. 

Section  2324,  United  States  Revised  Statutes,  expressly  provides  that 
"the  location  must  be  distinctly  marked  on  the  ground  so  that  its  boun- 
daries can  be  readily  traced,"  and  that  "all  records  of  mining  claims  here- 
after made  shall  contain  the  name  or  names  of  the  locators,  the  date  of  the 
location,  and  such  a  description  of  the  claim  or  claims  located  by  reference 
to  some  natural  object  or  permanent  monument  as  will  identify  the 
claim." 

These  provisions  of  the  law  must  be  strictly  complied  with  in  each  case, 
to  entitle  a  claimant  to  a  survey  and  patent,  and  therefore  should  a  claim- 
ant under  a  location  made  subsequent  to  the  passage  of  the  mining  act  of 
May  10,  1872  (referred  to  in  said  section  2324),  who  has  not  complied  with 
such  requirements  in  regard  to  marking  the  location  upon  the  ground,  and 
recording  the  same,  apply  for  a  survey,  the  surveyor  general  will  decline  to 
order  it. 

The  only  relief  for  a  party  under  such  circumstances  will  be  to  make  a 


APPENDIX 


231 


new  location  in  conformity  to  law  and  regulations,  as  no  survey  will  be 
approved  by  the  surveyor  general's  office,  unless  these  and  all  other  pro- 
visions of  law  are  substantially  complied  with. 

A  lode  locator  may  not,  in  the  same  location,  lawfully  include  any  sur- 
face area,  or  acquire  any  incidental  mining  rights  therein,  outside  of  the 
course  of,  or  vertical  planes  drawn  downward  through,  the  established  end 
lines  of  his  claim  extended  in  their  own  direction.  (35  L.  D.,  592.) 

5.  The  surveyor  general  will  furnish  the  applicant  an  estimate  of  the 
cost  of  the  platting  and  other  office  work  connected  with  the  survey  in  his 
office,  which  amount  the  applicant  will  deposit  with  any  assistant  United 
States  treasurer,  or  designated  depository,  in  favor  of  the  United  States 
Treasurer,  to  be  passed  to  the  credit  of  the  fund  created  by  "individual 
depositors  for  surveys  of  the  public  lands."    The  duplicate  certificate 
issued  for  such  deposit  will  be  immediately  forwarded  to  the  office  of  the 
surveyor  general  by  the  applicant,  who  will  retain  the  triplicate  certificate 
for  his  own  use  and  security.     Under  no  circumstances  can  this  deposit  be 
made  with  or  by  the  surveyor  general. 

Payment  for  exemplified  copies  of  plats  or  other  records  in  the  office 
of  the  surveyor  general  will  be  made  or  remitted  directly  to  that  officer, 
who  will  promptly  receipt  for  the  same.  (36  L.  D.,  125.) 

6.  The  various  surveyors  general  have  schedules  of  rates  for  office  work, 
and  an  estimate  of  the  cost  in  any  particular  case  may  be  had  upon  appli- 
cation. 

Should  an  applicant  deem  an  estimate  excessive,  he  will  be  allowed  the 
right  of  appeal  to  the  General  Land  Office  in  the  usual  manner. 

In  transmitting  such  an  appeal  the  surveyor  general  should  transmit 
therewith  a  full  report. 

7.  An  application  for  an  amended  survey  order  must  be  accompanied 
with  a  statement  setting  forth  fully  the  reasons  for  the  proposed  amend- 
ment and  all  the  material  facts  in  the  matter. 

8.  If,  after  having  obtained  a  survey  order,  the  applicant  should  aban- 
don his  purpose  of  having  a  survey  made,  he  can  apply  the  deposit,  less  the 
amount  estimated  for  office  expenses  already  incurred,  on  a  survey  of 
another  claim  if  one  is  desired. 

9.  Upon  discovery  of  any  error  or  defect  in  an  order  the  applicant  is 
requested  to  return  it  to  the  surveyor  general's  office  for  correction  or 
amendment. 

10.  If,  after  having  obtained  an  order  for  survey,  the  applicant  should 
find  that  the  record  of  location  does  not  practically  describe  the  location  as 
staked  upon  the  ground,  he  should  file  a  certified  copy  of  an  amended 
location  certificate,  correctly  describing  the  claim,  and  obtain  an  amended 
order  for  survey. 


232  APPENDIX 

11.  The  order  of  approval  of  surveys  of  mineral  claims  is  prescribed  by 
General  Land  Office  circular  dated  March  3,  1881,  as  follows: 

The  mining  survey  first  applied  for  shall  have  the  priority  of  action  in 
all  its  stages  in  the  office  of  the  surveyor  general  including  the  delivery 
thereof,  over  any  other  survey  of  the  same  ground  or  any  portion  thereof. 

The  surveyor  general  should  not  order  or  authorize  a  survey  of  a  claim 
which  conflicts  with  one  previously  applied  for  until  the  survey  first 
applied  for  has  been  completed,  examined,  approved,  and  platted,  and  the 
plats  delivered,  unless  the  survey  first  authorized  is  not  returned  within  a 
reasonable  period,  and  the  applicant  for  a  conflicting  survey  makes  affi- 
davit that  he  believes  (stating  the  reasons  for  his  belief)  that  such  first 
applicant  has  abandoned  his  purpose  of  having  a  survey  made,  or  is  defer- 
ring it  for  vexatious  purposes,  to  wit,  to  postpone  the  subsequent  applicant, 
in  which  case  the  surveyor  general  shall  give  notice  of  such  charges  to  such 
first  applicant,  and  call  upon  him  for  an  explanation  under  oath  of  the 
delay.  He  shall  also  require  the  mineral  surveyor  to  make  a  full  statement 
in  writing,  explanatory  of  the  delay;  and  if  the  surveyor  general  shall 
conclude  that  good  and  sufficient,  reasons  for  such  delay  do  not  exist,  he 
shall  authorize  the  applicant  for  the  conflicting  survey  to  proceed  with  the 
same;  otherwise  the  order  of  proceedings  shall  not  be  changed. 

When  the  conflict  does  not  appear  until  the  field  notes  of  the  respective 
surveys  are  returned,  then  the  survey  first  applied  for  should  be  first  ex- 
amined, approved,  and  platted,  and  the  plats  delivered  before  the  field 
notes  of  the  survey  last  applied  for  are  taken  up  for  examination  or  plats 
constructed. 

Whenever  an  applicant  for  a  survey  shall  have  reason  to  suppose  that  a 
conflicting  claimant  will  also  apply  for  a  survey  for  patent,  he  may  give 
notice  in  writing  to  the  surveyor  general  particularly  describing  such  con- 
flicting claim  and  file  a  copy  of  the  notice  of  location  of  such  conflicting 
claim.  In  such  case  the  surveyor  general  will  not  order  or  authorize  any 
survey  of  such  conflicting  claim  until  the  survey  first  applied  for  has  been 
examined,  completed,  approved,  and  platted,  and  the  plats  delivered. 

12.  The  applicant  has  the  option  of  employing  any  United  States  min- 
eral surveyor  in  the  district  to  execute  the  order  of  survey,  and  must  make 
satisfactory  arrangements  with  such  surveyor  for  the  payment  of  his  services 
and  those  of  his  assistants  in  making  the  survey,  as  the  United  States  will 
not  be  held  responsible  for  the  payment  of  the  same.     The  duty  of  the 
surveyor  in  any  particular  case  ceases  when  he  has  executed  the  survey 
and  filed  his  returns  of  survey  in  the  surveyor  general's  office.     He  is  not 
allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the  papers  in  support  of  an 
application  for  patent,  being  precluded  from  acting  directly  or  indirectly 
as  attorney  in  mineral  claims.     (Sec.  2334,  U.  S.  Rev.  Stats.) 


APPENDIX  233 

13.  The  applicant  is  advised  of  his  right  to  appeal  to  the  Commissioner 
of  the  General  Land  Office  from  the  approval  or  disapproval  of  the  survey 
of  his  claim.  The  appeal  must  be  in  writing  or  in  print,  should  set  forth 
in  brief  and  clear  terms  the  specific  points  of  exception  to  the  ruling  appealed 
from,  and  should  be  transmitted  through  the  surveyor  general's  office. 


INDEX 


Adyerses,  143,  173 
Altitude  tables,  19 
Angles 

from  courses,  109 

reading  vertical  angles,  59 
Area  Statements,  136,  138,  153,  160 
Azimuth, 

courses  from  angles,  62 

errors  in  azimuth,  16 

tables,  19 

Circular  on  patenting,  204 
Courses  from  angles,  62 

Davis  Screen,  2 
Declination,  15,  31,  38 

Ephemeris,  31 
Errors, 

in  azimuth,  16 

patented  surveys,  139 
Examination  for  Commission, 

California,  202 

general  figuring,  196 

lode  line,  193 

Oregon,  203 

placer  calculations,  187 

South  Dakota,  197 

subdivision  of  section,  196 
Examples, 

angles  from  courses,  109 

angular  claims  end  lines,  71 

closing  angular  claims,  75 

courses  from  angles,  62 

double    meridian    distances,    87, 
i35,  188  m 

figuring  horizontal  distances,  59 

Hosmer's  solar  formula,  20 

latitude,  24 

latitudes  and  departures,  64 

latitude  Shattuck  solar,  32 

lode  line,  193 

McElroy's  solar  formula,  10 

mill  sites,  84,  85,  86 


Examples, 
missing  course,  64 

atent  figuring,  111-137 
placer  calculations,  187 
reduction  stadia  measurements, 

,  55,  56 

slope    measurements    from    hori- 
zontal, 60 

solar  sine  formula,  21 
subdivisions  of  sections,  195 
to* check  oblique  triangle,  117 

Forms, 
adverses,  143 

amended  location  certificate,  79 
application  for  survey,  145,  148 
corroborative  affidavit,  163 
descriptive  report  on  placer,  161 
estimates  of  costs,  146 
lode  location  certificates,  68,  72, 

157 
mill  site  location  certificate,  88, 

158 

net  area  statement,  160 
oaths  of  assistants,  155 
oaths  mineral  surveyor,  156, 163 
order  for  mineral  survey,  146,  148 
placer  location  certificate,  80,  161 
re-location  certificate,  81 
Specimen  field  notes,  149-160 
Surveyor  General's  approval,  159 
Surveyor   General's   final  certifi- 
cate, 159 

tunnel  site  location  certificate,  91 
Formulas, 

derivation  solar  formula,  4 
errors  in  azimuth,  16,  17 
Hosmer's  solar,  20 
McElroy's  solar,  6 
solar  sine,  21 
time,  22 

Land  Office  Regulations, 
adverse  claims,  173 


235 


236 


INDEX 


Land  Office  Regulations, 

mill  sites,  171 

mineral  claims,  164 

mineral  surveyors,  176 

patent  survey  procedure,  166 

placer  claims,  169 

Section  2334,  165 

Surveyor  General,  173 
Latitude, 

observations,  22 
Burt  solar,  45 
Shattuck  solar,  30 
Legal  Subdivisions, 

general  rules,  93 

subdivisions  of  sections,  94 
Location  certificates, 

amended,  79 

angular  claims,  72,  158 

mill  site,  88,  158 

placer,  89,  161  « 

re-location,  81 

straight  claim,  68,  157 

tunnel  site,  90 
Location  surveys, 

angular  claims,  70 
end  lines,  77,  78 

lode  locations,  65 

mill  sites,  82 

note  book  page,  66 

placers,  82,  92 

tunnel  sites,  90 

variations  straight  claim,  70 

Manual  of  Instructions, 
amended  surveys,  228 
appointment  mineral  surveyor, 

214 

bonds,  215 

circular  to  applicants,  230 
conflicts,  223 
connections,  220 
corners,  222 

descriptive  reports  placers,  228 
end  lines,  219 
errors,  227 
expenditures,  225 
field  notes,  224 
field  work,  217 
improvements,  226 
instructions,  216 
instrument,  219 
joint  survey,  228 
lode  and  end  lines,  219 
lode  and  mill  site,  224 


Manual  of  Instructions, 

mineral  monuments,  221 
.  practice,  229 

survey  and  locations,  218 

topography,  223 

true  meridian,  220 
Measurements, 

stadia,  55 

tape,  53 
Meridian, 

direct  solar  observation,  i 
by  Shattuck  solar,  27 

placing  the  sun,  2 
Missing  course,  64 

Note  book  page,  66,  113 
blank  form,  184 

Observations, 
direct  solar,  i 
latitude,  22 
Burt  solar,  45 
Shattuck  solar,  30 
meridian  Shattuck  solar,  27 
placing  the  sun,  2 
Office  records,  180,  182,  184 
Offsets,  61 

Patent  figuring,  111-137 

note  book  page,  113 
Patent  surveys, 

cancellation  of  claim,  142 

claim  groups,  108 

connections,  106,  108 

excluding  discoveries,  138 

expenditure  of  $500,  141 

joint  surveys,  139 

mill  site  for  mining  purposes,  142 

mutual  benefit,  141 

patented  positions,  139 

reporting  errors,  139 

shortening  claims,  140 

supplementary  affidavit  of  labor, 
142 

tracts,  137 

triangulation  systems,  107 

Solar  attachments, 

adjustments  Burt  solar,  46 
Berger  solar,  49 
Burt  solar,  33 
latitude  Burt  solar,  45 
latitude  Shattuck  solar,  30 
meridian,  Shattuck  solar,  27 


INDEX 


Solar  attachments, 

Saegmuller  solar,  49 

Shattuck  solar,  25 

vein  tracing,  102 
Specimen  Field  Notes,  145 
Stadia, 

measurements,  55 

reductions,  55 

reduction  tables,  57 
Stations,  58 
Surveying  for  patent,  104 

Tables, 

altitudes  and  azimuths,  19 
area  in  feet  or  acres,  83 
correction  semi  diameter,  14 
declination  solar  attachments,  39 


Tables, 

errors  in  azimuth,  16,  17 
mean  refraction,  15 
outcrop,  dip-strike,  101 
stadia  angles  to  traverse  tables, 

57 

Standard  Field  Tables,  59 

traverse  tables,  59,  63 
Tapes,  54    . 
Tape  menders,  54 
Traversing,  52 
Traverse  tables,  57,  59,  63] 
Triangulation  systems,  107 

Vein  tracing, 

solar  attachment,  102 
transit,  98 


TRIANGULATION  SURVEY 


IN 


CLEAR  GREEK  COUNTY,  COLORADO. 


r:;%-  -««- 


3    I 


5-7 


r 


Pi 


E    II 


a 


Sur.No.H,lOOO> 

Denver*  anal  Bost 

r>i  M 

•Surveyeci 

Frank 
U.S.M 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF     25     CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
"OVERDUE. 


SER    201932 


YB 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


